You are on page 1of 116

OBLIGATIONS

 AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  


   

TITLE.  IV.  –  PRESCRIPTION   2  


Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   2  

  Chapter  2:  Prescription  of  Ownership  and  Other  Real  Rights  


Chapter  3:  Prescription  of  Actions  
TITLE.  I.  -­‐  OBLIGATIONS  
5  
10  
15  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   15  

OBLIGATIONS    
Chapter  2:  Nature  and  Effect  of  Obligations   17  
Chapter  3:  Different  Kinds  of  Obligations   22  
SECTION  1.  -­‐  Pure  and  Conditional  Obligations   22  
SECTION  2.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Period   28  

AND    
SECTION  3.  -­‐  Alternative  Obligations   31  
SECTION  4.  -­‐  Joint  and  Solidary  Obligations   33  
SECTION  5.  -­‐  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations   37  
SECTION  6.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Penal  Clause   38  

CONTRACTS  
Chapter  4:  Extinguishment  of  Obligations   40  
GENERAL  PROVISIONS   40  
SECTION  1.  -­‐  Payment  or  Performance   40  
Title  II  –  CONTRACTS   59  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   59  

  Chapter  2:  Essential  Requisites  of  Contracts  


General  Provisions  
65  
65  
Section  1  –  Consent   65  

ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   Section  2  –  Object  of  Contracts  


Section  3  –  Cause  of  Contracts  
Chapter  3:  Form  of  Contracts  
74  
75  
77  

CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
Chapter  4:  Reformation  of  Instruments   78  
Chapter  5:  Interpretation  of  Contracts   80  
Chapter  6:  Rescissible  Contracts   83  
Chapter  7:  Voidable  Contracts   86  
Chapter  8:  Unenforceable  Contracts   89  
  Chapter  9:  Void  and  Inexistent  Contracts   92  
Title  III  –  NATURAL  OBLIGATIONS   97  
  Title  IV  –  ESTOPPEL   98  
  Title  V  –  TRUSTS  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions  
100  
101  
  Chapter  2:  Express  Trusts  
Chapter  3:  Implied  Trusts  
102  
102  
  Title  XVII  –  EXTRA-­‐CONTRACTUAL  OBLIGATIONS   104  
Chapter  1:  Quasi-­‐Contracts   104  
  Section  1  –  Negotiorum  Gestio   105  
Section  2  –  Solutio  Indebiti   107  
  Section  3  –  Other  Quasi-­‐Contracts   108  
  CODAL  MEMORY  AID   111  
 
 

1  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Prescription  and  Laches  compared:  
TITLE.  IV.  –  PRESCRIPTION   o
PRESCRIPTION   LACHES  
  Concerned  with  fact  of  delay   Concerned  with  effect  of  delay  
A  matter  of  time   A  question  of  inequity  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   Statutory   Not  provided  by  statutes  
Based  on  Law   Based  on  equity  
Prescribes  a  fixed  time   No  fixed  time  
Art.  1106  –  Prescription  Defined  
By  prescription,  one  acquires  ownership  and  other  real  rights  through  the  lapse  of    ZE   Lotho,   Inc.   v.   Ice   and   Cold   Storage   –   where   the   complainant  
time  in  the  manner  and  under  the  conditions  laid  down  by  law.   only   filed   a   suit   after   9   years   despite   having   knowledge   of   the  
defendant’s   violative   practice,   and   where   the   material   records  
In  the  same  way,  rights  and  actions  are  lost  by  prescription.  (1930a)  
were   already   lost   making   it   difficult   for   the   defendant   to  
controvert   claims   for   damages,   the   case   was   dismissed   on   the  
•Object   of   Prescription   –   to   suppress   fraudulent   and   stale   claims   from  
ground   of   laches.   Laches   can   bar   the   filing   or   the   prosecution   of  
springing   at   great   distances   of   time   and   surprising   the   parties   or   their  
the  suit.  
representatives   when   the   facts   have   become   obscure,   or   evidences   or  
 Catholic  Bishop  of  Balanga  v.  CA  –  although  prescription  does  not  
witnesses  might  already  be  lost.  Sinaoan  v.  Sorongan  
apply  to  registered  property,  a  registered  landowner  may  lose  his  
• 2  Kinds  of  Prescription     right   to   recover   the   possession   of   his   registered   property   by  
Prescription does not
1. Acquisitive   –   acquisition   of   a   right   or   property   by   the   lapse   of   reason  of  laches.  
apply to registered
property but a registered time;  also  known  as  adverse  possession  and  usucapcion  
owner may lose the right 2. Extinctive  –  rights  and  actions  are  lost  by  the  lapse  of  time;  also  
Art.  1107  –  Acquisition  by  Capable  Persons  and  Minors  
to recover is possession known  as  limitation  of  action  Morales  v.  CFI  of  Misamis  Occidental  
Persons  who  are  capable  of  acquiring  property  or  rights  by  other  legal  modes  may  
due to LACHES. • Laches   –   doctrine   of   stale   demands;   defendant   becomes   the   offended  
acquire  the  same  by  means  of  prescription.  
party   due   to   the   complainant’s   inaction   for   an   unreasonable   and  
unexplained  length  of  time;  founded  on  some  change  during  the  property   Minors   and   other   incapacitated   persons   may   acquire   property   or   rights   by  
or  the  relations  between  the  parties  during  the  lapse  of  time.     prescription,   either   personally   or   through   their   parents,   guardians   or   legal  
o Requisites:  (C.D.L.I.)   subject of the complainant's remedy representatives.  (1931a)  
1. Conduct   on   the   part   of   the   defendant   of   which   complaint   is  
made  to  seek  remedy  
• Who  may  acquire  property  or  rights  through  prescription:  
2. Delay   in   asserting   the   complainant’s   rights,   having   had  
1. Persons  of  majority  age  –  qualified  to  do  all  civil  acts  of  life  
knowledge  or  notice  of  the  defendant’s  conduct,  and  having  
2. Minors  and  other  incapacitated  persons  
been  afforded  opportunity  to  file  a  suit  
o Annullable   or   voidable   –   when   acquisition   is   made   without  
3. Lack  of  knowledge  or  notice  on  the  part  of  the  defendant  that  
the  assistance  of  parents  or  guardians  
the  complainant  would  assert  right  on  which  he  bases  his  suit  
o Ratified   –   when   such   minor   attains   majority   age   of   18   years  
4. Injury   or   prejudice   to   the   defendant   in   the   event   relief   is  
(emancipation)  
accorded  to  the  complainant  
o Completely  valid  –  when  acquisition  is  made  through  parents  
 
or  guardians  
 
   
 

2  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1108  –  Persons  Exempt  from  Prescription   corporation   whose   causes   of   action   are   subject   to   the   statute   of  
Prescription,  both  acquisitive  and  extinctive,  runs  against:   limitation.  
(1) Minors   and   other   incapacitated   persons   who   have   parents,   guardians   or  
other  legal  representatives;   Art.  1109  –  Between  Husband  and  Wife,  Children  and  Guardian  
(2) Absentees   who   have   other   administrators,   either   appointed   by   them   Prescription   does   not   run   between   husband   and   wife,   even   though   there   be   a  
before  their  disappearance,  or  appointed  by  the  courts;   separation   of   property   agreed   upon   in   the   marriage   settlements   or   by   juridical  
(3) Persons  living  abroad,  who  have  managers  or  administrators;   decree.  
(4) Juridical  persons,  except  the  State  and  its  subdivisions  
Neither   does   prescription   run   between   parents   and   children,   during   the   minority   or  
Persons  who  are  disqualified  from  administering  their  property  have  a  right  to  claim   insanity   of   the   latter;   and   between   guardian   and   ward   during   the   continuance   of  
damages  from  their  legal  representatives  whose  negligence  has  been  the  cause  of   the  guardianship.  (n)  
prescription.  (1932a)  
General  rule  –  Prescription  does  not  run:  
General  rule  –  Prescription  does  not  run  against:  (M.A.A.J.)   • Between  husband  and  wife  
o Pacio   v.   Billion   –   where   the   first   wife   claims   that   possession   of   the  
1. Minors   and   other   incapacitated   persons   –   unless   they   have   parents,   property   for   29   years   is   equivalent   to   a   title,   it   was   held   that  
guardians  or  other  legal  representatives.   prescription  by  adverse  possession  cannot  exist  between  husband  and  
• Vda.   De   Alberto   v.   CA   –   an   illegitimate   child   who   still   has   a   living   wife.   c
parent,  his  mother  who  actually  filed  the  suit,  cannot  claim  exemption   • Between  parent  and  child  –  during  the  child’s  minority  or  insanity;  based  
from  prescription.   on  natural  bond  of  filiation  
2. Absentees  –  unless  they  have  administrators.   • Between  guardian  and  ward  –  during  the  continuance  of  the  guardianship;  
• Administrator   may   be   appointed   by   the   absentees   before   their   based  on  fiduciary  relationship  
disappearance  or  by  the  courts  (Art.  381  of  the  Civil  Code).    
• Absentees   must   be   absent   for   at   least   2   years   and   must   prove   that   Exception  –  When  the  law  so  provides  that  prescription  shall  apply.  
they  cannot  go  back  to  their  domicile.     Ex.  1.     Legal   separation   must   be   filed   within   5   years   from   the   occurrence   of   the  
• If   they   can   go   back   but   intentionally   do   not   want   to   return,   cause  (Art.  57,  Family  Code)  
prescription  will  lie  against  them.   2. Annulment   on   the   ground   of   impotency   must   be   filed   within   5   years  
3. Persons  living  abroad  –  unless  they  have  managers  or  administrators.   from  the  marriage  ceremony  (Art.  47,  Family  Code)  
• It  must  be  shown  that  they  cannot  return  to  their  domicile  within  the   3. Husband  may  impugn  the  legitimacy  of  the  child  within  1  year,  2  years  or  
period  which  prescription  should  have  run.   3   years   from   his   knowledge   of   the   birth   of   the   child,   depending   on   his  
4. The   State   and   its   subdivisions   –   unless   not   acting   in   their   sovereign   residence  and  the  place  of  birth  of  the  child  (Art.  170,  Family  Code)  
capacity  or  juridical  persons.   includes the AFP acting as an instrumentality of the RP.
• Juridical   persons   are   endowed   by   law   of   the   attributes   of   a   natural   Art.  1110  –  Married  Woman    
person  to  acquire  and  lose  properties  and  rights.   Prescription,  acquisitive  and  extinctive,  runs  in  favor  of  or  against  a  married  woman.  
• Republic   v.   PNB   –   if   the   political   subdivision   (AFP)   is   acting   in   its  
proprietary   character,   or   if   the   government   instrumentality   is   not   • Presupposes   a   situation   involving   a  married   woman  and   another   person  
acting  in  a  sovereign  capacity,  prescription  will  lie  against  it.   not  her  husband.  Prescription  shall  run  for  or  against  a  married  woman.  
• National   Development   Co.   v.   Tobia   –   upheld   the   applicability   of    
prescription   against   petitioner,   acting   in   its   proprietary   character,   who  
like   all   other   corporations   capitalized   by   the   government,   is   a   business  
3  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1111  –  Co-­‐Proprietor  or  Co-­‐owner   • Excludes   property   of   the   State   and   its   subdivisions   not   patrimonial   in  
Prescription   obtained   by   a   co-­‐proprietor   or   a   co-­‐owner   shall   benefit   the   others.   character,  things  within  commerce  of  men  but  prohibited  by  law:  
(1933)   Ex.    1.  Movables  possessed  through  a  crime  can  never  be  acquired  by  
prescription  by  the  offender  (Art.  1133)  
o Co-­‐ownership   –   exists   when   the   ownership   of   an   undivided   thing   or   right   2.  Lands  covered  by  Torrens  Title  
belongs  to  different  persons.   3.   Properties   of   spouses,   parents   and   children,   wards   and  
guardians  under  the  restrictions  imposed  by  law  (Art.  1109)  
o There   could   be   valid   acquisition   by   all   owners   even   though   only   one   or   a   few  
are  in  actual  possession.   • Dir.  of  Forest  Administration  v.  Fernandez  –  forest  lands  of  public  domain  
cannot  be  acquired  by  prescription  and  its  possession  however  long  cannot  
ripen  into  private  ownership.  
Art.  1112  –  Renunciation  
• Lovina  v.  Moreno  –  a  navigable  stream  or  any  of  its  bed  is  not  acquired  by  
Persons   with   capacity   to   alienate   property   may   renounce   prescription   already  
prescription.  
obtained,  but  not  the  right  to  prescribe  in  the  future.  
• Republic   v.   CA   –   [1]   area   adjacent   to   bay   which   was   covered   with   water  
Prescription   is   deemed   to   have   been   tacitly   renounced   when   the   renunciation   due   to   rain   is   not   land   of   public   domain.   “Highest   ordinary   depth”   is  
results  from  acts  which  imply  the  abandonment  of  the  right  acquired.  (1935)   defined  as  the  regular,  common,  natural  depth,  which  occurs  most  of  the  
time  during  the  year.  [2]  Having  established  his  registerable  title  (Torrens  
title   does   not   grant   acquisition),   applicant   may   avail   of   a   judicial  
When   a   debt   is   already   barred   by   prescription,   it   cannot   be   enforced   by  

the  creditor.     confirmation   of   imperfect   title   which   may   be   availed   by:   those   who,   by  
themselves   or   through   their   predecessors-­‐in-­‐interest,   have   been   in   the  
o Statutory   limitation   merely   bars   the   remedy   but   does   not  
open,   continuous,   exclusive,   and   notorious   possession   and   occupation   of  
discharge  the  debt.  
agricultural   lands   of   the   public   domain,   under   bona   fide   claim   of  
• Renunciation   –   a   waiver   of   one’s   right   to   the   prescriptive   period.   It   is  
ownership,   for   at   least   30   years   immediately   preceding   the   filing   of   the  
unilateral,   hence   does   not   require   the   approval   of   the   person   benefited   by  
application  for  confirmation  of  title.  
it.  
1. Express   renunciation   –   made   by   a   person   capacitated   to   alienate  
property.   Art.  1114  –  Right  to  Enforce  Prescription  
2. Implied   renunciation   –   deduced   from   acts   which   imply   the   Creditors  and  all  other  persons  interested  in  making  the  prescription  effective  may  
abandonment  of  right  acquired.   avail   themselves   thereof   notwithstanding   the   express   or   tacit   renunciation   by   the  
• Development   Bank   of   the   Philippines   v.   Adil   –   where   the   debtor   issued   a   debtor  or  proprietor.  (1937)  
The statutory
limitation bars new   promissory   note   recognizing   his   indebtedness,   promises   to   pay   and  
the remedy agrees   to   the   foreclosure   of   a   mortgage   should   he   fail   to   do   so,   such   • Persons   interested   –   may   be   the   creditor,   guarantor,   sureties   or   other  
but does NOT debtor   effectively   and   expressly   renounced   his   right   to   prescription   third  persons  
discharge the debt. covering   t he   f irst   p romissory   n ote.   • May  ask  the  enforcement  of  prescription  even  though  it  has  been  waived  
by  the  debtor  
Art.  1113  –  Subjects  of  Prescription  
 
All   things   which   are   within   the   commerce   of   men   are   susceptible   of   prescription,  
unless   otherwise   provided.   Property   of   the   State   or   any   of   its   subdivisions   not    
patrimonial  in  character  shall  not  be  the  object  or  prescription.  (1936a)  
   
• Includes  all  things  within  the  commerce  (with  commercial  value)  of  man    

4  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1115  –  Special  Laws   Chapter   2:   Prescription   of   Ownership   and   Other   Real  
The  provisions  of  the  present  Title  are  understood  to  be  without  prejudice  to  what   Rights  
in   this   Code   or   in   special   laws   is   established   with   respect   to   specific   cases   of  
prescription.  (1938)  
Art.  1117  –  Acquisitive  Prescription  
• In   case   of   conflict   between   the   period   provided   in   this   Title   and   in   another   Acquisitive   prescription   of   dominion   and   other   real   rights   may   be   ordinary   and  
portion   of   the   Civil   Code   or   special   laws:   the   more   specific   provision   will   extraordinary.  
prevail.  
Ordinary   acquisitive   prescription   requires   possession   of   things   in   good   faith   and  
• If  different  statutes  are  providing  for  different  prescriptive  periods,  and  the  
with  just  title  for  the  time  fixed  by  law.  (1940a)  
cause  of  action  contemplated  by  them  are  apparently  conflicting,  they  do  
not  exclude  each  other  from  being  availed  of  by  the  aggrieved  party.    
Kinds  of  Acquisitive  Prescription:  
A statute of limitation Ex.        Callanta  v.  Carnation  Philippines  Inc.  –  although  Labor  Code  
extinguishes the remedy 1. Ordinary   –   requires   uninterrupted   possession   during   the   required  
ONLY. Though the remedy provides   that   money   claims   prescribe   in   3   years,   the   aggrieved  
to enforce a right may be party  in  illegal  dismissal  case  may  avail  of  the  4-­‐year  prescriptive   statutory  period,  good  faith  (Art.  1128)  and  just  title  (Art.  1129)  
barred, the right may be Ex.     Godinez   v.   CA   –   property   was   acquired   after   adverse,  
enforced by some other period  for  “injury  to  rights”  under  Article  1146  of  the  Civil  Code.  
available remedy which is continuous  and  notorious  possession  for  more  than  50  years  with  
not barred. corrected  decree  of  registration  and  good  faith  on  the  part  of  the  
Art.  1116  –  Transition   buyers.  
Prescription  already  running  before  the  effectivity  of  this  Code  shall  be  governed  by   2. Extraordinary   –   requires   uninterrupted   possession   for   the   required  
laws  previously  in  force;  but  if  since  the  time  this  Code  took  effect  the  entire  period   statutory  period  without  need  of  good  faith  and  just  title  
herein  required  for  prescription  should  elapse,  the  present  Code  shall  be  applicable,  
even  though  by  the  former  laws,  a  longer  period  might  be  required.  (1939)  
Art.  1118  –  Possession  
Possession   has   to   be   in   the   concept   of   an   owner,   public,   peaceful   and  
1. Prescriptive  period  under  the  old  law  has  lapsed  before  the  effectivity  of  
uninterrupted.  (1941)  
the  1950  Civil  Code  —  old  law  shall  apply    
2. Prescriptive  period  under  the  old  law  is  still  running  upon  the  effectivity  of  
Characteristics  of  Possession:  (O.P.P.U.)  
the  new  Code:  
a. New  code  provides  for  a  different  period  for  the  same  situation  — 1. In  the  concept  of  an  Owner    
New  code  shall  apply  if  the  prescriptive  period  it  provides  has   • possessor   asserts   dominion   over   the   property   to   the   exclusion   of   all  
already  lapsed  even  though  under  the  old  law,  the  period  has  not   others.  
yet  lapsed.     • must  be  adverse/concepto  de  dueno  (as  to  claim  title)    
b. The  remaining  balance  of  the  prescription  period  in  the  old  law   • Ramirez   v.   CA   –   antichretic   creditor   (debtor   hands   over   his   property,  
since  the  effectivity  of  the  new  code  is  shorter  than  that  provided   allowing   the   use   thereof,   for   the   interest   on   the   money   lent)   cannot  
in  the  latter  —  old  law  will  apply   acquire   the   land   by   prescription   because   such   property   was   not   given   to  
• The  law  which  provides  the  shorter  prescription  period  shall  apply.   him  as  the  new  owner.  
  • Republic   v.   CA   –   prescription   does   not   apply   where   possession   of   property  
was  for  recreational  purposes  only.  
• Ramos   v.   CA   –   paying   taxes   does   not   evidence   title   but   it   is   a   strong  
evidence  of  possession.  
 
5  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
2. Public     Consequences  of  Natural  Interruption:  
• must  be  a  notorious  holding  of  the  property  known  to  the  community.   • Old  possession  is  not  revived  and  lapse  of  time  shall  begin  to  run  from  the  
• must  not  be  of  a  surreptitious  character.     beginning  should  possession  be  claimed  by  the  same  adverse  claimant.  
3.  Peaceful     • If   the   natural   interruption   is   for   only   one   year   or   less,   the   time   elapsed  
• there   must   be   no   valid   interference   from   others   claiming   or   asserting   their   shall  be  counted  in  favor  of  the  prescription.  
rights  to  the  property.    
4. Uninterrupted     Art.  1123  –  Civil  Interruption  
• possession  during  the  required  period  must  be  continuous.   Civil  interruption  is  produced  by  the  judicial  summons  to  the  possessor.  (1945a)  

Art.  1119  –  Possession  through  License  or  Tolerance   Art.  1124  –  Judicial  Summons  
Acts  of  possessory  character  executed  in  virtue  of  license  or  by  mere  tolerance  of   Judicial  summons  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  been  issued  and  shall  not  give  rise  to  
the  owner  shall  not  be  available  for  the  purposes  of  possession.  (1942)   interruption:  
(1) If  it  should  be  void  for  lack  of  legal  solemnities;  
(2) It  the  plaintiff  should  desist  from  the  complaint  or  should  allow  the    
• Possession   by   license   or   tolerance   produces   no   effect   with   respect   to  
proceedings  to  lapse;  
possession   or   prescription   because   such   possession   acknowledges   that  
(3) If  the  possessor  should  be  absolved  from  the  complaint.  
somebody  else  owns  the  property.  
• Coronado   v.   CA   –   being   allowed   to   enter   and   reap   produce   on   said   In  all  these  cases,  the  period  of  the  interruption  shall  be  counted  for  prescription.  
property  is  not  sufficient  possession  in  the  concept  of  an  owner.   (1946a)  

Art.  1120  –  Interruption   No  civil  interruption  in  the  following  cases:  (S.A.D.)  
Possession  is  interrupted  for  the  purposes  of  prescription,  naturally  or  civilly.  (1943)   1. Lack  of  legal  solemnities    
• May  consist  error  or  irregularity  in  the  form  or  process  required  to  
• Uninterrupted  possession  strengthens  the  adverse  right  of  the  possessor.     acquire  such  summon.    
• 2  Kinds  of  Interruption:   Ex.   Judicial   summons   have   been   served   by   a   person   not  
1. Natural  —  through  any  cause  it  should  cease  for  more  than  1  year.     authorized  by  the  court.    
2. Civil  —  produced  by  judicial  summons  to  the  possessor.     2. Desistance  from  plaintiff  
• Desistance—  voluntarily  having  the  case  dismissed.    
Art.  1121  –  Natural  Interruption   • Allowing   the   proceeding   to   lapse—manifests   the   lack   of   interest  
Possession   is   naturally   interrupted   when   through   any   cause   it   should   cease   for   to  prosecute  the  case.    
more  than  one  year.   3. Possessor  is  absolved    
• Absolution—the   complaint   has   not   been   fully   substantiated   to  
The   old   possession   is   not   revived   if   a   new   possession   should   be   exercised   by   the   support  any  adverse  claim  by  the  complainant.    
same  adverse  claimant.  (1944a)   • The  possessor  is  always  presumed  to  be  in  good  faith.    

Art.  1122  –  One  Year  or  Less   Art.  1125  –  Possessor’s  Recognition  of  Owner’s  Right  
If   the   natural   interruption   is   for   only   one   year   or   less,   the   time   elapsed   shall   be   Any  express  or  tacit  recognition  which  the  possessor  may  make  of  the  owner’s  right  
counted  in  favor  of  the  prescription.  (n)   also  interrupts  possession.  (1948)  

 
6  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Corpus   v.   Padilla   –   one   cannot   recognize   the   right   of   another   and   at   the   Art.  1127  –  Good  Faith  
same   time   claim   adverse   possession   which   can   ripen   to   ownership,   thru   The   good   faith   of   the   possessor   consists   in   the   reasonable   belief   that   the   person  
acquisitive  prescription.   from   whom   he   received   the   thing   was   the   owner   thereof,   and   could   transmit   his  
The buyer's act of
entering into a • Dinoso  v.  CA  -­‐  where  the  seller  and  buyer  executed  a  contract  of  sale  giving   ownership  (1950a)  
contract of sale w/ the   seller   the   right   to   repurchase   property   after   10   years,   the   sale   is  
a right to repurchase
subject  to  the  owner’s  right  of  redemption.  The  purchaser’s  possession  has  
is a recognition of the Art.  1128  –  Other  Conditions  of  Good  Faith  
seller's superior right.
Thus, the buyer's been   held   in   subordination   to   the   title   of   the   owner   prior   to   the   expiration   The   conditions   of   good   faith   required   for   possession   in   Articles   526,   527,   528   and  
possession during the of  the  redemption  period.     529  of  this  Code  are  likewise  necessary  for  the  determination  of  good  faith  in  the  
redemption period cannot
be counted for prescription. prescription  of  ownership  and  other  real  rights.  (1951)  
Art.  1126  –  Titles  
Against   a   title   recorded   in   the   Registry   of   Property,   ordinary   prescription   of   • Conditions  of  Good  Faith:  
ownership   or   real   rights   shall   not   take   place   to   the   prejudice   of   a   third   person,   o Art.   526   –   not   aware   that   there   exists   any   flaw   which   invalidates   his  
except   in   virtue   of   another   title   also   recorded;   and   the   time   shall   begin   to   run   from   title  or  mode  of  acquisition    
the  recording  of  the  latter.   o Art.  527  –  good  faith  is  always  presumed    
o Art.   528   –   possession   acquired   in   good   faith   does   not   lose   this  
As  to  lands  registered  under  the  Land  Registration  Act,  the  provisions  of  that  special   character    
law  shall  govern.  (1949a)   o Art.   529   –   it   is   presumed   that   possession   continues   to   be   enjoyed   in  
the  same  character  in  which  it  was  acquired    
General   rule   –   Torrens   title   recorded   in   the   Registry   of   Property   is   never  
• • Negrete   v.   CFI   of   Marinduque   –   good   faith   is   not   complied   with   when   a  
subject  of  prescription  to  the  prejudice  of  a  third  person.     person   claims   a   property   through   ordinary   acquisitive   prescription   based  
o However,  it  can  be  challenged  by  a  claim  of  laches   on  a  deed  of  sale  which  he  knew  involved  a  different  property.  
o Or   when   another   title   is   also   recorded.   Prescription   will   begin   to   • Reyes   v.   CA   –   knowingly   using   a   forged   document   to   base   one’s   just   title  
run  from  the  recording  of  such  title   for  the  purposes  of  acquisitive  prescription  is  an  act  of  bad  faith.  
• Dimayuga  v.  CA  –  no  title  to  registered  land  in  derogation  of  the  registered   • Magtira  v.  CA  –  good  faith  cannot  be  invoked  if  the  claimant  has  actual  or  
owner  shall  be  acquired  by  prescription  or  adverse  possession.   constructive   notice   of   the   legal   and   valid   rights   of   possession   of   another  
• Reyes   v.   CA   –   where   petitioners   forged   a   document   and   claimed   during  the  prescriptive  period.  Registration of an instrument with the Register of Deeds
is constructive notice to the world.
acquisition,  their  title  cannot  defeat  the  real  rights  of  private  respondents  
who  stepped  into  the  shoes  of  their  father  as  successors-­‐in-­‐interest.   Art.  1129  –  Just  Title  
• Catholic  Bishop  of  Balanga  v.  CA  –  although  prescription  will  not  apply  to   For   the   purposes   of   prescription,   there   is   just   title   when   the   adverse   claimant   came  
Imprescriptability registered   property,   the   doctrine   of   laches   is   applicable.   A   registered   into  possession  of  the  property  through  one  of  the  modes  recognized  by  law  for  the  
or indefeasibility
of a Torrens Title landowner   may   lose   his   right   to   recover   possession   of   his   registered   acquisition  of  ownership  or  other  real  rights,  but  the  grantor  was  not  the  owner  or  
property  by  reason  of  laches.   could  not  transmit  any  right.  (n)  

  Art.  1130  –  True  and  Valid  Title  


The  title  for  prescription  must  be  true  and  valid.  (1953)  
 
Art.  1131  –  Just  Title  must  be  Proved  
 
For   the   purposes   of   prescription,   just   title   must   be   proved;   it   is   never   presumed.  
  (1954a)  

7  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Just   title   –   constitutes   such   title   when   the   possession   of   a   property   is  
• • Dira   v.   Tanega   –   after   8   years,   the   active   partner,   who   took   over   of   the  
obtained  through  one  of  the  modes  recognized  by  law  for  acquisition  (Art.   shares  of  the  delinquent  partner  in  a  printing  business,  acquired  the  shares  
712)   but   the   grantor   was   not   the   owner,   or   has   no   power   to   transmit   of  stock  of  the  latter  (personal  property)  through  acquisitive  prescription.  
rights.   The   just   title   is   intended   to   transfer   ownership   and   could   have     Since then, there was no longer any basis for any allegation of trust relation between the 2.
actually  transmitted  such  had  the  grantor  been  the  true  owner.  Possession   Recovery  of  Property:  
from   a   just   title   can   ripen   into   ownership   if   the   other   elements   of   • Art.   559—the   possession   of   movable   property   acquired   in   good   faith   is  
prescription  are  present.   equivalent  to  a  title.  If  the  possessor  lost  or  of  which  the  owner  has  been  
• Doliendo   v.   Biarnesa   –   where   a   person   bought   a   property   from   a   public   unlawfully   deprived,   has   acquired   it   in   good   faith   at   a   public   sale,   the  
auction  and  took  possession  for  more  than  10  years  but  there  was  a  first   owner  cannot  obtain  its  return  without  reimbursing  the  price  paid.  
A person who bought purchaser,   such   document   from   the   public   sale   constituted   a   just   title,   • Art.   1505   –   when   goods   are   sold   by   a   person   who   is   not   the   owner,   the  
property from a valid public
auction who was able hence  
to the  person  acquired  the  property  through  prescription.   buyer   gets   no   better   title   to   the   goods   than   the   seller   had,   unless   the  
• of Solis  
prove the holding such v.   CA   –   a   donacion   propter   nuptias   is   sufficient   to   constitute   just   title.   owner  of  the  goods  is  precluded  from  denying  the  seller’s  authority  to  sell.  
public auction, from which
Even  a  void  donation  may  ripen  into  title  by  prescription.  A  better  title  may  
he based his just title, However,  nothing  in  the  title  shall  affect:    
and who possessedbe  thebarred  by  that  adverse  possession.   1. laws  which  enable  the  apparent  owner  to  dispose  of  goods  as  his  
property for more than 10
years, acquired it by o “Titulo  Colorado”  –  such  title  where,  although  there  was  a  mode   own    
acquisitive prescription of   transferring   ownership,   still   something   is   wrong   because   the   2. the  validity  of  any  contract  of  sale  under  the  order  of  the  court  
against a purchaser of the
property previous to the grantor  is  not  the  owner.  This  is  enough  to  constitute  just  title.   3. purchases  made  from  the  merchant  in  accordance  with  the  Code  
public auction. of  Commerce  and  special  laws  
Art.  1132  –  Acquisition  of  Movables  or  Personal  Property  
The   ownership   of   movables   prescribes   through   uninterrupted   possession   for   four   Art.  1133  –  Movables  from  Crime  
years  in  good  faith.   Movables  possessed  through  a  crime  can  never  be  acquired  through  prescription  by  
the  offender.  (1956a)  
The   ownership   of   personal   property   also   prescribes   through   uninterrupted  
possession  for  eight  years,  without  need  of  any  other  condition.   • The  benefits  of  prescription  are  denied  to  the  offender.    
With   regard   to   the   right   of   the   owner   to   recover   personal   property   lost   or   of   which   Ex.   A   thief   cannot   acquire   title   for   a   stolen   car   even   if   the   owner   did   not  
he   has   been   illegally   deprived,   as   well   as   with   respect   to   movables   acquired   in   a   make  a  demand  and  the  prescriptive  period  has  already  lapsed.  
public  sale,  fair,  or  market,  or  from  a  merchant’s  store  the  provisions  of  Articles  559   • Tan   v.   CA   –   however,   if   the   thing   was   in   the   meanwhile   passed   to   a  
and  1505  of  this  Code  shall  be  observed.  (1955a)   subsequent  holder,  prescription  begins  to  run  4  or  8  years  (depending  on  
the  existence  of  good  faith).  
SUMMARY:  ACQUISITION  THROUGH  PRESCRIPTION  
Movables  (witho   Immovables   Immovables   Art.  1134  –  Acquisition  of  Immovables    
Requisites   Movables  
other  conditions)   (Ordinary)   (Extraordinary)   Ownership   and   other   rights   over   immovable   property   are   acquired   by   ordinary  
Years   4   8   10   30  
prescription  through  possession  of  ten  years.  (1957a)  
Uninterrupted  
           
Possession  
Good  Faith             • Ordinary  acquisitive  prescription  of  immovables  –  must  be  by  virtue  of  a  
Just  Title            just   title,   good   faith   and   possession   (in   the   concept   of   an   owner,  
  Art.  1132   Art.  1132   Art.  1134   Art.  1137  
uninterrupted,  adverse  and  public).  
   

8  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1135  –  Mistake  in  Area   (2) It  is  presumed  that  the  present  possessor  who  was  also  the  possessor  at  a  
In  case  the  adverse  claimant  possesses  by  mistake  an  area  greater;  or  less,  than  that   previous   time,   has   continued     to   be   in   possession   during   the   intervening  
expressed  in  his  title,  prescription  shall  be  based  on  the  possession.  (n)   time,  unless  there  is  proof  to  the  contrary;  
(3) The  first  day  shall  be  excluded  and  the  last  day  included.  (1960a)  
• The   extent   of   property   subject   to   the   prescription   shall   be   the   one   actually    
possessed   or   held   by   the   claimant   regardless   of   the   size   indicated   or   1. The   present   possessor   may   complete   the   period   necessary   for   prescription  
described  in  the  title.     by  tacking  his  possession  to  that  of  his  grantor  or  predecessor  in  interest    
• “Grantor”   and   “predecessor   in   interest”   –   connote   a   transfer   in   a  
manner  provided  by  law  of  property  from  one  person  to  another.    
Art.  1136  –  Wartime  
• Tacking  –  possession  is  allowed  only  when  there  is  a  privity  of  contract  
Possession  in  wartime,  when  the  civil  courts  are  not  open,  shall  not  be  counted  in  
or   relationship   between   the   previous   and   present   possessors.   South  
favor  of  the  adverse  claimant.  (n)  
City  Homes,  Inc.  v.  Republic  
o Tacking   is   not   allowed   if   the   predecessor   in   interest   has   not  
• The   possession   of   the   adverse   claimant   during   that   time   shall   not   be   satisfied   the   requirements   of   prescription.   Otherwise,   there  
counted  where  it  must  be  observed  that  the  civil  courts  must  be  closed.   can  be  no  continuity  in  the  nature  of  the  possession.  
• If   it   is   functioning,   even   during   wartime,   the   possession   may   be   counted   in   2. It  is  presumed  that  the  present  possessor  who  was  also  the  possessor  at  a  
his  favor.   previous   time,   has   continued   to   be   in   possession   during   the   intervening  
time,  unless  there  is  proof  to  the  contrary.  
Art.  1137  –  Extraordinary  Prescription  of  Immovables   • The  presumption  proceeds  from  a  set  of  facts.    
Ownership   and   other   real   rights   over   immovables   also   prescribe   through   • For  the  presumption  to  exist,  there  must  be  a  prior  showing  of  the  fact  
uninterrupted  adverse  possession  thereof  for  thirty  years,  without  need  of  title  or   that  the  person  presently  possessing  the  property  was  also  the  one  in  
of  good  faith.   possession  of  the  same  before  the  intervening  time.  
3. The  first  day  shall  be  excluded  and  the  last  day  included.  
• Parcotilo  v.  Parcotilo  –  where  a  person’s  adverse  possession  of  a  property    
for  38  years  ripened  into  a  title  by  extraordinary  prescription  although  all   ***Other  notes:  
the  requisites  of  a  valid  will  were  not  executed.   What  is  the  rule  to  follow  when  the  character  of  the  possession  of  the  predecessor  is  
• Heirs   of   Celso   Amarante   v.   CA   –   acquisitive   prescription   has   set   in   when   different  from  that  of  the  present  possessor?  
alienable  public  land  was  under  the  adverse  possession  of  a  person  prior  to   • The  law  does  not  provide  any  solution  to  such  kind  of  contingency.  Thus,  
the   war   although   the   titles   have   not   been   perfected.   The   possessor   may   sound  judgment  must  be  resorted  to.  
apply  for  the  confirmation  of  his  claims  to  the  proper  courts.    
A.  If  the  predecessor  was  in  good  faith  but  the  successor  is  in  bad  faith:    
Art.  1138  –  Computation  of  Prescription   • There   are   different   views.   Some   writers   say   there   must   be   no   tacking.  
In   the   computation   of   time   necessary   for   prescription   the   following   rules   shall   be   Others  say,  the  good  faith  of  the  predecessor  should  not  be  set  at  naught.  
observed:   The  second  is  the  better  view.  The  computation  of  the  periods  to  be  tacked  
(1) The   present   possessor   may   complete   the   period   necessary   for   prescription   should   be   proportionate,   that   is,   in   the   proportion   of   what   the   period   of  
by   tacking   his   possession   to   that   of   his   guarantor   or   predecessor   in   possession  in  good  faith  bears  to  the  period  of  extraordinary  prescription.  
interest;   So   it   is   in   the   proportion   of   2:1   as   regards   movables   and   3:1   for  
immovables.  
 

9  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
B.  If  the  possession  of  the  predecessor  was  in  bad  faith  and  the  possession  of  the   SUMMARY:  PRESCRIPTION  OF  ACTIONS  
successor  is  in  good  faith,  should  there  be  tacking  of  possession:     Art.  1140   Movables   8  years    
• Possession  of  the  predecessor  in  bad  faith  cannot  be  counted  and  added  to   Art.  1141   Immovables   30  years  
that   of   the   present   possessor.   Here,   the   possession   of   the   predecessor   Art.  1142   Mortgages   10  years  
cannot  be  considered  in  ordinary  prescription  because  such  requires  good   Art.  1143   Right  of  way,  public  or  private  nuisance   None  
faith  all  throughout  the  period  fixed  by  law.   Written   contracts,   obligations   created   by  
Art.  1144   10  years  
  law,  judgment  
However,  for  purposes  of  extraordinary  prescription,  the  possession  in  bad  faith  of   Art.  1145   Oral  contract,  quasi-­‐contract   6  years  
the  predecessor  can  be  tacked  to  the  possession  in  bad  faith  of  the  successor  where   Art.  1146   Injury  to  the  rights,  quasi-­‐delict   4  years  
there  are  no  prohibitions  provided.   Art.  1147   Forcible  entry  and  detainer,  defamation   1  year  
  Art.  1149   All  other  actions  with  no  fixed  periods   5  years  
o Art.  1140-­‐1142,  1144-­‐1147  are  without  prejudice  to  those  specified  in  
Chapter  3:  Prescription  of  Actions   other  parts  of  this  Code,  in  the  Code  of  Commerce,  and  in  special  laws.  
(Art.  1148)  
Art.  1139  –  Lapse  of  Time    
Actions  prescribe  by  the  mere  lapse  of  time  fixed  by  law.  (1961)   WHEN  PRESCRIPTION  SHALL  BEGIN  TO  RUN  
All   kinds   of   actions   when   no   From   the   day   they   may   be  
Art.  1150  
• Prescription  of  actions  =  limitation  of  actions     provision  provides  otherwise   brought  
o Actions   to   enforce   or   preserve   a   right   or   claim   must   be   brought   Art.  1151   Enforcement  of  obligation  to  pay   From  the  time  of  last  payment  
within  a  certain  period  of  time.   From   the   time   judgment   became  
Art.  1152   Enforcement  of  judgment  
final  
• When  the  government  is  the  real  party  in  interest  and  is  proceeding  mainly  
From   the   time   the   person  
to   assert   its   own   rights   and   recover   its   own   property,   there   can   be   no   Demand  accounting  
responsible  ceases  to  perform  
defense  on  the  ground  of  laches  or  limitation.   Art.  1153   From   the   day   result   was  
o Prescription  of  action  does  not  run  against  the  government.   Bring   action   from   the   result   of  
recognized   by   agreement   of  
  accounting  
interested  parties  
Elements  of  a  cause  of  action:  (R.O.A)      
1. A  right  in  favor  of  the  plaintiff  by  whatever  means  and  under  whatever  law   Art.  1140  –  Prescription  of  Movables    
it  arises  or  is  created  must  be  present     Actions   to   recover   movables   shall   prescribe   eight   years   from   the   time   the  
2. An  obligation  on  the  part  of  the  defendant  to  respect  such  right     possession   thereof   is   lost,   unless   the   possessor   has   acquired   the   ownership   by  
3. An  act  or  omission  on  the  part  of  such  defendant  violative  of  the  right  of   prescription   for   a   less   period,   according   to   Article   1132,   and   without   prejudice   to  
the  plaintiff         the  provisions  of  Articles  559,  1505,  and  1133.  (1962a)  
• It   is   the   legal   possibility   of   bringing   the   action   that   determines   the  
starting   point   for   the   computation   of   the   period   of   prescription,   that   • This   refers   to   the   period   of   extraordinary   prescription   of   8   years   for  
is,  only  upon  the  happening  of  the  third  requisite  when  it  can  be  said   movables  to  bring  an  action  to  recover.    
that   a   cause   of   action   has   arisen.   Espanol   v.   Philippine   Veterans   o However,   action   shall   not   prosper   if   it   is   brought   when   the  
Administration(Art.  1144)   possessor   has   already   acquired   title   by   ordinary   acquisitive  
  prescription  within  4  years.  
 
 
 
10  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o “Without   prejudice”   –   if   a   possessor   has   acquired   ownership   no   Art.  1142  –  Prescription  of  Mortgages  
action   to   recover   may   be   filed   even   though   there   may   still   be   A  mortgage  action  prescribes  after  ten  years.  (1964a)  
several  years  remaining  in  the  prescribed  8  years.  
• If   possessor   acquired   the   movable   in   good   faith   at   a   public   sale,   owner  
• Mortgage   –   an   accessory   contract   constituted   to   secure   a   debt   so   that   if  
cannot  obtain  its  return  without  reimbursing  the  price  paid  therefore.  (Art.  
the   debtor   fails   to   pay   the   principal   obligation,   the   creditor   can   foreclose  
559)    
on  the  mortgage  by  selling  it  in  a  public  sale  and  use  the  proceeds  to  pay  
• In   certain   cases,   owner   is   precluded   from   recovery   without   right   to   off  the  debt.  
reimbursement  although  the  action  has  not  yet  prescribed.  (Art.  1505)  
• Development  Bank  of  the  Philippines  v.  Tomeldan  –  a  suit  for  the  recovery  
• Movables   possessed   through   a   crime   cannot   be   acquired   through   of   the   deficiency   after   foreclosure   of   a   mortgage   is   in   the   nature   of  
prescription  by  offender  (Art.  1133)    
mortgage  action  which  prescribes  in  10  years.  
• Tan  v.  CA  –  where  petitioner  claims  that,  through  bad  faith  and  fraud,  he  
was   led   to   assign   his   shares   of   stocks,   it   was   held   that   the   action   had  
Art.  1143  –  Rights  Not  Extinguished  by  Prescription  
already   prescribed,   hence   the   corporate   entities   have   acquired   such  
The   following   rights,   among   others   specified   elsewhere   in   this   Code,   are   not  
personal  property  after  possession  of  more  than  8  years  (without  need  of  
extinguished  by  prescription:  
good  faith).  
(1) To  demand  a  right  of  way,  regulated  in  Article  649;  
• Dira   v.   Tanega   –   in   a   printing   partnership,   it   was   held   that   the   active  
(2) To  bring  an  action  to  abate  a  public  or  private  nuisance.  (n)  
partner   has   acquired   the   shares   of   the   delinquent   partner   through  
extraordinary  prescription  of  8  years,  regardless  of  bad  faith.    
• To  demand  a  right  of  way  (Art.  649)  –  the  owner  by  virtue  of  a  real  right  
Art.  1141  –  Prescription  of  Immovables   may   use   any   immovable   surrounded   by   other   immovables   owned   by   other  
Real  actions  over  immovables  prescribe  after  thirty  years.   persons   and   without   access   to   a   public   highway,   is   entitled   to   demand   a  
right   of   way   across   the   neighboring   estates,   after   payment   of   the   proper  
This   provision   is   without   prejudice   to   what   is   established   for   acquisition   of   indemnity.    
ownership  and  other  real  rights  by  prescription.  (1963)   o However,   this   easement   is   not   compulsory   if   the   isolation   of   the  
immovable  is  due  to  the  proprietor's  own  acts.  
• This   refers   to   extraordinary   acquisitive   prescription   of   immovables   of   30   • To   abate   a   public   or   private   nuisance   –   involves   a   person,   thing,   or  
years  in  adverse  possession.  The  right  to  sue  prescribes  after  acquisition  of   circumstance   causing   inconvenience   or   annoyance;   unlawful   interference  
the  title.   with  the  use  and  enjoyment  of  a  person's  land.  
o However,   if   within   the   30-­‐year   period,   all   the   requisites   of  
Other  rights  not  barred  by  prescription:    
ordinary   acquisitive   prescription   are   present,   the   possessor  
1. To  demand  partition  of  a  co-­‐ownership  as  long  as  the  co-­‐ownership  is  
acquires   ownership   after   10   years   of   uninterrupted   possession,  
expressly  or  impliedly  recognized    
just  title  and  good  faith.    
2. To  enforce  an  express  trust    
• In  case  of  fraud:  
3. To  demand  easement  of  light  and  view    
o If   action   is   based   on   fraud,   action   prescribes   in   4   years   from   the  
discovery   of   fraud   and   such   discovery   is   deemed   to   have   taken   4. To  declare  the  inexistence  of  a  contract  or  the  nullity  of  a  void  judgment  or  
place   upon   the   issuance   of   the   certificate   of   title   over   the   of  a  void  title    
property.   5. To  compel  a  trustee  to  reconvey  property  registered  in  his  name  for  the  
o If   based   on   implied   or   constructive   trust,   in   10   years   from   the   benefit  of  the  cestui  que  trust    
alleged   fraudulent   registration   or   date   of   issuance   of   certificate   of   6. To  compel  reconveyance  of  land  registered  in  bad  faith  provided  it  has  not  
title  over  the  property.   yet  passed  to  an  innocent  purchaser  for  value    

11  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
7. To  quiet  title  brought  by  a  person  in  possession  of  the  property     b. Such   positive   acts   of   repudiation   have   been   made   known   to   the  
8. To  recover  real  property  or  its  value  where  the  property  was  taken  by  the   cestui  que  trust.  
government  for  public  use  without  first  acquiring  title  thereto     c. The  evidence  thereon  is  clear  and  conclusive.  
9. To  seek  issuance  of  a  writ  of  possession     o Such   repudiation   shall   be   the   reckoning   point   of   the   cause   of  
10. To  probate  a  will     action.  
11. To  recover  by  the  State  non-­‐registrable  land    
  Art.  1145  –  6  Years    
The  following  actions  must  be  commenced  within  six  years:  
Art.  1144  –  10  Years   (1) Upon  an  oral  contract;  
The  following  actions  must  be  brought  within  ten  years  from  the  time  the  right  of   (2) Upon  a  quasi-­‐contract.  (n)  
action  accrues:   1. Oral  contract  
(1) Upon  a  written  contract;   • Action  upon  an  oral  contract  of  tenancy  to  compel  the  reinstatement  
(2) Upon  an  obligation  created  by  law;   of  a  tenant  comes  under  the  provision.  
(3) Upon  a  judgment.  (n)   2. Quasi-­‐contract  
  • Certain   lawful,   voluntary   and   unilateral   acts   give   rise   to   the   juridical  
1. Written  contracts     relation   of   quasi-­‐contracts   to   the   end   that   no   one   shall   be   unjustly  
• agreement  must  be  in  writing.   enriched  or  benefited  at  the  expense  of  another.  
• a   promissory   note,   a   check   or   a   ticket   issued   for   transportation   is   a   • Solutio   indebiti   –   quasi   contract   provided   in   the   Civil   Code   which  
written  contract.   occurs   if   something   is   received   when   there   is   no   right   to   demand   it,  
2. Obligations  created  by  law   and  it  has  been  delivered  by  mistake,  the  obligation  to  return  arises.  
• obligation   of   the   possessor   to   reconvey   to   the   true   owner   real   • Municipality   of   Opon   v.   Caltex   –   right   to   recover   taxes   illegally  
property  arising  from  a  constructive  or  implied  trust.   collected  upon  a  quasi-­‐contract.  
• obligation  of  the  lessor  to  indemnify  the  lessee  in  good  faith  for  useful  
improvements  on  the  property  leased.   Art.  1146  –  4  Years  
• obligation  of  the  husband  and  wife,  parents  and  children,  and  brothers   The  following  actions  must  be  instituted  within  four  years:  
and  sisters  to  support  each  other.   (1) Upon  an  injury  to  the  rights  of  the  plaintiff;  
3. Judgment—judgment  that  is  final  and  executory     (2) Upon  a  quasi-­‐delict.  (n)  
• under  the  Rules  of  Court,  judgment  may  be  executed  on  motion  within    
5  years  from  the  date  of  its  entry  or  from  the  date  it  becomes  final  and   1. Injury  to  the  rights  of  the  plaintiff  
executory.  After  the  lapse  of  such  time,  it  may  be  enforced  by  ordinary   • Purpose   of   an   action   or   suit   and   the   law   to   govern   it,   including   the  
action  within  10  years.   period  of  prescription,  are  to  be  determined  by  the  complaint  itself,  its  
• Espanol  v.  Philippine  Veterans  Administration  –  right  of  action  accrues   allegations  and  prayer  for  relief.  
when   there   exists   a   cause   of   action   which   in   this   case   is   the   • Action   for   recovery   of   damages   for   taking   or   retaining   personal  
declaration   of   the   Court   that   the   company’s   administrative   policy   is   property,  or  incident  to  trespass  upon  real  estate  prescribes  within  4  
invalid.   years.  
• Huang  v.  CA  –  an  implied  trust  is  normally  not  subject  to  prescription,   • Virgilio   Callanta   v.   Carnation   Phil.   Inc.   –   petition   for   illegal   dismissal,  
unless  the  trustee  openly  and  adversely  repudiates  the  trust  by:     reinstatement   and   backwages   was   illegally   dismissed   because  
a. performing   unequivocal   acts   amounting   to   an   ouster   of   the   cestui   although   the   Labor   Code   provides   3   years   for   such   claims,   the   case  
que  trust  (French  for  the  beneficiary  of  a  trust).   involved  the  profession  of  the  plaintiff  which  is  a  property  right,  hence  
12  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
was   predicated   “upon   injury   to   the   rights   of   the   plaintiff”   which   • The   provisions   of   Title   V   on   Prescription   have   suppletory   application   to  
prescribes  in  4  years.  (In  relation  to  Art.  1148)   specific   cases   of   prescription   found   elsewhere   in   the   Civil   Code   and   in  
2. Quasi-­‐delict   special  laws.    
• When   there   is   no   pre-­‐existing   relations   between   parties,   whoever   by   • Virgilio  Callanta  v.  Carnation  Phil.  Inc.  –  where  a  petition  upon  injury  to  the  
act  or  omission  causes  damage  to  another  with  fault  or  negligence,  is   rights   of   the   plaintiff   was   found   with   merit,   it   was   held   that   a   statute   of  
obliged  to  pay  damages.  (Art.2176)   limitation   (pertaining   to   prescription   for   claims   under   the   Labor   Code)  
• Dicosa   v.   Sarabia   –   prescriptive   period   is   counted   from   the   day   the   extinguishes   the   remedy   only.   Although   the   remedy   to   enforce   a   right   may  
quasi-­‐delict  occurred  or  was  committed.     be   barred,   that   right   may   be   enforced   by   some   other   available   remedy  
• Liability  of  manufacturers  for  any  death  or  injuries  caused  by  noxious   (pertaining  to  Art.  1146  regarding  injury  upon  the  rights  of  the  plaintiff).  
or  harmful  substances  used,  although  no  contractual  relations  exist.  
• Coca-­‐Cola   Bottlers   Philippines   Inc.   v.   CA   –   where   soft   drinks   sold   Art.  1149  –  No  Fixed  Period  =  5  Years  
contained  fiber-­‐like  matter  and  other  foreign  substances  which  caused   All  other  actions  whose  periods  are  not  fixed  in  this  Code  or  in  other  laws  must  be  
sickness  to  students.   brought  within  five  years  from  the  time  the  right  of  action  accrues.  (n)  
• Kramer  Jr.  v.  CA  –  collision  of  two  vessels  is  a  quasi-­‐delict.  
• Allied  Banking  Corp.  v.  CA  -­‐  action  against  the  Central  Bank  for  tortious   • The   right   of   action   or   cause   of   action   accrues   from   the   moment   of  
inference,  in  closing  and  liquidating  a  bank.     commission  or  omission  of  an  act  by  a  party  in  violation  of  his  duty  to,  or  of  
the  right,  of  another.    
Art.  1147  –  1  Year   • Essential  elements  are:  (R.O.A.)  
The  following  must  be  filed  within  one  year:   1. Right  in  favor  of  a  person  (obligee)    
(1) For  forcible  entry  and  detainer;   2. A  correlative  obligation  on  the  part  of  another  (obligor)    
(2) For  defamation.  (n)   3. An  act  or  omission  in  violation  of  said  right    
1. Forcible  entry  and  detainer   Espanol  v.  Philippine  Veterans  Administration  
• A  summary  proceeding  to  recover  possession  of  land  that  is  instituted   • Tolentino   v.   CA   –   action   to   prevent   the   former   spouse   from   using   the  
by   one   who   has   been   wrongfully   ousted   from,   or   deprived   of,   petitioner’s  husband’s  surname  prescribes  in  5  years  counted  from  the  day  
possession.   such  action  might  be  brought.  
• Vda.   De   Borromeo   v.   Pogoy   –   the   1-­‐year   prescriptive   period   is   • Other  Ex.s:  
sufficient  time  for  complainant  to  file  a  case  and  this  period  is  counted   o Action  to  impugn  the  recognition  of  a  natural  child  (Art.  296)  
from  demand  to  vacate  the  premises.   o Action  to  impugn  the  legitimation  of  a  child  (Art.  275)  
2. Defamation   o Action   to   reduce   inofficious   donations   to   be   counted   from   the  
• Any   intentional   false   communication,   either   written   or   spoken,   that   death  of  the  donor  (Vide  Art.  772,  Civil  Code).  
harms  a  person's  reputation.    

Art.  1148  –  Code  of  Commerce  and  Special  Laws   Art.  1150  –  When  to  Count  Prescriptive  Periods  
The  limitations  of  action  mentioned  in  Articles  1140  to  1142,  and  1144  to  1147  are   The  time  for  prescription  for  all  kinds  of  actions,  when  there  is  no  special  provision  
without   prejudice   to   those   specified   in   other   parts   of   this   Code,   in   the   Code   of   which   ordains   otherwise,   shall   be   counted   from   the   day   they   may   be   brought.  
Commerce,  and  in  special  laws.  (n)   (1969)  

13  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Quasi-­‐delict   –   prescriptive   period   for   actions   based   on   quasi-­‐delict   shall   • There   is   no   difference   between   actions   for   accounting   and   reliquidation  
begin   to   run   from   the   day   the   action   may   be   brought,   that   is,   from   the   day   since  both  involve  the  determination,  adjustment  and  settlement  of  what  
the  quasi-­‐delict  was  committed.   is  due  to  the  parties  under  the  law    
• Criminal   action   –   unless   otherwise   provided,   the   statutory   limitation   for   • Dira  v.  Tanega  –  the  delinquent  partner’s  action  for  accounting,  filed  after  
period  for  filing  a  criminal  action  begins  to  run  on  the  commission  of  the   14  years,  had  already  prescribed.  
offense.  
• Separate   civil   action   -­‐   where   offended   party   expressly   reserves   his   right   to   Art.  1154  –  Fortuitous  Event  
institute  a  separate  civil  action,  prescription  runs  from  the  date  reservation   The   period   during   which   the   obligee   was   prevented   by   a   fortuitous   event   from  
is  made  up  to  the  time  the  civil  action  is  actually  filed  in  court.   enforcing  his  right  is  not  reckoned  against  him.  (n)  

Art.  1151  –  Prescription  for  Actions  regarding  Payment     • Provident   Savings   Bank   v.   CA   –   when   prescription   is   interrupted   by   a  
The  time  for  the  prescription  of  actions  which  have  for  their  object  the  enforcement   fortuitous   event,   all   the   benefits   acquired   so   far   from   the   possession   will  
of  obligations  to  pay  principal  with  interest  or  annuity  runs  from  the  last  payment   cease  and  when  prescription  starts  anew,  it  will  be  entirely  a  new  one.    
of  the  annuity  or  of  the  interest.  (1970a)   • Tan  v.  CA  –  the  petitioner’s  arrest  and  detention  during  the  Marcos  regime  
was   not   considered   as   a   fortuitous   event   which   could   have   interrupted   the  
• This   refers   to   obligations   where   payment   of   which   is   due   at   stipulated   prescription  for  his  right  of  action.  
intervals.      
o If  the  debt  is  not  yet  due,  payment  of  interest  or  annuity  will  not  
start  the  running  of  the  period.   Art.  1155  –  Interruption  of  Prescription  for  Actions  
The   prescription   of   actions   is   interrupted   when   they   are   filed   before   the   court,  
Art.  1152  –  Prescription  of  Actions  declared  by  Judgment   when   there   is   a   written   extrajudicial   demand   by   the   creditors,   and   when   there   is  
The   period   for   prescription   of   actions   to   demand   the   fulfilment   of   obligations   any  written  acknowledgment  of  the  debt  by  the  debtor.  (1973a)  
declared   by   a   judgment   commences   from   the   time   the   judgment   became   final.  
(1971)   • Ledesma   v.   CA   –   this   means   that   the   period   of   prescription   begins   to   run  
anew,   and   whatever   time   of   limitation   might   have   already   elapsed   is  
• Prescriptive   period   is   counted   not   from   the   time   the   judgment   was   thereby   negated   and   rendered   inefficacious.     The   effect   is   to   renew   the  
rendered  but  from  the  time  it  became  final.   obligation   and   to   make   prescription   run   again   from   the   date   of  
• Philippine   National   Bank   v.   Bondoc   –   regarding   judgment   creditors,   the   interruption.  
purpose   of   the   revival   judgment   is   to   give   a   creditor   a   new   right   of    
enforcement  from  the  date  of  revival  for  the  creditor’s  protection.   1.  Filing  of  an  action  in  court  
• Cabrera  v.  Tiano  –  civil  actions  are  deemed  commenced  from  the  
Art.  1153  –  Prescription  for  Accounting   date   of   the   filing   and   docketing   of   the   complaint   with   the   Clerk   of  
The  period  for  prescription  of  actions  to  demand  accounting  runs  from  the  day  the   Court.    
persons  who  should  render  the  same  cease  in  their  functions.   • Interruption  lasts  during  the  pendency  of  the  action.  
• Olympia   International   Inc.   v.   CA   –   if   the   plaintiff   desists   from  
The   period   for   the   action   arising   from   the   result   of   the   accounting   runs   from   the   prosecuting  the  action  to  its  final  conclusion,  the  action  is  deemed  
date   when   said   result   was   recognized   by   agreement   of   the   interested   abandoned  and  as  if  it  has  never  been  instituted.    
parties.  (1972)   2. Written  extrajudicial  demand  by  the  creditor    

14  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
•  Any  written  notice  given  by  the  creditor  to  the  debtor  to  enforce   Art.  1157  -­‐  Sources  of  Obligations  
the  delivery  or  payment  of  an  obligation.   Obligations  arise  from:  
3. Written  acknowledgement  of  the  debt  by  the  debtor   (1)  Law;  
• Written  offer  of  payment  works  as  a  renewal  of  the  obligation     (2)  Contracts;  
• Philippine   National   Bank   v.   Osete   –   not   all   acts   of   (3)  Quasi-­‐contracts;  
acknowledgment   of   a   debt   interrupt   prescription.   To   produce   an   (4)  Acts  or  omissions  punished  by  law;  and  
effect,  it  must  be  written.   (5)  Quasi-­‐delicts.  (1089a)  
• Ramos   v.   Condez   –   although   actions   regarding   written   contracts  
prescribe   after   10   years,   such   was   interrupted   when   the   • Serves  as  the  juridical  tie  of  the  obligation.  
defendant   submitted   a   letter   acknowledging   the   validity   of   the   • Enumeration  is  exclusive.  The  following  are  the  only  sources  of  obligations:  
deed  of  absolute  sale  and  promising  to  comply  with  the  terms.   (L.C.D.Q  
2)

BOOK  IV:  OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS   1. Law  –  imposed  by  the  law  itself.  
Ex.  Obligation  to  pay  taxes,  support  one’s  family  (Art.  291)  
TITLE.  I.  -­‐  OBLIGATIONS   2. Contracts  –  from  the  stipulation  of  the  parties  
Ex.   Obligation   to   repay   a   loan   or   indebtedness   by   virtue   of  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   an  agreement  
3. Quasi-­‐contracts   –   from   lawful,   voluntary   and   unilateral   acts   which   are  
enforceable  to  the  end  that  no  one  shall  be  unjustly  enriched  or  benefited  
 Art.  1156  –  Definition    
at  the  expense  of  another.  
An  obligation  is  a  juridical  necessity  to  give,  to  do  or  not  to  do.  (n)  
Ex.   Obligation   to   return   money   paid   by   mistake   or   which   is  
not  due  
• “Juridical   necessity”   –   in   case   of   non-­‐compliance,   the   courts   may   be   called   4. Delicts   (Crimes)   –   from   civil   liability   which   is   the   consequence   of   a   criminal  
upon  by  the  aggrieved  party  to  enforce  its  fulfilment   offense.  
• Obligation   –   a   legal   bond   whereby   constraint   is   laid   upon   a   person   or   Ex.     Obligation  to  return  a  car  stolen  
group   of   persons   to   act   or   forbear   on   behalf   of   another   person   or   group   of   Obligation  of  a  killer  to  indemnify  the  heirs  of  his  victim  
persons.   5. Quasi-­‐delicts  (Torts)  –  from  damages  caused  to  another  through  an  act  or  
• Requirements:  (J.O.S.)   omission,   there   being   fault   or   negligence,   but   no   contractual   relations  
1. Juridical  tie  –  efficient  cause  established  by  sources  of  obligations.   between  the  parties.  
2. Object  or  Prestation  –  conduct  required  to  be  observed  by  the  debtor.   Ex.   Obligation   of   the   possessor   of   an   animal   to   pay   for   the  
It  may  be  to  give,  to  do  or  not  to  do.   damage  which  it  may  have  caused  
3. Subject-­‐persons   –   may   refer   to   both   natural   and   juridical   persons.   • Obligations  are  civil  or  natural.  
May  be  either:   1. Civil  obligation  –  gives  a  right  of  action  to  compel  their  performance.  
a. Active   (obligee/creditor)   –   person   entitled   to   demand   2. Natural   Obligations   –   not   based   on   positive   law   but   on   equity   and  
fulfilment;  he  who  has  the  right.   natural   law.   These   do   not   grant   a   right   of   action   to   enforce   their  
b. Passive   (obligor/debtor)   –   person   who   is   bound   to   the   performance,   but   after   voluntary   fulfilment   by   the   obligor,   they  
fulfilment  of  the  obligation;  he  who  has  the  duty.   authorize   retention   of   what   has   been   delivered   or   rendered   by   reason  
Ang  Yu  Asuncion  v.  CA   thereof.  (Art.  1423)  

   

15  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1158  –  Obligations  from  Law   contract   which   states   the   insurer’s   liabilities,   whenever   the   intentions   of  
Obligations  derived  from  law  are  not  presumed.  Only  those  expressly  determined  in   the  parties  are  clear  and  the  essential  requirements  for  the  validity  of  such  
this   Code   or   in   special   laws   are   demandable,   and   shall   be   regulated   by   the   precepts   contract  exist.  
of   the   law   which   establishes   them;   and   as   to   what   has   not   been   foreseen,   by   the  
provisions  of  this  Book.  (1090)   Art.  1160  –  Obligations  from  Quasi  Contracts  
Obligations   derived   from   quasi-­‐contracts   shall   be   subject   to   the   provisions   of  
• Legal  Obligation  –  the  law  is  the  most  important  source  of  obligation.   Chapter  1,  Title  XVII,  of  this  Book.  (n)  
o It  does  not  depend  upon  the  will  of  the  parties.  
o Imposed   by   the   State   and   is   generally   imbued   with   some   public   • Quasi   Contract   -­‐   certain   lawful,   voluntary   and   unilateral   acts   give   rise   to  
policy  considerations.   the   juridical   relation   of   quasi-­‐contract   to   the   end   that   no   one   shall   be  
o The  basis  of  the  obligation  must  be  clear.   unjustly  enriched  or  benefited  at  the  expense  of  the  other.  (Art.  2142)  
o It  cannot  be  presumed.   • 2  Kinds  of  Quasi-­‐contracts:  
• Existing  law  enters  into  and  forms  part  of  a  valid  contract  without  need  for   1. Solutio   Indebiti   –   the   juridical   relation   which   is   created   when  
the  parties  expressly  making  reference  thereto.     something  is  received  when  there  is  no  right  to  demand  it  and  it  was  
o The  provisions  of  a  contract  are  not  only  limited  to  what  we  see,   unduly  delivered  through  mistake.  
but  is  understood  to  include  what  is  prescribed  by  law.   Ex.   X  owes  Y  ₱1,000.  X  paid  Y  ₱2,000  by  mistake.  Y  is  obliged  to  return  
• Special  laws  –  refers  to  all  other  laws  not  contained  in  the  Civil  Code  like   the  excess  of  ₱1,000.  
the   Corporation   Code,   Negotiable   Instruments   Law,   Insurance   Code,   2. Negotiorum   gestio   –   the   voluntary   management   of   the   property   or  
National  Internal  Revenue  Code,  Revised  Penal  Code,  Labor  Code,  etc.   affairs  of  another  without  the  knowledge  or  consent  of  the  latter.  (Art.  
2144)  
Ex.   While  X  was  out  of  town,  a  fire  broke  out  near  his  house.  Through  
Art.  1159  –  Obligations  from  Contracts  
the  effort  of  Y,  X’s  house  was  spared  from  being  burned.  X  has  the  
Obligations   arising   from   contracts   have   the   force   of   law   between   the   contracting  
obligation   to   reimburse   Y   of   all   expenses   incurred   in   saving   the  
parties  and  should  be  complied  with  in  good  faith.  (1091a)  
house.  
• Implied  contract  –  a  contract  which  is  implied  in  fact  is  one  in  which  the  
• Contract   –   a   meeting   of   minds   between   two   persons   whereby   one   binds  
himself,   with   respect   to   the   other,   to   give   something   or   to   render   some   circumstances  imply  that  parties  have  reached  an  agreement  even  though  
service.  (Art.  1305)   they  have  not  done  so  expressly.    
• Binding  force  –  a  contract  is  the  law  between  the  parties.   Ex.     By  going  to  a  doctor,  a  patient  agrees  that  he  will  pay  a  fair  price  
o Upon   perfection   of   the   contract,   the   parties   are   bound   to   fulfill   for   the   service.   If   he   refuses   to   pay   after   being   examined,   he   has  
what   has   been   stipulated   including   consequences   should   there   be   breached  a  contract  implied  in  fact.  
a  breach  in  good  faith,  usage,  or  the  law.  
o Stipulations   should   not   be   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good   customs,  
Art.  1161  –  Obligations  from  Crimes  or  Delicts  
public  policy  or  public  order.  
Civil  obligations  arising  from  criminal  offenses  shall  be  governed  by  the  penal  laws,  
• Compliance   in   good   faith   –   performance   in   accordance   with   the  
subject   to   the   provisions   of   Article   2177,   and   of   the   pertinent   provisions   of   Chapter  
stipulations  or  terms  of  the  contract  or  agreement.  
2,  Preliminary  Title,  on  Human  Relations,  and  of  Title  XVIII  of  this  Book,  regulating  
• A   contract   may   involve   mutual   and   reciprocal   obligations   and   duties  
damages.  (1092a)  
between  and  among  the  parties.    
• Perla  Compania  de  Seguros  Inc.  v.  CA  –  the  trial  court  cannot  disregard  and  
• Civil  liability  -­‐  attaches  to  an  individual  who  is  found  to  be  criminally  liable.  
substitute   their   own   interpretation   of   the   stipulations   in   an   insurance  

16  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• The   extent   of   the   civil   liability   arising   from   crimes   is   governed   by   the   o Indeterminate   or   generic   object   –   any   object   which   belongs   to   the  
Revised   Penal   Code   which   includes:   restitution,   reparation   and   same  kind.  The  debtor  can  give  anything  of  the  same  class  as  long  as  it  
indemnification.   is  of  the  same  kind.  
Ex.     X  stole  the  car  of  Y.  If  X  is  convicted,  the  court  will  order  X:     Ex.   a  sum  of  ₱1,000  
1)  to  return  the  car  or  pay  its  value     a  1995  Toyota  car  
2)  to  pay  for  any  damage  caused  to  the  car       a  cavan  of  rice  
3)  to  pay  such  other  damages  suffered  by  Y  as  a  consequence  of   • Diligence   of   a   good   father   of   a   family   (ordinary)   –   if   there   is   no   stipulation  
the  crime  (like  moral  or  exemplary  damages)   as  to  the  diligence  which  should  be  observed,  that  which  is  expected  of  a  
good  father  of  a  family  is  required.  
Art.  1162  –  Obligations  from  Quasi-­‐delicts   • Another  standard  of  care  (extraordinary)  –  if  the  law  or  stipulation  of  the  
Obligations   derived   from   quasi-­‐delicts   shall   be   governed   by   the   provisions   of   parties  provides  for  another  standard  of  care,  said  law  or  stipulation  shall  
Chapter  2,  Title  XVII  of  this  Book,  and  by  special  laws.  (1093a)   prevail.  
o In   case   of   a   contrary   stipulation   of   the   parties,   such   should   not   be  
one   contemplating   relinquishment   or   waiver   of   the   most   ordinary  
• Quasi-­‐delict  or  Torts  –  an  act  or  omission  which  causes  damage  to  another   diligence    
person,   there   being   fault   or   negligence,   but   no   pre-­‐existing   contractual   o Common   carriers—persons,   corporations,   firms   or   associations  
relation  between  the  parties.  (Art.  2176)   engaged  in  the  business  of  carrying  or  transporting  passengers  or  
Ex.     Obligation   of   the   possessor   of   an   animal   to   pay   for   the   goods   or   both,   by   land,   water,   or   air,   for   compensation,   offering  
damage  which  it  may  have  caused   their   services   to   the   public.   They   are   bound   to   observe  
extraordinary  diligence.  
Chapter  2:  Nature  and  Effect  of  Obligations   • Factors  to  be  considered  –  the  diligence  required  depends  on  the  nature  of  
the  person,  time  and  place.  (Art.  1173)  
Art.  1163  –  Required  Diligence   • Cases   of   presumed   negligence   –   substitute   parental   authority   of   schools,  
Every   person   obliged   to   give   something   is   also   obliged   to   take   care   of   it   with   the   common  carriers  
proper  diligence  of  a  good  father  of  a  family,  unless  the  law  or  the  stipulation  of  the  
parties  requires  another  standard  of  care.  (1094a)   Art.  1164  –  Right  Over  Fruits  
The   creditor   has   a   right   to   the   fruits   of   the   thing   from   the   time   the   obligation   to  
• Involves  the  prestation  “to  give”   deliver  it  arises.  However,  he  shall  acquire  no  real  right  over  it  until  the  same  has  
• “Something”  –  connotes  a  determinate  object     been  delivered  to  him.  (1095)  
o Determinate  object  –  definite,  known  and  has  already  been  distinctly  
decided   and   particularly   specified   as   the   matter   to   be   given   from   • Involves  the  prestation  “to  give”  
among  the  same  things  belonging  to  the  same  kind.  The  debtor  cannot   • Kinds  of  Fruits:  (N.I.C.)  
substitute  it  with  another  although  the  latter  is  of  the  same  kind  and   1. Natural   fruits   –   spontaneous   products   of   soil   and   the   young   or  
quality  without  the  consent  of  the  creditor.  (Art.  1244)     other  products  of  animals  
Ex.   the  house  at  x  address   Ex.   grass,  trees,  puppies  
the  Toyota  car  with  plate  number  xxx   2. Industrial  fruits  –  produced  by  lads  of  any  kind  through  cultivation  
this  cavan  of  rice   or  labor  
the  money  I  gave  you   Ex.   sugar  cane,  vegetables,  rice  
3. Civil  fruits  –  derived  by  virtue  of  a  juridical  relation  
Ex.   rent,  interest,  and  other  similar  income  
17  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Real   right—the   right   or   power   of   a   person   over   a   specific   thing   (like    In   such   cases,   obligor   may   be   compelled   to   effect  
ownership,   possession,   mortgage),   without   a   definite   passive   subject   delivery  and  give  the  necessary  damages  (Art.  1170)  
against  whom  such  right  may  be  personally  enforced.    
o Enforceable   against   the   whole   world   and   will   prejudice   anybody  
claiming  the  same  object  of  the  prestation     Art.  1166  –  Accessions  and  Accessories  
o Accrues  when  the  thing  or  object  of  the  prestation  is  delivered  to   The   obligation   to   give   a   determinate   thing   includes   that   of   delivering   all   its  
the  creditor     accessions   and   accessories,   even   though   they   may   not   have   been   mentioned.  
• Personal   right—the   right   or   power   of   a   person   (creditor)   to   demand   of   (1097a)  
another   (debtor),   as   a   definite   passive   subject,   the   fulfillment   of   a  
prestation  to  give,  to  do,  or  not  to  do.   • Involves  the  prestation  “to  give”  
o Can   be   defeated   by   a   third   person   in   good   faith   who   has   • Accessions   –   fruits,   additions   to,   or   improvements   upon   a   thing   (principal),  
innocently   acquired   the   property   prior   to   the   scheduled   delivery   which  are  not  necessary  to  the  principal  thing.  
regardless   of   whether   or   not   such   third   person   acquired   the   Ex.     house   or   trees   on   a   land,   profits   or   dividends   accruing   from  
property   after   the   right   to   the   delivery   of   the   thing   has   accrued   in   shares  of  stocks  
favor  of  the  creditor     • Accessories   –   things   joined   to   or   included   with   the   principal   thing   for  
embellishment,  better  use  or  completion.  The  accessory  and  the  principal  
Art.  1165  –  Delivery  of  a  Determinate  or  Indeterminate  Thing   thing  must  go  together  
When  what  is  to  be  delivered  is  a  determinate  thing,  the  creditor,  in  addition  to  the   Ex.      frame  of  a  picture,  bracelet  of  a  watch,  charger  of  an  iPad  
right  granted  him  by  Article  1170,  may  compel  the  debtor  to  make  the  delivery.   • Both  accessions  and  accessories  can  exist  only  in  relation  to  the  principal.  

If   the   thing   is   indeterminate   or   generic,   he   may   ask   that   the   obligation   be   complied  
Art.  1167  –  Obligation  To  Do  
with  at  the  expense  of  the  debtor.  
If  a  person  obliged  to  do  something  fails  to  do  it,  the  same  shall  be  executed  at  his  
If   the   obligor   delays,   or   has   promised   to   deliver   the   same   thing   to   two   or   more   cost.  
persons   who   do   not   have   the   same   interest,   he   shall   be   responsible   for   any  
This  same  rule  shall  be  observed  if  he  does  it  in  contravention  of  the  tenor  of  the  
fortuitous  event  until  he  has  effected  the  delivery.  (1096)  
obligation.   Furthermore,   it   may   be   decreed   that   what   has   been   poorly   done   be  
undone.  (1098)  
• Involves  the  prestation  “to  give”  
• Remedies  of  a  creditor  in  a  real  obligation:  
• Involves  the  prestation  “to  do”    
a. Non-­‐delivery  of  a  determinate  thing  –  to  file  an  action  to  compel  
• Remedies  of  the  creditor:  
the   debtor   to   make   the   delivery,   also   known   as   specific  
a. Debtor   fails   to   perform   an   obligation   to   do   –   to   have   the  
performance  
obligation   performed   by   himself   or   by   another   at   the   debtor’s  
b. Non-­‐delivery  of  an  indeterminate  or  generic  thing  –  the  creditor  
expense  and  recover  damages  (Art.  1170)  
may  have  it  accomplished  or  delivered  in  any  reasonable  and  legal  
 Unlike   obligations   to   give,   a   specific   performance   in  
way  charging  all  expenses  to  the  debtor    
obligations  to  do  may  not  be  ordered  as  this  may  amount  
c. Non-­‐delivery   due   to   fortuitous   event   (Art.   1174)   –   general   rule:  
to  involuntary  servitude.  Feasible  remedy  is  damages.  
obligor  is  not  liable  for  fortuitous  event  
b. Debtor   performs   the   obligation   but   contrary   to   the   terms   or   in   a  
 Except   when   the   obligor   delays   (Art.   1169)   or   has  
poor   manner   –   in   addition   to   remedy   preciously   mentioned,   it  
promised   the   same   thing   to   2   or   more   persons   with  
may   be   ordered   (by   the   court)   that   it   be   undone   if   it   is   still  
different  interests  
possible.  
18  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Chaves   v.   Gonzales   –   owner   of   the   typewriter   was   entitled   to   the   cost   of    Requisites:  
the   execution   of   the   obligation   plus   damages   when   the   repairer   of   the   1. obligation  is  demandable  and  liquidated  
typewriter  returned  it  with  missing  parts  and  without  having  it  repaired.   2. debtor  delays  performance  
3. creditor  demands  performance    
Art.  1168  –  Obligation  Not  To  Do   SSS  v.  Moonwalk  Development  and  Housing  Corp.  
When   the   obligation   consists   in   not   doing,   and   the   obligor   does   what   has   been   • General   rule   –   default   begins   from   the   moment   demand   is   made   by   the  
forbidden  him,  it  shall  also  be  undone  at  his  expense.  (1099a)   creditor   judicially   or   extrajudicially.   Commencement   of   a   suit   is   sufficient  
demand.  
• Involves  the  prestation  “not  to  do”   o Except  in  3  cases:  (U.T.L.)  
Ex.  X  bought  a  land  from  Y  where  it  was  agreed  upon  that  Y  would  not   1. When  the  obligation  or  the  law  so  provides  
construct   a   fence   on   certain   portions   of   the   land.   Should   Y   2. When  time  is  of  the  essence  
construct  a  fence,  the  same  may  be  removed  at  Y’s  expense.     3. When  demand  would  be  useless  
• Reciprocal  Obligations  –  the  obligation  of  one  is  a  resolutory  condition  of  
the  other,  the  non-­‐fulfillment  of  which  entitles  the  other  party  to  rescind  
Art.  1169  -­‐  Delay  
the  contract.  
Those  obliged  to  deliver  or  to  do  something  incur  in  delay  from  the  time  the  obligee  
o If  one  of  the  parties  fails  to  deliver,  the  other  cannot  insist  upon  
judicially  or  extrajudicially  demands  from  them  the  fulfillment  of  their  obligation.  
its  performance.  Legally,  there  is  no  default  or  delay  on  the  part  of  
However,   the   demand   by   the   creditor   shall   not   be   necessary   in   order   that   delay   both  parties.    
may  exist:   o If  both  parties  incur  delay,  the  liability  of  the  first  infractor  shall  be  
(1)  When  the  obligation  or  the  law  expressly  so  declare;  or   equitably   tempered   by   the   courts.   If   it   cannot   be   determined,  
(2)   When   from   the   nature   and   the   circumstances   of   the  obligation  it  appears  that   each  shall  bear  his  own  damages.  (Art.  1192)  
the   designation   of   the   time   when   the   thing   is   to   be   delivered   or   the   service   is   to   be   • 2  cases  where  Extrajudicial  Demand  is  necessary  before  filing  a  civil  suit:  
rendered  was  a  controlling  motive  for  the  establishment  of  the  contract;  or   1. Ejectment    
(3)  When  demand  would  be  useless,  as  when  the  obligor  has  rendered  it  beyond  his   2. Consignment  
power  to  perform.   • Extrajudicial   demand   –   necessary   so   that   the   courts   will   have   a   basis   on  
when  to  start  computing  damages  
In  reciprocal  obligations,  neither  party  incurs  in  delay  if  the  other  does  not  comply   • Delay  in  the  payment  of  money  –  Art.  2209  provides  that  unless  otherwise  
or   is   not   ready   to   comply   in   a   proper   manner   with   what   is   incumbent   upon   him.   stipulated,  legal  interest  for  delay  in  payment  is  6%  per  annum.  
From   the   moment   one   of   the   parties   fulfills   his   obligation,   delay   by   the   other   o However,   damages   shall   only   begin   to   run   after   judicial   or  
begins.  (1100a)   extrajudicial  demand.    
• Barzaga  v.  CA  –  demand  was  not  necessary  where  a  contract  entered  into  
• Delay  –  understood  as  legal  delay  or  default;  failure  to  perform  or  deliver   for   the   construction   of   a   niche   for   the   wife   of   the   aggrieved   party   who  
on   time   which   constitutes   a   breach   of   an   obligation.   It   must   be   either   expressly  wished  that  she  be  buried  before  Christmas  day.  
malicious  or  negligent,  the  absence  of  which,  the  obligor  shall  not  be   liable   • Binalbagan   Tech   Inc.   v.   CA   –   through   no   fault   of   the   seller,   the   buyer   could  
under  Art.  1170.   not  take  possession  of  the  property  because  such  buyer  was  evicted  by  a  
o Kinds  of  Delay:   third   party   through   a   court   order.   Hence,   the   seller   cannot   rescind   the  
a. Mora  accipiendi  –  delay  on  the  part  of  the  creditor  to  accept.   contract  for  the  buyer’s  non-­‐payment  of  the  balance  of  a  property.  
 the   debtor   may   release   himself   from   the   obligation   by   • Agcaoili   v.   GSIS   –   respondent   had   no   right   to   rescind   the   contract   where  
consignation  (Art.  1256)   petitioner   failed   to   immediately   occupy   the   house   built   by   petitioner  
b. Mora  solvendi  –  delay  on  the  part  of  the  debtor  to  deliver.   because  the  house  was  in  a  state  of  incompleteness.  Neither  party  incurs  
19  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
in   delay   if   the   other   does   not   comply   or   is   not   ready   to   comply   in   a   proper   • The   fraud   or   dolo   necessarily   involves   a   valid   agreement   but,   in   the  
manner  with  what  is  incumbent  upon  him.   performance  of  the  same,  fraud  is  committed.    
• Tanguilig   v.   CA   –   the   respondent   may   not   be   compelled   to   pay   for   the   • A  waiver  of  an  action  for  future  fraud  produces  no  effect.  
balance   and   damages   where   the   petitioner   built   windmills   which   collapsed  
due  to  defects  in  the  construction.   Art.  1172  –  Responsibility  from  Negligence  
  Responsibility   arising   from   negligence   in   the   performance   of   every   kind   of  
Art.  1170  –  Sources  of  Liabilities   obligation   is   also   demandable,   but   such   liability   may   be   regulated   by   the   courts,  
Those  who  in  the  performance  of  their  obligations  are  guilty  of  fraud,  negligence,  or   according  to  the  circumstances.  (1103)  
delay,   and   those   who   in   any   manner   contravene   the   tenor   thereof,   are   liable   for  
damages.  (1101)   • Liability  can  be  regulated  by  the  courts  depending  on  the  circumstances.  

Grounds  for  liability:   Art.  1173  –  Fault  or  Negligence  


1. Fraud   (deceit   or   dolo)   –   the   deliberate   or   intentional   evasion   of   the  
The   fault   or   negligence   of   the   obligor   consists   in   the   omission   of   that   diligence  
obligation;  it  implies  malice  or  dishonesty  and  is  synonymous  to  bad  faith  
which   is   required   by   the   nature   of   the   obligation   and   corresponds   with   the  
in   that,   it   involves   a   design   to   mislead   or   deceive   another.   (in   relation   to  
circumstances  of  the  persons,  of  the  time  and  of  the  place.  When  negligence  shows  
Art.  1171)  
bad  faith,  the  provisions  of  Articles  1171  and  2201,  paragraph  2,  shall  apply.  
2. Negligence  (fault  or  culpa)  –  omission  of  that  diligence  which  is  required  by  
the  nature  of  the  obligation  and  corresponds  with  the  circumstances  of  the   If   the   law   or   contract   does   not   state   the   diligence   which   is   to   be   observed   in   the  
persons,  of  the  time  and  of  the  place.    (Art.  1173)   performance,  that  which  is  expected  of  a  good  father  of  a  family  shall  be  required.  
o Standard  of  care  imposed  by  law  or  by  stipulation  of  the  parties.   (1104a)  
o In   the   absence   of   law   or   stipulation,   that   diligence   which   is  
expected  of  a  good  father  of  a  family  is  required.   • Negligence   is   a   relative   or   comparative,   not   an   absolute   term   and   its  
3. Delay   (mora)   -­‐   failure   to   perform   or   deliver   on   time   which   constitutes   a   application   depends   on   the   circumstances   of   the   persons,   of   time   and   of  
breach  of  an  obligation.  (Art.  1169)   the  place.  
o Barzaga   v.   CA   –   there   is   negligence   and   delay   where   a   contract   o Syquia  v.  CA  –  the  memorial  company  was  not  negligent  when  it  
was   entered   into   for   the   construction   of   a   niche   for   the   wife   of   bore   a   hole   on   the   grave   of   the   deceased   to   prevent   the   vault  
the   aggrieved   party   who   expressly   wished   that   she   be   buried   from  falling  due  to  heavy  rains.  
before  Christmas  day,  and  the  constructors  failed  to  deliver.   o Philippine   National   Bank   v.   CA   –   the   bank   was   held   liable   for  
4. Contravention  of  the  terms  of  the  obligation  –  violation  of  the  terms  and   negligently   dishonoring   the   petitioners   check   causing   serious  
conditions  stipulated  in  the  obligation.   anxiety,  humiliation  and  embarrassment  to  the  client.    
• General  rule  –  negligence  must  always  be  proven  (burden  of  proof  on  the  
• If   any   of   these   co-­‐exists   with   a   fortuitous   event   or   aggravates   the   loss  
creditor).  
caused  by  a  fortuitous  event,  the  obligor  cannot  be  excused  from  liability.  
• “Negligence  shows  bad  faith”  –  can  be  implied  from  repeated  negligence;  
  hence  the  provision  on  fraud  (Art.  1171)  shall  apply.    
o Art.   2201,   2nd   par—the   obligor   shall   be   responsible   for   all  
damages   which   may   be   reasonably   attributed   to   the   non-­‐
Art.  1171  –  Responsibility  from  Fraud   performance  of  the  obligation    
Responsibility  arising  from  fraud  is  demandable  in  all  obligations.  Any  waiver  of  an  
action  for  future  fraud  is  void.  (1102a)  

20  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Samson  v.  CA  –  bad  faith  is  a  state  of  mind  of  ill  will  and  it  does   e. given  the  opportunity  to  save  either  the  loaned  
not   simply   connote   bad   judgment   or   negligence.   It   is   synonymous   thing  or  a  personal  property,  he  chose  the  latter  
with  fraud  and  involves  a  design  to  mislead  or  deceive  another.    provisions  of  other  codes  
2. When  declared  by  the  stipulation  of  the  parties  
Art.  1174  –  Fortuitous  Events   3. When  the  nature  of  the  obligation  so  requires  the  assumption  of  
Except  in  cases  expressly  specified  by  the  law,  or  when  it  is  otherwise  declared  by   risk  
stipulation,  or  when  the  nature  of  the  obligation  requires  the  assumption  of  risk,  no   • Tanguilig   v.   CA   –   destruction   of   the   windmills   by   a   typhoon   was   not  
person  shall  be  responsible  for  those  events  which  could  not  be  foreseen,  or  which,   considered   a   fortuitous   event   because   of   the   windmills’   inherent   defect  
th
though  foreseen,  were  inevitable.  (1105a)   attributable   to   the   petitioners.   4   element   of   fortuitous   event   was   not  
present.  
• Fortuitous  Event  –  any  event  which  cannot  be  foreseen,  or  which  though   • Dioquino   v.   Laureano   –   throwing   of   a   stone   directed   at   the   car   of   the  
foreseen,  is  inevitable;  force  majeur.   plaintiff  was  considered  a  fortuitous  event.  
o Act  of  man  –  war,  fire,  robbery,  murder,  accident   • Sia   v.   CA   –   fortuitous   event   was   not   considered   when   a   bank   failed   to  
o Act  of  God  –  earthquake,  flood,  shipwreck  volcanic  eruption   notify   its   client   of   the   flooding   of   its   safety   box   which   resulted   to   the  

2
Requisites  of  a  fortuitous  event:  (U.F.I .)   destruction  of  the  client’s  stamp  collection.  
1. Independent  of  the  will  of  the  debtor   • Victoria   Planters   Association   Inc.   v.   Victoria’s   Milling   Co.   –   the   obligee  
2. Event  must  be  unforeseeable  or  unavoidable   cannot  demand  the  fulfillment  of  the  delivery  of  an  obligation  after  6  years  
3. Event  must  be  such  as  to  render  it  impossible  for  the  debtor  to  fulfill   due  to  a  fortuitous  event,  for  such  will  be  an  extension  of  the  contract.  A  
his  obligation  in  a  normal  manner   fortuitous  event  relieves  the  obligor  from  performance.  
4. The  debtor  must  be  free  from  any  participation  therein,  or  aggravation   o However,   should   the   obligee   choose   to   enforce   his   right   which  
of  the  injury     was   prevented   by   a   fortuitous   event,   the   prescription   for   such  
Nakpil  v.  CA   action  will  start  anew.  (Art.  1154)  
• General  rule  –  an  obligor  cannot  be  liable  for  a  fortuitous  event  except:   • Ace-­‐Agro   Development   Corp.   v.   CA   –   suspension   of   the   employee’s  
1. When  expressly  specified  by  law   contract   was   brought   by   a   fortuitous   event   (burning),   hence   does   not  
 obligor   promises   the   same   thing   to   2   or   more   persons   of   justify   the   extension   of   such   contract.   The   contract   was   subject   to   a  
different  interests  (Art.  1165)   resolutory   period   which   relieved   the   parties   from   their   obligations,   but   did  
 fraud,   negligence,   delay   or   violation   by   a   person   concurs   with   not  stop  the  running  of  the  period  of  their  contract.  
an  act  of  God  in  producing  a  loss,  such  person  is  not  exempt   • Republic   v.   Luzon   Stevedoring   –   extraordinary   diligence   is   required   of   a  
from  liability  (Art.  1170)   towed  barge.    
 object  of  prestation  is  generic  even  if  the  object  is  wiped  out  
by  a  fortuitous  event  (Art.  1263)   Art.  1175  –  Usurious  Transactions  
Ex.   delivery  of  money   Usurious  transactions  shall  be  governed  by  special  laws.  (n)  
 obligation  to  deliver  arises  from  a  crime  (Art.  1268)  
 bailee  in  commodatum  –  agreement  to  lend   • The  law  does  not  prohibit  usurious  contracts.  
a. uses  the  thing  for  a  different  purpose   • Usury   –   contracting   for   or   receiving   interest   in   excess   of   the   amount  
b. keeps  it  longer  than  what  was  agreed  
allowed  by  law  for  the  loan  or  use  of  money,  goods  etc.  
c. thing   loaned   was   delivered   with   appraisal   of   its    
value    
d. lends  of  leases  the  thing  to  a  third  person  

21  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1176  –  Presumption  in  Payment   Art.  1178  -­‐  Transmissibility  


The  receipt  of  the  principal  by  the  creditor  without  reservation  with  respect  to  the   Subject   to   the   laws,   all   rights   acquired   in   virtue   of   an   obligation   are   transmissible,   if  
interest,  shall  give  rise  to  the  presumption  that  said  interest  has  been  paid.   there  has  been  no  stipulation  to  the  contrary.  (1112)    

The   receipt   of   a   later   installment   of   a   debt   without   reservation   as   to   prior   • In  general,  rights  growing  out  of  an  obligation  are  transmissible.    
installments,  shall  likewise  raise  the  presumption  that  such  installments  have  been   o However,   the   person   who   transmits   the   right   cannot   transfer  
paid.  (1110a)   greater  rights  than  he  himself  has  by  virtue  of  the  obligation,  and  
vice  versa.  
• A  presumption  must  always  arise  from  a  fact  or  a  set  of  facts.     • The   transmissibility   of   rights   may   be   limited,   or   altogether   prohibited   by  
o Presumption  can  be  rebutted  by  strong  evidence  to  the  contrary.   stipulation  of  the  parties.    
• To   have   probative   value,   the   creation   of   the   presumption   must   be  
• Transmission  must  be  subject  to  pertinent  laws.    
provided  by  law.  
• Manila   Trading   &   Suppy   Co.   v.   Medina   –   receipts   must   clearly   show    
evidence  of  partial  payment.  
Chapter  3:  Different  Kinds  of  Obligations  
Art.  1177  –  Rights  of  the  Creditor  
The   creditors,   after   having   pursued   the   property   in   possession   of   the   debtor   to    SECTION  1.  -­‐  Pure  and  Conditional  Obligations  
satisfy  their  claims,  may  exercise  all  the  rights  and  bring  all  the  actions   of  the  latter  
for  the  same  purpose,  save  those  which  are  inherent  in  his  person;  they  may  also  
impugn  the  acts  which  the  debtor  may  have  done  to  defraud  them.  (1111)   Art.  1179  –  Pure  Obligations  
Every   obligation   whose   performance   does   not   depend   upon   a   future   or   uncertain  
Remedies  of  creditors  to  satisfy  their  claims  (in  particular  order):   event,  or  upon  a  past  event  unknown  to  the  parties,  is  demandable  at  once.  
1. Exhaust   the  properties   of   the   debtor   through   levying   by   attachment   and  
Every   obligation   which   contains   a   resolutory   condition   shall   also   be   demandable,  
execution  upon  all  the  property  of  the  debtor,  except  such  as  are  exempt  
without  prejudice  to  the  effects  of  the  happening  of  the  event.  (1113)  
by  law  from  execution  
Ex.  exempt  property  -­‐  family  home    
2. Exercise   all   the   rights   and   actions   of   the   debtor,   save   those   personal   to   • Pure   obligation   –   an   unqualified   obligation   which   is   demandable  
him  (accion  subrogatoria)   immediately.  
Ex.  enforceable  rights  –  right  to  collect  from  a  debtor’s  debtor   o Pay  v.  Vda.  De  Palanca  –  an  action  filed  after  15  years  to  execute  
a   promissory   note   which   contains   an   obligation   immediately  
personal  rights  -­‐  right  to  receive  legal  support  
demadable   may   no   longer   prosper,   considering   that   the  
3. Seek   rescission   of   the   contracts   executed   by   the   debtor   in   fraud   of   their  
prescription  of  written  documents  is  10  years.  
rights  (accion  pauliana)  
• Conditional   obligation   –   an   obligation   subject   to   the   fulfillment   of   a  
o Adorable   v.   CA   –   unless   a   debtor   acted   in   fraud,   the   creditor  
condition   which   may   be   a   future   and   uncertain   event,   or   past   event  
cannot   order   rescission   of   a   contract   between   the   debtor   and   a  
unknown  to  the  parties.  
third   party   on   the   ground   that   such   sale   will   prejudice   the  
o Condition   –   an   act   or   event,   other   than   a   lapse   of   time,   which,  
creditor’s  right  to  collect  from  the  debtor.  
unless   the   condition   is   excused,   must   occur   before   a   duty   to  
  perform  a  promise  in  the  agreement  arises  or  which  discharges  a  
duty  of  performance  that  has  already  risen.    
 Future  and  uncertain    
22  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
 Past  but  unknown     • Javier  v.  CA  –  when  a  contract  is  subject  to  a  suspensive  condition,  its  birth  
Kinds  of  Conditions:   or   effectivity   can   take   place   only   if   and   when   the   event   constitutes   the  
a. Suspensive  condition  (condition  precedent)  –  the  fulfillment  of  which  will   condition  happens  or  is  fulfilled.  
give   rise   to   the   performance   of   an   obligation.   The   demandability   of   the  
obligation  is  suspended  until  the  fulfillment  of  the  condition.  
Ex.   Contract   to   sell   –   when   the   buyer   pays   the   last   installment,   the   Art.  1180  –  Payment  Depends  on  Debtor’s  Means  
title  of  the  property  shall  be  transferred  to  him   When   the   debtor   binds   himself   to   pay   when   his   means   permit   him   to   do   so,   the  
o Art.  1182  –  potestative,  casual  conditions   obligation   shall   be   deemed   to   be   one   with   a   period,   subject   to   the   provisions   of  
b. Resolutory   condition   (condition   subsequent)   –   operates   to   discharge   a   Article  1197.  (n)  
duty  of  performance  that  has  already  arisen.  The  obligation  is  extinguished  
by  operation  of  law.   When  duration  of  the  period  depends  upon  the  will  of  the  debtor:  
Ex.   X  binds  himself  to  give  Y  ₱1,000  allowance  until  Y  graduates  from   • Debtor  –  law  presumes  that  the  debtor  really  intends  to  pay.    
college.   • Creditor   –   the   problem   is,   the   creditor   is   left   to   speculate   and   payment  
o Reciprocal  obligations  –  the  obligation  of  one  is  a  resolutory   could  be  an  uncertain  event.  
condition  of  the  obligation  of  the  other,  the  non-­‐fulfillment  of   • Remedy  of  the  law  –  to  balance  the  presumed  intent  of  the  debtor  to  pay  
which  entitles  the  other  to  rescind  the  contract.   and  the  interest  of  the  creditor  by  classifying  the  obligation  as  one  with  a  
• Coronel  v.  CA  –     period.  
  CONTRACT  TO  SELL   CONDITIONAL  CONTRACT  OF  SALE   o Art.  1197  –  The  courts  may  fix  a  period.  
Suspensive   Promise  to  sell  upon  the  happening  of   The  seller  reserves  title  to  the   o Period  –  a  future  and  certain  event  upon  the  arrival  of  which  the  
Condition   the  suspensive  condition  (payment  of   property  until  the  suspensive   obligation  subject  to  it  arises  or  is  extinguished.  (Art.  1193)  
the  final  installment).   condition  (full  payment)  is  fulfilled.  
Ownership   Ownership  will  not  automatically   Ownership  thereto  automatically   Art.  1181  –  Conditional  Obligations  
transfer  to  the  buyer  although  the   transfers  to  the  buyer  by  operation   In  conditional  obligations,  the   acquisition   of   rights,   as   well   as   the   extinguishment   or  
property  may  have  been  previously   of  law  without  any  further  act   loss  of  those  already  acquired,  shall  depend  upon  the  happening  of  the  event  which  
delivered  to  him.   having  to  be  performed  by  the  
constitutes  the  condition.  (1114)  
  seller.  
rd
Third   A  3  person  buying  such  property   Prospective  buyer  can  seek  relief  
Persons   despite  the  fulfillment  of  the   of  reconveyance  of  the  property.   • Suspensive   condition   (condition   precedent)   –   a   condition   which   must   be  
suspensive  condition,  cannot  be   fulfilled  before  the  obligation  may  be  demandable.  
deemed  a  buyer  in  bad  faith.   o Acquisition  of  rights  
Prospective  buyer  cannot  seek  relief  of   • Resolutory   condition   (condition   subsequent)   –   operates   to   extinguish   an  
reconveyance  of  the  property  (only  a   already  existing  obligation.  
promise  to  sell).  
o Loss  of  rights  already  acquired  
Status  of   There  is  already  a  contract  from  the   If  the  suspensive  condition  is  not  
the   beginning  hence,  if  the  suspensive   fulfilled,  the  perfection  of  the  
Obligation   condition  is  not  fulfilled,  the  seller  may   contract  is  abated.   Art.  1182  –  Potestative  and  Casual  Conditions  
rescind  the  contract.   When   the   fulfillment   of   the   condition   depends   upon   the   sole   will   of   the   debtor,   the  
The  prospective  seller  still  has  to   conditional  obligation  shall  be  void.  If  it  depends  upon  chance  or  upon  the  will  of  a  
convey  title  to  the  prospective  buyer  by   third   person,   the   obligation   shall   take   effect   in   conformity   with   the   provisions   of  
entering  into  a  contract  of  sale   this  Code.  (1115)  

23  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
•“When  fulfillment  of  a  condition”  –  connotes    a  suspensive  character  of  the   C. Mixed  obligation  –  depends  not  only  upon  the  will  of  the  debtor  but  also  
prestation     upon  chance  and  some  other  factors.  
  Ex.  
Conditions  contemplated  in  this  provision:   1. Romero  v.  CA  –  downpayment  from  the  buyer  shall  be  
A. Potestative   condition   –   fulfillment   depends   upon   the   sole   will   of   the   returned   if   the   seller   (will   of   the   vendor)   shall   not   be  
rd
debtor,  then  it  is  essentially  a  condition  because  whether  the  debtor  will  or   able  to  remove  the  squatters  (will  of  3  persons)  from  
will  not  fulfill  the  obligation  is  a  future  and  uncertain  event,  which  is  void.     the  property.  
Ex.     2. Naga  Telephone  Co.  Inc.  v.  CA  –  petitioner  can  use  the  
1. Lao  Lim  v.  CA  –  the  lease  contract  shall  subsist  for  so  long  as  the   electrical  posts  of  the  respondent  as  long  as  it  needed  
defendant   needed   the   premises.   The   birth   of   the   new   lease   the   posts   and   the   contract   shall   terminate   when   the  
contract  depended  on  the  sole  will  of  the  lessee,  which  is  void.   respondent   is   forced   to   stop   its   operation   as   a   public  
rd
2. Trillana   v.   Quezon   College   –   full   payment   of   the   shares   in   a   school   service  (dependent  on  chance,  hazard  and  3  persons).  
was  to  be  made  only  after  the  obligor  had  harvested  fish.   • A   condition   at   once   facultative   and   resolutory   may   be   valid   even   though  
o However,  if  the  potestative  condition  is  imposed  not  on  the  birth   the  condition  is  made  to  depend  upon  the  will  of  the  obligor    
of   the   obligation   but   on   its   fulfillment,   only   the   condition   is  
avoided,   leaving   unaffected   the   obligation   itself.   This   happens    
when  the  obligation  is  pre-­‐existing.  
Ex.     Art.  1183  –  Void  Conditions  
1. X  borrowed  ₱10,000  from  Y  payable  within  2  months.   Impossible   conditions,   those   contrary   to   good   customs   or   public   policy   and   those  
Subsequently,  X  promised  to  pay  Y  after  X  sells  his  car   prohibited   by   law   shall   annul   the   obligation   which   depends   upon   them.   If   the  
to   which   Y   agreed.   In   this   case,   only   the   condition   is   obligation   is   divisible,   that   part   thereof   which   is   not   affected   by   the   impossible   or  
void  but  not  the  X’s  pre-­‐existing  obligation  to  pay  Y.   unlawful  condition  shall  be  valid.  
2. Osmena   v.   Ramos   –   where   in   a   promissory   note   the  
obligor   promised   to   pay   after   the   house   is   sold,   the   The  condition  not  to  do  an  impossible  thing  shall  be  considered  as  not  having  been  
condition  is  void  but  the  obligation  to  pay  subsists.   agreed  upon.  (1116a)  
3. Security  Bank  and  Trust  Company  v.  CA  –  where  upon  
stipulation   of   the   parties,   the   owner   shall   equitably   • Impossible   conditions   –   render   the   obligation   dependent   upon   them   as  
make   appropriate   adjustments   was   void,   hence   the   legally  ineffective.  The  condition  annuls  the  prestation.  
bank  was  ordered  to  pay  the  obligation  in  full.   1. Physically  impossible  conditions  –  when  such  conditions  cannot  exist  
o Patente   v.   Omega   –   when   the   condition   is   void   and   the   obligation   or  cannot  be  done  in  the  nature  of  things.  
subsists,   such   obligation   is   not   converted   into   one   which   is   pure   Ex.   If  it  will  not  rain  in  the  Philippines  for  one  year  
and   unconditional.   An   arraignment   might   be   enforced   which   is     If  you  can  carry  20  cavans  of  palay  on  your  shoulder  
not   within   the   contemplation   of   the   parties.   The   best   solution   is   2. Legally   impossible   conditions   –   when   they   are   contrary   to   law,  
to   consider   the   parties   having   intended   a   period,   and   ask   the   morals,  good  customs,  public  order  or  public  policy.  
court  to  fix  a  period.   Ex.   If  you  kill  Z  (against  the  law)  
B. Casual  condition  –  depends  on  chance,  hazard,  or  the  will  of  a  third  person     If  you  slap  your  father  (against  good  customs)  
o A   resolutory   condition   that   depends   upon   the   will   of   a   third     If  you  overthrow  the  government  (against  public  order)  
person  is  not  void.    
Ex.  Ducusin  v.  CA  –  agreement  shall  be  terminated  when    
the  lessor’s  children  need  the  premises.  

24  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1184  –  Positive  Condition   • Constructive   fulfillment   –   the   obligor   voluntarily   prevents   the   fulfillment  
The   condition   that   some   event   happen   at   a   determinate   time   shall   extinguish   the   of  the  condition  in  an  obligation  where  the  law  states  that  the  obligation  
obligation  as  soon  as  the  time  expires  or  if  it  has  become  indubitable  that  the  event   shall  be  deemed  fulfilled.  
will  not  take  place.  (1117)   o Tayag  v.  CA  –  as  a  condition  of  a  contract  of  sale,  the  buyer  was  
required   to   pay   the   balance   of   a   particular   loan   and   where   the  
vendors  prematurely  paid  the  loan,  thereby  preventing  the  buyer  
• Positive   condition   –   the   happening   of   an   event   at   a   determinate   time  
to  fulfill  the  condition,  there  was  constructive  fulfillment.  
extinguishes  the  obligation.  
Ex.   X  obliges  to  give  Y  ₱10,000  if  B  will  marry  C  before  B  reaches  the   • Reciprocal   obligation   –   both   parties   are   mutually   obligors   and   also  
obligees,   and   any   of   the   contracting   parties   may,   upon   non-­‐fulfillment   by  
age  of  23.  
the  other  party  of  his  part  of  the  prestation,   rescind  the  contract  or  seek  
 X  is  liable  if  B  marries  C  before  B  turns  23.  
fulfillment.    
 X   is   not   liable   if   B   marries   C   when   B   turns   23   or   after   B  
turns  23.  
 If   C   dies   when   B   is   22,   it   has   become   indubitable   that   the   Art.  1187  –  Retroactive  Effects  of  the  Fulfillment  of  a  Suspensive  Condition  
condition   shall   happen.   Hence,   the   obligation   of   X   is   The   effects   of   a   conditional   obligation   to   give,   once   the   condition   has   been   fulfilled,  
extinguished.   shall   retroact   to   the   day   of   the   constitution   of   the   obligation.   Nevertheless,   when  
the   obligation   imposes   reciprocal   prestations   upon   the   parties,   the   fruits   and  
Art.  1185  –  Negative  Condition       interests   during   the   pendency   of   the   condition   shall   be   deemed   to   have   been  
The  condition  that  some  event  will  not  happen  at  a  determinate  time  shall  render   mutually   compensated.   If   the   obligation   is   unilateral,   the   debtor   shall   appropriate  
the  fruits  and  interests  received,  unless  from  the  nature  and  circumstances  of  the  
the  obligation  effective  from  the  moment  the  time  indicated  has  elapsed,  or  if  it  has  
obligation   it   should   be   inferred   that   the   intention   of   the   person   constituting   the  
become  evident  that  the  event  cannot  occur.  
same  was  different.  
If   no   time   has   been   fixed,   the   condition   shall   be   deemed   fulfilled   at   such   time   as  
may   have   probably   been   contemplated,   bearing   in   mind   the   nature   of   the   In   obligations   to   do   and   not   to   do,   the   courts   shall   determine,   in   each   case,   the  
retroactive  effect  of  the  condition  that  has  been  complied  with.  (1120)  
obligation.  (1118)  

• Negative  condition  –  if  the  event  does  not  happen  at  a  determinate  time,   • Presupposes  the  happening  of  a  suspensive  condition.  
the  obligation  shall  become  effective  and  binding.   • The   effect   of   a   conditional   obligation   to   give‖   retroacts   to   the   day   of   the  
Ex.   X   will   give   Y   ₱10,000   if   Y   does   not   fail   any   of   his   exams   at   the   end   constitution  of  the  obligation.  
of  the  semester.   o The   efficacy   of   the   obligation   is   merely   suspended   or   held   in  
abeyance  until  the  condition  is  fulfilled.  
• Resolutory   condition   –   the   fulfillment   of   the   event   extinguishes   the  
Art.  1186  –  Constructive  Fulfillment  
obligation;  hence  retroactivity  is  not  relevant.    
The   condition   shall   be   deemed   fulfilled   when   the   obligor   voluntarily   prevents   its  
 
fulfillment.  (1119)  
Situations  contemplated:    
1. Reciprocal   obligations   –   the   fruits   and   interests   during   the   pendency   of  
• The   good   faith-­‐obligation   of   the   parties   includes   an   implied   term   on   the   the  condition  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  mutually  compensated.  
part   of   the   said   parties   not   to   impede,   hinder,   obstruct   or   prevent   the  
• Fruits   on   the   object   of   prestation   (from   debtor)   and   the   interest  
fulfillment  of  the  obligation.    
on   the   payment   (from   creditor)   incurred   during   the   pendency   of  
the  condition  need  not  be  delivered.  

25  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
2. Unilateral   obligations   –   the   debtor   or   obligor   shall   appropriate   the   fruits   (5)  If  the  thing  is  improved  by  its  nature,  or  by  time,  the  improvement  shall  inure  to  
and   interests   received,   unless   from   the   nature   and   circumstances   of   the   the  benefit  of  the  creditor;  
obligation   it   should   be   inferred   that   the   intention   of   the   person   (6)  If  it  is  improved  at  the  expense  of  the  debtor,  he  shall  have  no  other  right  than  
constituting  the  same  is  different.   that  granted  to  the  usufructuary.  (1122)  
• Any   fruits   or   interests   incurred   by   the   object   of   prestation   shall  
belong  to  the  obligor,  prior  to  the  fulfillment  of  the  condition.   • Involves   the   prestation   to   give   a   determinate   thing   which   is   subject   to   a  
3. Obligations  not  to  do  –  courts  shall  determine  the  retroactive  effect  of  the   suspensive  condition  
fulfilled  condition.   o In   the   case   of   resolutory   conditions,   Art.   1170,   1173   and   1174  
shall  apply.  
Art.  1188  –  Rights  Pending  Fulfillment  of  Suspensive  Condition     • Definitions:  
The   creditor   may,   before   the   fulfillment   of   the   condition,   bring   the   appropriate   1. Loss  -­‐  when  a  thing  perishes  (physical  loss),  goes  out  of  commerce  
actions  for  the  preservation  of  his  right.   (legal   loss)   or   when   a   thing   disappears   in   such   a   way   that   its  
existence  is  unknown  (civil  loss).  
The  debtor  may  recover  what  during  the  same  time  he  has  paid  by  mistake  in  case   2. Deterioration  –  a  thing  deteriorates  when  its  value  is  reduced  or  
of  a  suspensive  condition.  (1121a)   impaired  with  or  without  the  fault  of  the  debtor.  
 The   choice   of   the   remedies   to   be   pursued,   whether  
1. Creditor  -­‐  can  file  an  injunction  suit  to  stop  the  debtor  from  alienating  his   rescission   plus   damages   or   fulfillment   plus   damages,  
property   which   is   supposed   to   be   given   to   the   creditor   once   a   particular   belongs   to   the   creditor   regardless   of   the   degree   of  
condition  is  fulfilled.     deterioration  caused  by  the  debtor.    
2. Debtor  -­‐  can  recover  what  has  been  paid  by  mistake  when  the  obligation  is    If  the  deterioration  caused  by  the  debtor  is   so  grave  that  
not  yet  due  and  demandable.     the   object   goes   out   of   commerce,   it   can   be   considered  
o A  case  of  solutio  indebiti   lost  and  the  creditor  can  seek  damages  from  the  debtor.  
3. Improvement   –   a   thing   is   improved   when   its   value   is   increased   or  
Art.  1189  –  Loss,  Deterioration  or  Improvement  Pending  the  Condition   enhanced  by  nature  or  by  time,  or  at  the  expense  of  the  debtor  or  
When   the   conditions   have   been   imposed   with   the   intention   of   suspending   the   creditor.    
efficacy   of   an   obligation   to   give,   the   following   rules   shall   be   observed   in   case   of   the    Usufruct  –  gives  a  right  to  enjoy  the  property  of  another  
improvement,   loss   or   deterioration   of   the   thing   during   the   pendency   of   the   with  the  obligation  of  preserving  its  form  and  substance  
condition:   unless   the   title   constituting   it   or   the   law   otherwise  
provides.    
(1)   If   the   thing   is   lost   without   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   the   obligation   shall   be    
extinguished;      
(2)   If   the   thing   is   lost   through   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   he   shall   be   obliged   to   pay  
damages;   it   is   understood   that   the   thing   is   lost   when   it   perishes,   or   goes   out   of  
commerce,  or  disappears  in  such  a  way  that  its  existence  is  unknown  or  it  cannot  be  
recovered;  
(3)  When  the  thing  deteriorates  without  the  fault  of  the  debtor,  the  impairment  is  
to  be  borne  by  the  creditor;  
(4)   If   it   deteriorates   through   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   the   creditor   may   choose  
between   the   rescission   of   the   obligation   and   its   fulfillment,   with   indemnity   for  
damages  in  either  case;  

26  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Rules   in   case   of   loss,   deterioration   or   improvement   of   the   thing   during   rescission,   even   after   he   has   chosen   fulfillment,   if   the   latter   should   become  
pendency  of  suspensive  condition:   impossible.  

  Without  fault/participation   With  fault/participation     The  court  shall  decree  the  rescission  claimed,  unless  there  be  just  cause  authorizing  
of  the  debtor   of  the  debtor   the  fixing  of  a  period.  
Obligation  is  extinguished  
LOSS   Debtor  shall  pay  damages   This  is  understood  to  be  without  prejudice  to  the  rights  of  third  persons  who  have  
(fortuitous  event)  
Creditor  may  choose   acquired   the   thing,   in   accordance   with   Articles   1385   and   1388   and   the   Mortgage  
Creditor  shall  bear   rescission  of  the  obligation   Law.  (1124)  
DETERIORATION  
impairment   or  its  fulfillment,  plus  
damages   • Reciprocal  obligations  –  the  obligation  of  one  is  a  resolutory  condition  of  
Creditor  shall  enjoy  the   Debtor  shall  only  have   the   other,   the   non-­‐fulfillment   of   which   entitles   the   other   to   rescind   the  
IMPROVEMENT   contract.  Songcua  v.  IAC  
benefits   usufructuary  rights  
  • Remedies  –  fulfillment  of  the  obligation  or  rescission  plus  damages.  
o The   injured   party   may   also   seek   rescission   even   after   he   has  
Art.  1190  –  Effects  of  Fulfillment  of  a  Resolutory  Condition   chosen  fulfillment.  
When  the  conditions  have  for  their  purpose  the  extinguishment  of  an  obligation  to   o Areola  v.  CA  –  the  aggrieved  party  who  opted  for  the  fulfillment  of  
give,  the  parties,  upon  the  fulfillment  of  said  conditions,  shall  return  to  each  other   the  obligation  was  also  entitled  to  damages.  
what  they  have  received.   o Ayson   Simon   v.   Adamos   –   where   both   heirs   of   the   deceased  
owner  and  a  buyer  of  a  property  won  cases  against  a  seller,  and  
In  case  of  the  loss,  deterioration  or  improvement  of  the  thing,  the  provisions  which,  
both  filed  for  the  delivery  of  such  property,  the  buyer’s  action  for  
with  respect  to  the  debtor,  are  laid  down  in  the  preceding  article  shall  be  applied  to  
rescission   and   damages   was   proper   considering   that   the   heirs  
the  party  who  is  bound  to  return.  
already  had  possession  of  the  property.  
As  for  the  obligations  to  do  and  not  to  do,  the  provisions  of  the  second  paragraph  of   o Siy   v.   CA   –   the   law   does   not   authorize   the   injured   party   to   rescind  
Article   1187   shall   be   observed   as   regards   the   effect   of   the   extinguishment   of   the   the   obligation   and   at   the   same   time   seek   its   partial   fulfillment  
obligation.  (1123)   instead  of  collecting  damages.  
 
 Once  a  resolutory  condition  is  fulfilled,  the  obligation  is  extinguished  and   Rescission  –  to  declare  the  contract  void  at  its  inception  and  to  put  an  end  to  it  as  
there  must  be  restitution  of  what  has  been  obtained.     though  it  never  was.‖    
 In   the   case   of   loss,   deterioration   or   improvement   of   the   thing   during   the   • Predicated  on  the  breach  of  faith  by  any  of  the  parties  to  a  contract  that  
pendency  of  the  resolutory  condition,  Art.  1189  shall  apply.   violates  the  reciprocity  between  them.  
 In  obligations  to  do  and  not  to  do,  the  courts  shall  determine  the  effect  of   • The   power   to   rescind   is   not   absolute   and   must   be   based   on   a   serious   or  
the  extinguishment  of  the  obligation.   substantial  breach  of  an  obligation  as  to  defeat  the  object  of  the  parties  in  
making  the  agreement.  
Art.  1191  –  Remedies  in  Reciprocal  Obligations   o A  mere  casual  breach  does  not  justify  rescission  of  the  contract.  
The   power   to   rescind   obligations   is   implied   in   reciprocal   ones,   in   case   one   of   the   o The   question   of   whether   a   breach   of   a   contract   is   substantial  
obligors  should  not  comply  with  what  is  incumbent  upon  him.   depends  upon  the  attendant  circumstances.  
   
The   injured   party   may   choose   between   the   fulfillment   and   the   rescission   of   the  
obligation,   with   the   payment   of   damages   in   either   case.   He   may   also   seek  
27  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Cases:   rescission  made  is  not  the  revocatory  act  of  rescission  but   merely  
o Philippine   Amusement   Enterprises   Inc.   v.   Natividad   –   that   “there   declaratory  or  an  affirmation  of  the  revocation.  
were  times”  when  the  jukebox  did  not  work  did  not  constitute  the   o Palay   Inc.   v.   Clave   –   stipulation   which   states   that   the   seller   may  
substantial  breach  sufficient  to  effect  a  rescission.   declare  the  contract  cancelled  without  notice  is  void.  
o Tan  v.  CA  –  private  respondents  have  substantially  complied  with   o Jison  v.  CA  –  sending  a  notice  to  the  buyer  is  an  indispensable  act.  
the   obligation.   Time   not   being   of   essence,   a   slight   delay   on   the    Notice  –  revocatory  act  in  express  stipulation  to  rescind.  
part   of   the   private   respondent   is   not   sufficient   ground   for   the    
resolution  of  the  agreement.   Art.  1192  –  Breach  by  Both  Parties  
o Velarde  v.  CA  –  although  a  slight  delay  in  payment  of  1  month  may   In  case  both  parties  have  committed  a  breach  of  the  obligation,  the  liability  of  the  
be   a   casual   breach   considering   that   time   is   not   of   the   essence,   first  infractor  shall  be  equitably  tempered  by  the  courts.  If  it  cannot  be  determined  
pre-­‐conditions   to   pay   by   the   debtor   left   the   creditor   with   no   which   of   the   parties   first   violated   the   contract,   the   same   shall   be   deemed  
choice  but  to  opt  for  rescission.   extinguished,  and  each  shall  bear  his  own  damages.  (n)    
o Santos   v.   CA   –   if   the   contract   involved   is   a   contract   to   sell,   the  
termination   is   not   a   rescission   under   Art.   1191,   but   an  
• First   infractor   known   –   subsequently,   the   other   also   violated   his   part   of  
enforcement  of  the  contract.  
the   obligation.   The   liability   of   the   first   infractor   should   be   equitably  
 
reduced.  
Forms  of  power  to  rescind:  
• First   infractor   cannot   be   determined   –   obligation   shall   be   deemed  
a. Implied  power  to  rescind  -­‐  can  only  be  enforced  through   court  action,  in  
extinguished  and  shall  bear  his  own  damages.  
the  absence  of  stipulation  to  the  contrary.    
o The  decision  of  the  court  is  the  revocatory  act  of  rescission    
o Court   shall   decree   the   rescission   claimed   unless   there   is   just    
cause  to  authorize  fixing  a  period.  
 Roman  v.  CA  –  if  the  buyer  paid  within  60  days  according   SECTION  2.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Period  
to  the  terms,  there  would  have  been  just  cause  to  grant  
an  extension.        
 Central  Philippine  University  v.  CA  –  no  just  cause;  fixing  
of   a   period   would   be   a   mere   technicality   and   formality   Art.  1193  –  Obligations  with  a  Period  
that  would  serve  no  purpose  than  to  delay  or  lead  to  an   Obligations   for   whose   fulfillment   a   day   certain   has   been   fixed,   shall   be   demandable  
unnecessary  and  expensive  multiplication  of  suits.   only  when  that  day  comes.  
b. Express   unilateral   extrajudicial   stipulation   to   rescind   –   power   to   rescind  
need  not  be  implied  in  all  cases.     Obligations  with  a  resolutory  period  take  effect  at  once,  but  terminate  upon  arrival  
o Parties   may   stipulate   that   the   violation   of   the   terms   of   the   of  the  day  certain.  
contract   shall   cause   the   cancellation,   termination   or   rescission  
thereof  even  without  court  intervention     A   day   certain   is   understood   to   be   that   which   must   necessarily   come,   although   it  
o University   of   the   Philippines   v.   De   Los   Angeles   –   stipulation   is   may  not  be  known  when.  
always   provisional,   subject   to   scrutiny   and   review   by   the   proper  
court.   Notice   must   always   be   given   to   the   defaulter   before   If   the   uncertainty   consists   in   whether   the   day   will   come   or   not,   the   obligation   is  
rescission  can  take  effect     conditional,  and  it  shall  be  regulated  by  the  rules  of  the  preceding  Section.  (1125a)  
o De   Luna   v.   Abrigo   –   when   there   is   an   express   stipulation   to  
rescission,   any   court   decision   validating   the   propriety   of   the  

28  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Period  –  a  future  and  certain  event  upon  the  arrival  of  which  the  obligation   o Natural   fruits   –   spontaneous   products   of   soil   and   the   young   or  
subject   to   it   either   arises   or   is   terminated.   It   is   a   day   which   must   other  products  of  animals  
necessarily   come   (like   next   Christmas),   although   it   may   not   be   known   o Industrial  fruits  –  produced  by  lads  of  any  kind  through  cultivation  
when  (like  the  death  of  a  person).   or  labor  
• Obligation  with  a  period  –  an  obligation  constituted  at  a  much  earlier  date   o Civil  fruits  –  derived  by  virtue  of  a  juridical  relation  
but  its  effectivity  only  commences  on  a  certain  future  period  of  time.  
• Suspensive  period  –  gives  rise  to  the  effectivity  of  the  obligation.   Art.  1196  –  Period  Benefits  Both  Creditor  and  Debtor    
o Gaite   v.   Fonacier   –   where   the   balance   was   to   be   paid   from   and   Whenever   in   an   obligation   a   period   is   designated,   it   is   presumed   to   have   been  
out  of  the  first  letter  of  credit  covering  the  first  shipment  of  iron   established   for   the   benefit   of   both   the   creditor   and   the   debtor,   unless   from   the  
derived  from  the  local  sale  of  iron  by  the  client,  the  stipulation  is  a   tenor  of  the  same  or  other  circumstances  it  should  appear  that  the  period  has  been  
suspensive  period  not  a  suspensive  condition.   established  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other.  (1127)  
o A   suspensive   condition   is   comparatively   more   onerous   than   a  
suspensive  period.   • General   rule   –   the   presumption   of   the   law   is   that   the   period   is   for   the  
• Resolutory  period  –  gives  rise  to  the  extinguishment  of  the  obligation.     benefit  of  both  debtor  and  creditor.    
o Fernandez  v.  CA  –  a  contract  of  lease  is  a  reciprocal  contract.  The  
period   of   lease   must   be   deemed   to   have   been   agreed   upon   for  
Art.  1194  –  Loss,  Deterioration  or  Improvement  before  Day  Certain  
the  benefit  of  both  parties.  
In  case  of  loss,  deterioration  or  improvement  of  the  thing  before  the  arrival  of  the  
• Exception  –  when  the  nature  of  the  obligation  or  stipulation  of  the  parties  
day  certain,  the  rules  in  Article  1189  shall  be  observed.  (n)  
shows  that  the  period  was  for  the  benefit  of  either  party.  
• The  benefit  of  the  period  may  be  waived  by  the  person  in  whose  favor  it  
The  same  rules  in  Article  1189  shall  apply  in  obligations  subject  to  a  suspensive  or  a  
was  constituted.  
resolutory  period.    
o Abesamis   v.   Woodcraft   Works   Inc.   –   where   the   obligor   informed  
the   obligee   that   he   will   make   an   early   delivery   of   the   subject  
Art.  1195  –  Debtor  May  Recover  Payment       portions   of   shipment,   the   obligor   was   made   liable   for   failure   to  
Anything   paid   or   delivered   before   the   arrival   of   the   period,   the   obligor   being   make  such  delivery.  Use  of  the  period  was  effectively  waived.  
unaware   of   the   period   or   believing   that   the   obligation   has   become   due   and  
demandable,  may  be  recovered,  with  the  fruits  and  interests.  (1126a)  
Art.  1197  –  Court  May  Fix  a  Period    
If  the  obligation  does  not  fix  a  period,  but  from  its  nature  and  the  circumstances  it  
• Applies  only  to  obligations  to  give  
can  be  inferred  that  a  period  was  intended,  the  courts  may  fix  the  duration  thereof.  
o The  provision  may  not  be  applied  in  obligations  to  do  or  not  to  do  
The  courts  shall  also  fix  the  duration  of  the  period  when  it  depends  upon  the  will  of  
because  it  is  physically  impossible  to  recover  a  service  rendered.  
the  debtor.  
• Similar   to   Art.   1188   paragraph   2   where   a   creditor   cannot   unjustly   enrich  
himself  by  retaining  payment  which  is  not  due.   In   every   case,   the   courts   shall   determine   such   period   as   may   under   the  
• Burden  of  proof  of  paying  by  mistake  is  on  the  debtor.  Debtor  is  presumed   circumstances  have  been  probably  contemplated  by  the  parties.  Once  fixed  by  the  
to  be  aware  of  the  period.   courts,  the  period  cannot  be  changed  by  them.  (1128a)  
• If   the   obligor   delivered   the   object   before   the   arrival   of   the   period,   and  
upon   arrival   of   the   period,   the   obligee   is   in   the   possession   of   the   object,   Related  articles:  
the  obligor  can  only  recover  the  fruits  and  interests  accruing  from  the  time   • Art.  1180  –  when  the  debtor  binds  himself  to  pay  when  his  means  permit  
of  the  delivery  up  to  the  arrival  of  the  period.     him  to  do  so  
• Kinds  of  Fruits:  (N.I.C.)  
29  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Art.  1191  par.  3  –  instead  of  issuing  a  decree  of  rescission,  the  court  may   1. When  debtor  becomes  insolvent  
authorize  the  fixing  of  a  period  when  there  is  just  cause   o Unless  he  gives  a  guaranty  or  security  for  the  debt  –  a  debtor  may  
  ask   a   third   person   to   guarantee   his   debt   or   put   up   his   house   as  
Presumption   –   the   court   is   generally   without   power   to   fix   a   period.   If   the   obligation   collateral.  
does   not   state   a   period   and   no   period   is   intended,   the   court   is   not   authorized   to   fix   o Insolvency  need  not  be  judicially  declared.  
a  period  because  it  has  no  right  to  make  contracts  for  parties.   2. When  debtor  does  not  furnish  the  guaranties  or  securities  promised    
  o Securities  can  take  the  form  of  real-­‐estate  mortgages  or  pledges    
• Gregorio  Araneta,  Inc.  v.  Phil.  Sugar  Estates  Development  Co.  Ltd.   3. When   guaranties   or   securities   given   have   been   impaired   or   have  
2-­‐step  process:     disappeared  through  the  debtor’s  acts  
1. The   court   must   first   determine   that   the   obligation   does   not   fix   a   o Unless  he  immediately  gives  new  ones  equally  satisfactory.  
period   or   that   a   period   is   made   to   depend   upon   the   will   of   the   o Gaite   v.   Fonacier   –   because   of   the   company’s   failure   to   renew   the  
debtor,  but  from  the  nature  and  circumstances  it  can  be  inferred   bond  of  a  surety  or  else  replace  it  with  an  equivalent  guarantee,  
that  a  period  was  intended.   the   debtor   has   forfeited   it   right   to   the   period   making   the  
2. The   court   must   decide   what   period   was   probably   contemplated   obligation  immediately  demandable.  
by  the  parties.     o The  debtor  loses  the  benefit  of  the  period  even  if  the  guaranties  
• Radiowealth  Finance  Company  v.  Del  Rosario  –  the  fact  that  the  due  date   and  securities  disappear  through  a  fortuitous  event.  
was  left  blank  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  payment  was  left  on  the  sole   4. When  the  debtor  violates  any  undertaking,  in  consideration  of  which  the  
will  of  the  debtor.  The  promissory  note  indicated  that  the  debt  should  be   creditor  agrees  to  the  period  
amortized  monthly  in  installments.   o Allen  v.  Province  of  Albay    
Constructive   waiver   of   period   –   when   the   owner   prevents   the  
Art.  1198  –  When  Debtor  Cannot  Make  Use  of  the  Period   period   from   arriving.   Hence,   the   obligor   shall   be   allowed   to  
The  debtor  shall  lose  every  right  to  make  use  of  the  period:   furnish  the  obligation  within  reasonable  time.  
5. When  the  debtor  attempts  to  abscond    
(1) When   after   the   obligation   has   been   contracted,   he   becomes   insolvent,   o A   mere   attempt   by   the   debtor   to   flee   from   his   obligations,   or   to  
unless  he  gives  a  guaranty  or  security  for  the  debt;   move   away   to   evade   payment   of   his   indebtedness,   is   sufficient  
(2) When   he   does   not   furnish   to   the   creditor   the   guaranties   or   securities   ground  to  demand  from  him  immediately.  
which  he  has  promised;    
(3) When   by   his   own   acts   he   has   impaired   said   guaranties   or   securities   after      
their  establishment,  and  when  through  a  fortuitous  event  they  disappear,  
unless  he  immediately  gives  new  ones  equally  satisfactory;  
(4) When   the   debtor   violates   any   undertaking,   in   consideration   of   which   the  
creditor  agreed  to  the  period;  
(5) When  the  debtor  attempts  to  abscond.  (1129a)    
 

 
2
When  debtor  cannot  make  use  of  the  period:  (G.A.V.I .)  
30  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
SECTION  3.  -­‐  Alternative  Obligations   Ex.    
• A   owes   B   ₱30,000.   He   can   either   pay   by   giving   B   his  
  horse,  his  piano,  or  ₱30,000  in  cash.  
 A   has   two   horses,   one   worth   ₱30,000   and   another   crap  
 Art.  1199  –  Alternative  Obligations   one   worth   ₱5,000.   He   cannot   choose   the   ₱5,000   horse  
A  person  alternatively  bound  by  different  prestations  shall  completely  perform  one   because   it   could   not   have   been   the   object   of   the  
of  them.   obligation.  
 
The   creditor   cannot   be   compelled   to   receive   part   of   one   and   part   of   the   other  
undertaking.  (1131)  
Art.  1201  –  Choice  Communicated  
The  choice  shall  produce  no  effect  except  from  the  time  it  has  been  communicated.  
• “Different  Prestations”  –  refers  to  both  strict  and  loose  sense  of  the  word.   (1133)  
o Either  different  kinds  of  prestations  (1  to  give,  and  1  to  do)  
o Or  merely  different  objects  (give  a  car,  or  give  a  boat)  
• Creditor  is  entitled  to  be  notified  of  the  choice.  
• Partial  Performance  of  different  prestations  does  not  fulfill  the  obligation,  
• Mode  of  communication  may  vary  –  it  is  also  the  debtor’s  choice  
unless   the   creditor   accepts   such   partial   performance   as   complete  
• Choice  is  given  effect  only  upon  communication  to  the  creditor.  
performance.    
o Debtor  must  choose  complete  performance  of  one  or  the  other.   • Creditor   has   no   right   to   oppose   the   choice,   provided   such   choice   of  
prestation  is  not  unlawful,  impossible,  or  outside  what  the  parties  wanted.  
• If   all   but   one   of   the   alternatives   becomes   legally   impossible,   obligation  
becomes  simple.  
o Loan   payable   in   Pesos   or   USD,   alternative   obligation   ceased   to   Art.  1202  –  Only  One  Choice  is  Practicable  
exist  when  USD  was  illegal  (Japanese  time)   The  debtor  shall  lose  the  right  of  choice  when  among  the  prestations  whereby  he  is  
alternatively  bound,  only  one  is  practicable.  (1134)  
Art.  1200  –  Debtor’s  Right  of  Choice    
The   right   of   choice   belongs   to   the   debtor,   unless   it   has   been   expressly   granted   to   • Right  of  choice  is  given  to  the  debtor  –  according  to  law  
the  creditor.   o This   right   implies   that   the   debtor   can   destroy/impair   all   other  
choices  as  long  as  one  remains  
The   debtor   shall   have   no   right   to   choose   those   prestations   which   are   impossible,   • Practicable  –  capable  of  being  done;  feasible.    
unlawful  or  which  could  not  have  been  the  object  of  the  obligation.  (1132)   o Thus,  when  only  one  of  the  choices  is  practicable,  the  debtor  loses  
his  right  of  choice.  
• Any  doubt  as  to  whom  the  choice  is  given  as  to  which  prestation  to  comply   o A  prestation  can  be  possible  and  lawful,  but  not  practicable.  
with  is  always  construed  in  favor  of  the  debtor.     Ex.     Kissing   a   highly   contagious   leper   –   possible,   and   not  
• General  rule  –  debtor  always  has  choice.   illegal,   but   impracticable   and   thus   cannot   be   chosen   by  
o Exception  –  when  such  choice  is  expressly  granted  to  the  creditor.   debtor.  
• Restriction   on   Debtor’s   Power   of   Choice   –   the   law,   the   intention   of   the  
parties,  and  the  realm  of  possibility.   Art.  1203  –  Debtor  Cannot  Choose  due  to  Creditor’s  Acts  
• Debtor  has  no  right  to  choose  those  prestations  which  are:     If   through   the   creditor's   acts   the   debtor   cannot   make   a   choice   according   to   the  
o Impossible  –  Ex.  fly  to  the  moon,  turn  water  into  wine,     terms  of  the  obligation,  the  latter  may  rescind  the  contract  with  damages.  (n)  
o Unlawful  –  Ex.  steal  a  car,  deal  drugs    
o Could  not  have  been  the  object  of  the  obligation   • Creditor  cannot  stop  the  debtor  from  fulfilling  his  obligation.  

31  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• If  creditor’s  own  acts  result  in  the  loss  of  a  choice,  the  debtor  can  (he  is  not   Art.  1205  –  Choice  Given  to  Creditor  
bound  to  do  so)  rescind  with  a  right  to  damages.   When  the  choice  has  been  expressly  given  to  the  creditor,  the  obligation  shall  cease  
Ex.   A   can   pay   his   debt   to   B   by   giving   a   certain   cellphone,   giving   a   to  be  alternative  from  the  day  when  the  selection  has  been  communicated  to  the  
certain  horse,  or  dancing  in  a  show.   debtor.  
o If   the   creditor   through   his   own   acts   makes   any   of   these   choices  
impossible:     Until  then  the  responsibility  of  the  debtor  shall  be  governed  by  the  following  rules:  
 Kills  horse  
 Destroys  phone   (1)   If   one   of   the   things   is   lost   through   a   fortuitous   event,   he   shall   perform   the  
 Burns  club   obligation   by   delivering   that   which   the   creditor   should   choose   from   among   the  
o Debtor  has  the  option  to  rescind  with  damages.   remainder,  or  that  which  remains  if  only  one  subsists;  
• As   long   as   the   creditor   makes   one   of   the   choices   impossible,   the   debtor  
may  rescind.  (contrast  this  with  next  article)   (2)   If   the   loss   of   one   of   the   things   occurs   through   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   the  
creditor  may  claim  any  of  those  subsisting,  or  the  price  of  that  which,  through  the  
fault  of  the  former,  has  disappeared,  with  a  right  to  damages;  
Art.  1204  –  Through  Debtor’s  Fault,  All  Choices  are  Lost  
The   creditor   shall   have   a   right   to   indemnity   for   damages   when,   through   the   fault   of   (3)   If   all   the   things   are   lost   through   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   the   choice   by   the  
the  debtor,  all  the  things  which  are  alternatively  the  object  of  the  obligation  have   creditor   shall   fall   upon   the   price   of   any   one   of   them,   also   with   indemnity   for  
been  lost,  or  the  compliance  of  the  obligation  has  become  impossible.   damages.  
The   indemnity   shall   be   fixed   taking   as   a   basis   the   value   of   the   last   thing   which   The  same  rules  shall  be  applied  to  obligations  to  do  or  not  to  do  in  case  one,  some  
disappeared,  or  that  of  the  service  which  last  became  impossible.   or  all  of  the  prestations  should  become  impossible.  (1136a)  
Damages   other   than   the   value   of   the   last   thing   or   service   may   also   be   awarded.  
(1135a)   • Conferment  of  right  of  choice  to  the  creditor  must  always  be  express.  
• Obligation   ceases   to   be   alternative   when   choice   is   communicated   to   the  
debtor.  
• Debtor   will   not   be   liable   for   loss   of   choices,   even   if   obligation   ceases   to  
become  alternative  and  becomes  simple.     • Until   communication   is   done,   law   provides   rules   as   to   the   debtor’s  
o He   has   the   right   of   choice,   after   all,   and   the   creditor   cannot   responsibility:  
complain.   o One  of  the  things  is  lost  through  a  fortuitous  event  
 Debtor   delivers   what   creditor   chooses   from   the  
• However,  when  all  of  the  alternative  prestations  are  rendered  impossible,  
the  creditor  is  entitled  to  damages.     remainder,  or  the  only  one  remaining.  
o Loss  of  one  of  the  things  occurs  through  fault  of  the  debtor  
• The  value  of  the  damages  will  be  based  on  the  value  of  the  last  choice  to  
be  lost/rendered  impossible,  be  it  a  service  or  a  thing  to  give.   • Creditor  may  claim  any  of  the  remaining  options.  
• Creditor   may   claim   the   price   of   the   thing   which  
• Contrast  with  previous  provision:  
o Creditor   only   needs   to   render   impossible   at   least   one   of   the   disappeared.  
prestations.   • Regardless   of   what   the   creditor   picks,   he   has   a   right   to  
o Debtor  must  impair  all  of  the  prestations   damages.  
  o If  all  things  are  lost  through  fault  of  the  debtor  
  • Creditor  chooses  the  price  of  any  one  of  them.  
  • Also  with  an  indemnity  for  damages.  
 

32  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1206  –  Facultative  Obligations   o “Individually  has  the  same  meaning  as  “collectively”,  “separately”,  
When   only   one   prestation   has   been   agreed   upon,   but   the   obligor   may   render   “distinctly”,  etc.    
another  in  substitution,  the  obligation  is  called  facultative.   Ex.   An   agreement   (where   the   parties   agree)   to   be”  
individiaully  liable”  creates  a  several  obligation.  
The   loss   or   deterioration   of   the   thing   intended   as   a   substitute,   through   the   o Other  words/phrases  denoting  several  obligation  
negligence  of  the  obligor,  does  not  render  him  liable.  But  once  the  substitution  has   • Juntos  o  sepadaramente  
been   made,   the   obligor   is   liable   for   the   loss   of   the   substitute   on   account   of   his   • Mancomun  o  insolidum  
delay,  negligence  or  fraud.  (n)     o When  a  contract  says  “I  promise”  (singular)  and  is  signed  by  two  
or  more  promisors    
• Facultative   Obligation   –   only   one   prestation   has   been   agreed   upon,   but  
obligor  may  render  another  in  substitution   Art.  1208  –  Joint  Obligations  
Ex.   “I  will  give  you  my  piano,  but  I  may  give  you  my  TV  as  a  substitute.   If   from   the   law,   or   the   nature   or   the   wording   of   the   obligations   to   which   the  
Thus,  only  the  piano  is  due  and  only  the  loss  of  this  piano  makes  me   preceding   article   refers   the   contrary   does   not   appear,   the   credit   or   debt   shall   be  
liable  for  damages.”   presumed  to  be  divided  into  as  many  shares  as  there  are  creditors  or  debtors,  the  
• Creditor  cannot  refuse  the  substitute,  unless  such  is  unlawful.   credits   or   debts   being   considered   distinct   from   one   another,   subject   to   the   Rules   of  
• Once  substitution  has  been  made,  obligor  is  liable  for  its  loss.   Court  governing  the  multiplicity  of  suits.  (1138a)  
 
• Presumption  of  law  –  obligation  is  always  a  joint  one.  
SECTION  4.  -­‐  Joint  and  Solidary  Obligations   o Un   Pak   Leung   v.   Negorra   –   in   the   absence   of   facts   that   the  
defendants   made   themselves   individually   liable   for   the   whole  
      amount,  they  are  only  liable  for  their  share  in  the  debt.  
• Joint  Obligation  –  an  obligation  where  the  debtors  are  only  bound  to  pay  
Art.  1207  –  Solidary  Obligations  
their  share  and  the  creditors  can  only  claim  their  share.  
The  concurrence  of  two  or  more  creditors  or  of  two  or  more  debtors  in  one  and  the  
Ex.   A  and  B  owe  C  and  D  ₱1000.  
same  obligation  does  not  imply  that  each  one  of  the  former  has  a   right   to   demand,  
o C  can  collect  ₱250  each  from  A  and  B.  
or   that   each   one   of   the   latter   is   bound   to   render,   entire   compliance   with   the  
o D  can  also  collect  ₱250  each  from  A  and  B.  
prestation.  There  is  a  solidary  liability  only  when  the  obligation  expressly  so  states,  
o But  if  A  owns  only  1/3  of  the  indebtedness,  and  C  only  1/5  of  
or  when  the  law  or  the  nature  of  the  obligation  requires  solidarity.  (1137a)  
the  credit:  
o Creditors   and   debtors   shall   collect   and   pay   only   in  
• Solidary   Obligation   –   a   situation   where   there   are   debts   incurred   by   2   or   proportion  to  what  they  own  and  owe.  
more   debtors   in   favor   of   2   or   more   creditors,   and   the   right   is   given   to   o In  this  case,  A  only  pays  1/3  of  the  ₱1000,  split  such  that  
anyone,  some  or  all  of  creditors,  to  demand  the  satisfaction  of  the  TOTAL   C  gets  1/5  and  D  gets  4/5.  
obligation  from  anyone,  some,  or  all  of  the  debtors.  
o Anyone   of   the   creditors   may   demand   fulfillment   of   the   entire  
Art.  1209  –  When  Division  is  Impossible  
obligation   from   any   one   of   the   debtor,   not   just   for   the   share   of  
If   the   division   is   impossible,   the   right   of   the   creditors   may   be   prejudiced   only   by  
that  debtor.  
their  collective  acts,  and  the  debt  can  be  enforced  only  by  proceeding  against  all  the  
o Only  exists  when  it  is  expressly  stated,  or  when  law  or  nature  of  
debtors.  If  one  of  the  latter  should  be  insolvent,  the  others  shall  not  be  liable  for  his  
obligation  so  requires.  
share.  (1139)  
• Ronquillo  v.  CA  –  the  following  terms  indicate  a  solidary  obligation:  
Art.  1210  –  Indivisibility  and  Solidarity  
33  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
The   indivisibility   of   an   obligation   does   not   necessarily   give   rise   to   solidarity.   Nor   • D   can   collect   the   whole   amount   from   anyone,   BUT   the  
does  solidarity  of  itself  imply  indivisibility.  (n)   debtor   can   only   pay   the   balance   of   the   debts   that   have  
already  matured.  
• If   division   of   the   obligation   is   impossible,   and   the   obligation   is   joint,   the     2. A  due  on  Monday,  B  on  Tues,  C  on  Wed.  
creditors  must  act  collectively     • D  can  collect  from  any  one  of  them,  but  can  only  collect  
o One   creditor   cannot   undertake   an   act   which   will   prejudice   the   ₱5,000  on  Monday  (since  only  A’s  debt  has  matured)  
others,  unless  he  is  authorized  by  the  others  to  undertake  such  an    
act.  
• If   several   debtors   are   obliged   to   give   an   indivisible   obligation   (like   a   house)   Art.  1212  –  Acts  of  Solidary  Creditors  
all  of  them  must  be  sued  if  they  renege  on  their  obligation.   Each  one  of  the  solidary  creditors  may  do  whatever  may  be  useful  to  the  others,  but  
o So   if   one   of   the   debtors   refuses   to   deliver   the   house,   the   not  anything  which  may  be  prejudicial  to  the  latter.  (1141a)  
obligation  is  turned  into  a  claim  for  damages.  
o A   joint   indivisible   obligation   becomes   a   claim   for   damages   the   • As   mentioned   before,   solidary   creditors   may   not   do   anything   which   may  
moment   any   one   of   the   debtors   does   not   comply   with   the   prejudice  the  others.  
undertaking.   Ex.   Refusing   payment   when   debtors   are   ready   to   pay   is   prejudicial   to   the  
o How  will  the  damages  be  divided?   others  creditors.  
• Those   debtors   who   were   ready   to   fulfill   the   obligation    Thus,  the  other  creditors  can  ask  for  damages.  
are  only  liable  for  their  corresponding  portion.     • They  can,  however,  do  things  that  may  be  useful  for  the  others.  
Ex.     3  debtors  must  give  a  house,  and  one  refuses.  In   Ex.     Quisumbing   v.   CA   –   one   of   the   solidary   creditors   filed   a   suit   for  
the   following   claim   for   damages,   the   2   debtors   collection   against   the   solidary   debtors.   This   was   held   to   be   a   useful  
who   were   going   to   deliver   the   house   are   each   act,  and  thus  could  be  done  just  by  one  of  the  creditors.  
only  liable  for  1/3  the  price  of  the  house.  
• The   debtor   who   is   responsible   for   the   damages   claim   Art.  1213  –  Mutual  Trust  among  Solidary  Creditors  
may  be  liable  for  the  additional  damages.   A  solidary  creditor  cannot  assign  his  rights  without  the  consent  of  the  others.  (n)  
o Debtors  shall  not  be  responsible  for  another  debtor  who  becomes  
insolvent.  
• The   relationship   between   the   solidary   creditors   should   be   one   of   mutual  
• Solidarity  does  not  mean  indivisibility  and  vice  versa.   trust.    
o Solidary  refers  to  nature  of  the  obligors  and  obligees  
• To   preserve   this   –   a   solidary   creditor   cannot   assign   his   rights   to   others  
o Indivisibility  refers  to  nature  of  the  prestation   without  consent  of  the  others.  (they  might  not  know  the  new  co-­‐creditor  
as  well,  for  Ex.  –  the  trust  may  be  lost)  
Art.  1211  –  Not  Bound  in  the  Same  Manner  
Solidarity  may  exist  although  the  creditors  and  the  debtors  may  not  be  bound  in  the   Art.  1214  –  Judicial  or  Extrajudicial  Demand  by  a  Solidary  Creditor  
same  manner  and  by  the  same  periods  and  conditions.  (1140)   The  debtor  may  pay  any  one  of  the  solidary  creditors;  but  if  any  demand,  judicial  or  
extrajudicial,   has   been   made   by   one   of   them,   payment   should   be   made   to   him.  
• Solidarity  can  still  exist  even  if  creditors  and  debtors  are  bound  in  different   (1142a)  
manners,  or  have  different  conditions/periods.  
Ex.    1.   A,  B  and  C  are  solidarily  indebted  to  D  for  ₱15,000.  
• General  Rule  -­‐  debtor  may  pay  any  of  the  solidary  creditors.  
o However,  when  demand  (judicial  or  extrajudicial)  is  made  by  one  
of  the  creditors,  payment  should  be  made  to  he  who  demanded.    
34  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Payment   to   another   creditor   –   the   obligation   will   not   be   extinguished,   • This  reiterates  the  rule  that  any  one  or  some  or  all  of  the  solidary  debtors  
payment  is  invalid  insofar  as  the  share  of  the  demanding  creditor,  in  case   may  be  made  to  pay  the  debt,  so  long  as  it  has  not  been  fully  collected.  
the  other  creditor  does  not  give  it.   • Thus,   proceedings   against   one   of   the   debtors   will   not   be   a   bar   to   any  
Ex.   A  is   liable   to  pay   B  and  C  ₱10,000.  If  B  demands  from  A,  A  must   further   proceedings   against   another,   provided   that   the   debt   is   still  
pay  to  B.   subsisting  (at  the  end  of  the  day,  if  the  debtors  still  owe  something,  then  
 If  A  pays  C,  B  is  still  entitled  to  his  share  from  A  in  case  C   they   must   pay   it   –   and   since   the   obligation   is   solidary,   the   creditor   can  
does  not  give  B  his  share.   claim  from  anyone.)  
• Atty.   Mel   disagrees   with   this   interpretation   –   collecting   payment   is   • Solidary   creditor   has   a   right   to   refuse   partial   payment   –   however,   if   he  
beneficial  to  the  other  creditors  and  thus  should  be  allowed.   does  accept  partial  payment  from  one  debtor,  this  does  not  bar  him  from  
• If   there   are   2   or   more   debtors,   only   the   debtor   upon   whom   demand   is   demanding  from  the  others  the  rest  of  the  obligation.  
made  is  bound  to  pay  to  the  specific  creditor  who  made  the  demand.  
  Art.  1217  –  Payment  by  Solidary  Debtors    
Payment  made  by  one  of  the  solidary  debtors  extinguishes  the  obligation.  If  two  or  
Art.  1215  –  Extinguishment  by  a  Solidary  Creditor     more  solidary  debtors  offer  to  pay,  the  creditor  may  choose  which  offer  to  accept.  
Novation,   compensation,   confusion   or   remission   of   the   debt,   made   by   any   of   the  
solidary  creditors  or  with  any  of  the  solidary  debtors,  shall  extinguish  the  obligation,   He   who   made   the   payment   may   claim   from   his   co-­‐debtors   only   the   share   which  
without  prejudice  to  the  provisions  of  Article  1219.   corresponds   to   each,   with   the   interest   for   the   payment   already   made.   If   the  
payment   is   made   before   the  debt  is  due,  no  interest  for  the  intervening  period  may  
The  creditor  who  may  have  executed  any  of  these  acts,  as  well  as  he  who  collects   be  demanded.  
the  debt,  shall  be  liable  to  the  others  for  the  share  in  the  obligation  corresponding  
to  them.  (1143)   When  one  of  the  solidary  debtors  cannot,  because  of  his  insolvency,  reimburse  his  
share   to   the   debtor   paying   the   obligation,   such   share   shall   be   borne   by   all   his   co-­‐
• These  are  modes  of  extinguishing  obligations,  to  be  discussed  in  the  next   debtors,  in  proportion  to  the  debt  of  each.  (1145a)  
title.  Briefly,  they  are:  
1. Novation  –  change  of  creditors,  debtors,  or  principal  condition.   • This   article   deals   with   the   effect   of   payment   by   solidary   debtors,   with  
2. Compensation   –   two   persons   are   creditors   and   debtors   of   each   regard  to  several  relationships.  
other.    
3. Confusion  –  creditor  and  debtor  are  merged  in  the  same  person.   1. Between  solidary  debtors  and  creditor(s)  
4. Remission  –  condonation  of  an  obligation.   • Payment   made   by   one   of   the   solidary   debtors   (payment   in   full)  
• Any   of   the   solidary   debtors   can   undertake   these   options   with   any   of   the   extinguishes  the  obligation.  
solidary  debtors,  and  thus  the  obligation  will  be  extinguished.  However,  he   • Creditor  is  given  a  right  to  choose  which  offer  to  accept,  if  there  
who  does  these  acts  will  be  liable  to  his  fellow  creditors  for  their  share  in   are  more  than  one  debtors  offering  to  pay.  
the  obligation.     2. Among  the  solidary  debtors  
• He   who   paid   the   debt   can   demand   reimbursement   from   his   co-­‐
Art.  1216  –  Rights  of  Creditor  Against  Solidary  Debtors     debtors   for   their   proportionate   shares   (with   legal   interest   from  
The  creditor  may  proceed  against  any  one  of  the  solidary  debtors  or  some  or  all  of   the  time  that  he  paid).  
them   simultaneously.   The   demand   made   against   one   of   them   shall   not   be   an   • When   one   of   the   debtors   cannot   reimburse   because   he   is  
obstacle  to  those  which  may  subsequently  be  directed  against  the  others,  so  long  as   insolvent,  the  other  debtors  will  pay  his  share,  in  proportion  with  
the  debt  has  not  been  fully  collected.  (1144a)   their  respective  debts.  
3. Among  the  solidary  creditors  

35  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o The   receiving   creditor   (the   person   who   was   paid)   is   jointly   liable    If  payment  was  made  BEFORE  remission,  A  is  liable  to  B  
to  the  others  for  their  corresponding  shares.   for  ₱500  because  the  remission  had  no  effect.  
 
Art.   1221   –   Loss   or   Impossibility   of   Prestation   in   Relation   to   Solidary  
Art.  1218  –  When  Payment  has  Prescribed  or  become  Illegal   Debtors  
Payment   by   a   solidary   debtor   shall   not   entitle   him   to   reimbursement   from   his   co-­‐ If   the   thing   has   been   lost   or   if   the   prestation   has   become   impossible   without   the  
debtors   if   such   payment   is   made   after   the   obligation   has   prescribed   or   become   fault  of  the  solidary  debtors,  the  obligation  shall  be  extinguished.  
illegal.  (n)  
If   there   was   fault   on   the   part   of   any   one   of   them,   all   shall   be   responsible   to   the  
• If   a   debtor   pays   after   the   obligation   is   prescribed   or   has   become   illegal,   creditor,  for  the  price  and  the  payment  of  damages  and  interest,  without  prejudice  
essentially,  he  is  paying  a  non-­‐existent  debt.   to  their  action  against  the  guilty  or  negligent  debtor.  
o Prescription   means   that   the   cause   of   action   has   already   lapsed  
and  ceased  to  exist.   If   through   a   fortuitous   event,   the   thing   is   lost   or   the   performance   has   become  
impossible   after   one   of   the   solidary   debtors   has   incurred   in   delay   through   the  
• Thus,   he   cannot   demand   that   his   co-­‐debtors   reimburse   him   for   their  
judicial   or   extrajudicial   demand   upon   him   by   the   creditor,   the   provisions   of   the  
shares.  
preceding  paragraph  shall  apply.  (1147a)  
Art.  1219  –  Remission  of  a  Solidary  Debtor’s  Liability  
• This  article  provides  rules  for  when  the  thing  to  be  delivered  is  lot,  or  when  
The  remission  made  by  the  creditor  of  the  share  which  affects  one  of  the  solidary  
the  prestation  becomes  impossible  to  comply  with.  
debtors  does  not  release  the  latter  from  his  responsibility  towards  the  co-­‐debtors,  
1. Loss   is   without   fault   of   debtors,   and   without   delay   –   obligation   is  
in   case   the   debt   had   been   totally   paid   by   anyone   of   them   before   the   remission   was  
extinguished.  
effected.  (1146a)  
2. If   with   fault   of   any   of   the   debtors   –   all   shall   be   liable   for   damages   with  
Art.  1220  –  Remission  of  the  Whole  Obligation   interest   without     prejudice   innocent   debtors   actions   against   the   guilty   or  
The   remission   of   the   whole   obligation,   obtained   by   one   of   the   solidary   debtors,   the  negligent  debtor.  
3. Loss  is  due  to  fault  of  a  solidary  debtor  
does  not  entitle  him  to  reimbursement  from  his  co-­‐debtors.  (n)  
Ex.   A,  B,  and  C  are  obliged  to  deliver  a  truck  worth  ₱15,000  to  D  
 If   it   is   lost   through   the   fault   of   C,   A   and   B   are   still  
• When   a   creditor   remits   the   debt   of   one   of   the   solidary   debtors,   the   effects  
responsible   to   D   for   the   price   of   the   truck   as   well   as  
depend  on  when  such  remission  was  done.  
damages.   (in   solidary   obligations,   the   fault/delay   of   one  
o If  the  creditor  remits  the  whole  debt  before  payment  was  made,  
of  the  debtors  is  the  fault/delay  of  all)  
the   person   who   convinced   the   creditor   to   remit   cannot   claim  
 A  and  B  can  recover  from  C  damages.    
anything  from  his  co-­‐debtors,  because  he  hasn’t  paid  anything.  
4. Loss  is  without  fault  but  after  delay  
o If   debt   had   been   paid   already,   and   the   creditor   is   convinced   to  
o D   can   recover   damages   from   the   innocent   debtors,   and   the  
condone   the   debt,   this   has   no   effect.   However,   the   debtor   who  
innocent   debtors   have   the   same   action   against   the   offending  
paid  can  still  go  after  his  other  co-­‐debtors  for  their  share.  
debtor  as  mentioned  in  the  previous  number.  
• This  article  is  only  applicable  when  there  is  one  creditor.  
o Because   one   of   them   was   in   default,   all   of   them   now   are  
Ex.   A  and  B  are  solidarily  liable  to  C  for  ₱1,000.  
responsible  even  for  a  fortuitous  event.  
 C  remits  A’s  share.  
 
 If  B  pays  C  ₱1,000,  he  cannot  go  after  A  for  ₱500.    
 
 C,  however,  has  to  return  ₱500  to  B.  

36  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1222  –  Solidary  Debtor’s  Defenses     • Divisible   obligation   –   an   obligation   whose   object,   in   its   delivery   or  
A  solidary  debtor  may,  in  actions  filed  by  the  creditor,  avail  himself  of  all  defenses   performance,  is  capable  of  partial  fulfillment  
which   are   derived   from   the   nature   of   the   obligation   and   of   those   which   are   • Indivisible  Obligation  –  not  capable  of  partial  fulfillment  
personal   to   him,   or   pertain   to   his   own   share.   With   respect   to   those   which   • Test   –   not   the   possibility   or   impossibility   of   partial   performance,   but  
personally  belong  to  the  others,  he  may  avail  himself  thereof  only  as  regards  that   rather,  the  purpose  of  the  obligation  or  the  intention  of  the  parties  
part  of  the  debt  for  which  the  latter  are  responsible.  (1148a)     o The   object/service   may   be   physically   divisible,   but   if   the  
parties/law  say  it  should  be  indivisible,  it’s  indivisible.  
• Defenses  available  to  a  solidary  debtor   o However,  if  physically  indivisible,  it’s  always  indivisible.  
1. Derived  from  the  nature  of  the  obligation   • This   article   says   that   the   “Nature   and   Effect   of   Obligations”   (arts   1163-­‐
1178)   are   also   applicable   to   these   kinds   of   obligations,   even   if   there   is   only  
Ex.   A   and   B   are   solidarily   liable   to   C   for   ₱4,000.   D   pays   this  
one  debtor  or  creditor.  
entire  debt.  
 If  C  sues  A,  A  can  raise  the  defense  of  payment.     Art.  1224  -­‐  Liabilities  in  Joint  Indivisible  Obligations  
 This  is  a  complete  defense  –  because  the   A   joint   indivisible   obligation   gives   rise   to   indemnity   for   damages   from   the   time  
obligation  is  nullified  and  extinguished   anyone   of   the   debtors   does   not   comply   with   his   undertaking.   The   debtors   who   may  
o Other  examples:   have   been   ready   to   fulfill   their   promises   shall   not   contribute   to   the   indemnity  
 Prescription   beyond   the   corresponding   portion   of   the   price   of   the   thing   or   of   the   value   of   the  
 Remission   service  in  which  the  obligation  consists.  (1150)  
 Fraud  
• Joint   Debtors   –   only   bound   to   perform   their   respective   portion.   In  
2. Personal  to  debtor  sued    
divisible,  this  is  easy  
o Insanity  at  the  time  the  obligation  was  contracted  (only  
• If  obligation   is  indivisible,   each   debtor   must   coordinate   with   his   co-­‐debtors  
with  respect  to  the  specific  insane  debtor)   for  the  fulfillment  of  the  obligation.  
o Incapacity   • A,   B,   and   C   are   required   to   give   a   computer   worth   ₱30,000   to   D,   but   when  
o Mistake   D  demands  payment,  only  C  unjustly  refuses  to  deliver.  
o Violence   o Obligation  is  then  turned  into  a  claim  for  damages,  as  well  as  the  
3. Personal  to  other  solidary  debtors   amount  of  the  computer.  
o A  and  B  are  liable  for  their  share  in  the  value  of  the  PC  (₱10,000  
 
each).  
o But  only  C  shall  be  liable  for  all  damages.  
SECTION  5.  -­‐  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations  
Art.  1225  –  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations  
      For   the   purposes   of   the   preceding   articles,   obligations   to   give   definite   things   and  
those   which   are   not   susceptible   of   partial   performance   shall   be   deemed   to   be  
Art.  1223  –  Nature  and  Effect  of  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations   indivisible.  
The   divisibility   or   indivisibility   of   the   things   that   are   the   object   of   obligations   in  
which  there  is  only  one  debtor  and  only  one  creditor  does  not  alter  or  modify  the   When  the  obligation  has  for  its  object  the  execution  of  a  certain  number  of  days  of  
provisions  of  Chapter  2  of  this  Title.  (1149)   work,  the  accomplishment  of  work  by  metrical  units,  or  analogous  things  which  by  
their  nature  are  susceptible  of  partial  performance,  it  shall  be  divisible.  

37  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
However,   even   though   the   object   or   service   may   be   physically   divisible,   an    Indivisible  –  A  promises  not  to  sell  cigarettes  for  one  year  –  the  
obligation  is  indivisible  if  so  provided  by  law  or  intended  by  the  parties.   performance  is  continuous.  
 Divisible  –  A  promises  not  to  sell  cigarettes  during  Sundays  and  
In   obligations   not   to   do,   divisibility   or   indivisibility   shall   be   determined   by   the   holidays  –  performance  is  NOT  continuous  
character  of  the  prestation  in  each  particular  case.  (1151a)     o Generally,  “to  do”  and  “not  to  do”  are  indivisible  (except  “to  do”  
mentioned  above).  
• This   article   deems   some   obligations   indivisible,   and   others,   divisible.   It   lays    
down  the  general  rule.  
• Again,  the  purpose  of  the  obligation  is  the  controlling  circumstance.   SECTION  6.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Penal  Clause  
 
A. Obligations  deemed  indivisible:    
1. Obligations  to  give  definite  things  –  a  particular  electric  fan  
2. Obligations   which   are   not   susceptible   of   partial   performance   –   Art.  1226  –  Definition  of  Oblig  with  Penal  Clause    
to  sing  a  song,  to  dance  a  dance   In   obligations   with   a   penal   clause,   the   penalty   shall   substitute   the   indemnity   for  
3. Obligations  provided  by  law  to  be  indivisible  –  payment  of  taxes   damages   and   the   payment   of   interests   in   case   of   noncompliance,   if   there   is   no  
4. Obligations  intended  by  parties  to  be  indivisible,  even  if  the  thing   stipulation   to   the   contrary.   Nevertheless,   damages   shall   be   paid   if   the   obligor  
is  physically  divisible:   refuses  to  pay  the  penalty  or  is  guilty  of  fraud  in  the  fulfillment  of  the  obligation.  
 “Pay  me  ₱2,000  on  January  5.”  
 The  intention  is  clear  –  the  ₱2,000  should  be  delivered  at   The   penalty   may   be   enforced   only   when   it   is   demandable   in   accordance   with   the  
one  time  and  as  a  whole   provisions  of  this  Code.  (1152a)  
 De   Leon:   Suppose   there   are   2   debtors,   is   the   obligation  
still  indivisible?  YES   • SSS   v.   Moonwalk   –   a   penal   clause   is   “an   accessory   obligation   which   the  
o It  is  divisible  as  to  the  two  debtors,  because  they   parties   attach   to   a   principal   obligation   for   the   purpose   of   insuring   the  
can  deliver  it  in  parts   performance   thereof   by   imposing   on   the   debtor   a   special   prestation  
o However,   as   far   as   creditor   is   concerned,   the   (generally  consisting  in  the  payment  of  money)  in  case  the  obligation  is  not  
money   should   be   delivered   as   a   whole   and   is   fulfilled  or  irregularly  or  inadequately  fulfilled.  
thus   indivisible   –   intention   of   the   parties   is   • Obligation   with   a   penal   clause   –   is   one   which   contains   an   accessory  
controlling   undertaking  to  pay  a  previously  stipulated  indemnity  in  case  of  breach  of  
B. Obligations  deemed  divisible:   the  principal  prestation,  intended  primarily  to  induce  its  fulfillment.  
o Obligations  which  have  for  their  object  the  execution  of  a  certain   • Purposes  of  penal  clauses:    
number   of   days   of   work   –   “Paint   my   house   and   finish   within   10   o To  insure  performance  
days.”   o To  substitute  a  penalty  for  the  indemnity  of  damages/payment  of  
o Obligations   which   have   for   their   object   the   accomplishment   of   interest  
work   by   metrical   units.   –   “Make   a   table   3   feet   wide   and   5   feet   o To  punish  the  debtor  
long”   • Kinds  of  Penal  Clause:  
o Obligations   which   by   their   nature   are   susceptible   of   partial   a. As  to  Origin  
performance  –  Obligation  to  render  3  song  numbers,  obligation  to   1. Legal  penal  Clause  –  provided  by  law  
pay  money  in  installments.   2. Conventional   Penal  Clause  –  provided  for  by  stipulation  
C. Divisibility/Indivisiblity  of  obligations  not  to  do   of  the  parties  
o Character  of  the  prestation  in  the  particular  case  shall  determine   b. As  to  Purpose  

38  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
1. Compensatory  –  penalty  takes  place  of  damages   Art.  1228  –  Proof  is  Not  Necessary  
2. Punitive  –  imposed  as  a  penalty/punishment  for  breach   Proof  of  actual  damages  suffered  by  the  creditor  is  not  necessary  in  order  that  the  
c. As  to  demandability/effect   penalty  may  be  demanded.  (n)  
1. Subsidiary/Alternative   –   only   the   penalty   can   be  
enforced   Art.  1229  –  Court  Intervention  
2. Joint/Cumulative  –  both  principal  obligation  and  penalty   The  judge  shall  equitably  reduce  the  penalty  when  the  principal  obligation  has  been  
can  be  enforced   partly   or   irregularly   complied   with   by   the   debtor.   Even   if   there   has   been   no  
• General   Rule   –   in   obligations   with   a   penal   clause,   the   penalty   takes   the   performance,   the   penalty   may   also   be   reduced   by   the   courts   if   it   is   iniquitous   or  
place  of  damages  and  the  payment  of  interest  in  case  of  non-­‐compliance.     unconscionable.  (1154a)  
• Thus,   proof   of   actual   damage   suffered   is   not   necessary   to   enforce   the  
penalty  as  long  as  there  is  non-­‐compliance.     • One  of  the  cases  where  the  court  steps  in  between  the  parties.  
• Creditor  may  recover  damages  in  addition  to  the  penalty:   • If   the   penalty   is   so   unconscionable,   then   the   court   may  temper,   reduce,   or  
1. When  so  stipulated   delete  it.  
2. When  obligor  refuses  to  pay  the  penalty   • If   penalty   clause   is   so   unconscionable   that   its   enforcement   would  
3. When  obligor  is  guilty  of  fraud  in  the  fulfillment  of  the  obligation  –   constitute  an  undue  deprivation  or  confiscation  of  property,  the  courts  can  
creditor  can  recover  damages  caused  by  such  fraud.   strike  it  down  as  invalid.  

Art.  1227  –  Penalty  and  Fulfillment   Art.  1230  –  Nullity  of  the  Penal  Clause  
The   debtor   cannot   exempt   himself   from   the   performance   of   the   obligation   by    The  nullity  of  the  penal  clause  does  not  carry  with  it  that  of  the  principal  obligation.  
paying  the  penalty,  save  in  the  case  where  this  right  has  been  expressly  reserved  for  
him.   Neither   can   the   creditor   demand   the   fulfillment   of   the   obligation   and   the   The  nullity  of  the  principal  obligation  carries  with  it  that  of  the  penal  clause.  (1155)    
satisfaction   of   the   penalty   at   the   same   time,   unless   this   right   has   been   clearly  
granted   him.   However,   if   after   the   creditor   has   decided   to   require   the   fulfillment   of   • If  the  penal  clause  is  null,  the  original  obligation  still  persists.  
the   obligation,   the   performance   thereof   should   become   impossible   without   his   • If  the  original  obligation  is  null,  the  penal  clause  is  null  as  well.  
fault,  the  penalty  may  be  enforced.  (1153a)  

• Penalty  is  an  accessory  obligation,  not  a  substitute.  


   
• Debtor  cannot  merely  pay  the  penalty  instead  of  performing  the  obligation  
in  order  to  extinguish  the  obligation.  (as  always,  however,  the  parties  can  
stipulate  otherwise)  
• Creditor   cannot   demand   fulfillment   of   obligation   and   payment   of   penalty  
at  the  same  time  (unless  stipulated)  
• Penalty  may  be  enforced  if,  after  creditor  demands  fulfillment,  it  becomes  
impossible  without  fault  of  the  creditor.  
• If   the   creditor   requires   the   obligation   to   be   fulfilled,   and   performance  
becomes  impossible  without  his  or  her  fault,  the  penalty  may  be  imposed.  
 
 

39  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Chapter  4:  Extinguishment  of  Obligations   o Receipt  of  principal  without  reservation  as  to  interest  gives  rise  to  
presumption  of  payment  of  interest.  
o Receipt   of   a   later   instalment   without   reservation   as   to   a   prior  
GENERAL  PROVISIONS   installment  gives  rise  to  the  presumption  of  payment  of  the  prior  
installment.  
      • Burden   of   proof   to   show   payment,   once   debt   is   established,   is   on   the  
debtor.  
• Payment  and  performance  are  synonymous.  
Art.  1231  –  Modes  of  Extinguishment  
Obligations  are  extinguished:  
Art.  1233  -­‐  Payment  must  be  Complete  
(1)  By  payment  or  performance:   A   debt   shall   not   be   understood   to   have   been   paid   unless   the   thing   or   service   in  
(2)  By  the  loss  of  the  thing  due:   which   the   obligation   consists   has   been   completely   delivered   or   rendered,   as   the  
(3)  By  the  condonation  or  remission  of  the  debt;   case  may  be.  (1157)  
(4)  By  the  confusion  or  merger  of  the  rights  of  creditor  and  debtor;  
(5)  By  compensation;   • Payment  –  full  satisfaction  of  the  debt/obligation  
(6)  By  novation.   o everything   that   is   necessary   to   satisfy   the   obligation,   consistent  
with  the  object  of  the  same.  
Other   causes   of   extinguishment   of   obligations,   such   as   annulment,   rescission,   • Anything   less   than   complete   performance   may   be   considered   to   be   a  
fulfillment   of   a   resolutory   condition,   and   prescription,   are   governed   elsewhere   in   breach.  
this  Code.  (1156a)    
Art.  1234  –  Substantial  Performance  in  Good  Faith  
• Provides  modes  by  which  obligations  can  be  extinguished.     If   the   obligation   has   been   substantially   performed   in   good   faith,   the   obligor   may  
• Death   does   not   extinguish   an   obligation   unless   such   is   personal   or   recover   as   though   there   had   been   a   strict   and   complete   fulfillment,   less   damages  
intransmissible   suffered  by  the  obligee.  (n)  
 
• First  Exception  –  substantial  performance      
o Generally,  anything  less  than  complete  =  breach  
SECTION  1.  -­‐  Payment  or  Performance   • In   this   case,   there   is   substantial   fulfillment   –   the   breach   is   not   material  
enough  to  compel  the  creditor  to  rescind.  
 
o Thus,  the  unperformed  part  should  not  destroy  the  value/purpose  
of  the  contract.  
Art.  1232  –  Payment  Defined   • Debtor  may  recover  as  if  there  had  been  a  strict  and  complete  fulfillment,  
Payment   means   not   only   the   delivery   of   money   but   also   the   performance,   in   any   less  damages  suffered  by  creditor.  
other  manner,  of  an  obligation.  (n)   o Creditor   is   benefitted   by   the   substantial   performance,   so   the  
obligor  should  be  allowed  to  recover.  
• Payment  is  not  exclusively  limited  to  giving  of  money   o The  damages  are  compensation  for  the  relative  breach  committed  
• Payment  is  any  manner  of  performing  the  obligation  with  the  end  in  view   by  obligor.  
of  extinguishing  it.   • Pagsibigan   v.   CA   –   the   debtor,   because   of   high   interest   rate   and   several  
• Certain  presumptions  are  made  in  favor  of  payment   penalty   charges,   had   effectively   paid   more   than   the   original   amount   of   the  

40  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
loan.   –   SC   ruled   that   there   was   substantial   compliance.   Thus,   debtor   was   Art.  1237  –  No  Subrogation  
released  from  his  mortgage  –  “debtor  may  recover  as  if…”   Whoever   pays   on   behalf   of   the   debtor   without   the   knowledge   or   against   the   will   of  
the  latter,  cannot  compel  the  creditor  to  subrogate  him  in  his  rights,  such  as  those  
Art.  1235  –  Creditor  Accepts  Incompleteness  or  Irregularity   arising  from  a  mortgage,  guaranty,  or  penalty.  (1159a)  
When   the   obligee   accepts   the   performance,   knowing   its   incompleteness   or  
irregularity,   and   without   expressing   any   protest   or   objection,   the   obligation   is   Art.  1238  -­‐  Donation  
deemed  fully  complied  with.  (n)   Payment   made   by   a   third   person   who   does   not   intend   to   be   reimbursed   by   the  
debtor   is   deemed   to   be   a   donation,   which   requires   the   debtor's   consent.   But   the  
• Second   Exception   –   the   creditor   waives   the   damages   arising   from   the   payment  is  in  any  case  valid  as  to  the  creditor  who  has  accepted  it.  (n)  
breach  of  contract  resulting  in  the  incompleteness/irregularity.    
• He   must   express   his   objection,   because   if   not,   he   accepts   the   performance   • People  whose  payment  the  creditor  is  bound  to  accept:  
as  fully  complied  with.   1. The  debtor  
Esguerra  v.  Villanueva   2. Any  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  obligation  (ex.  Guarantor)  
o Debtor   said   that   since   creditor   received   partial   payments,   he   3. A  third  person  uninterested  in  the  obligation,  WHEN  STIPULATED.  
rd
accepted   partial   performance   and   thus   the   obligation   should   be   • Payment   by   a   3   person   –   several   situations   may   arise.   These   will  
considered  complied  with   determine  whether  the  third  person  becomes  a  creditor  as  to  the  original  
o SC:  “receipt”  is  not  equivalent  to  “acceptance.”   debtor.  
o Mere   receipt   is   not   enough   to   constitute   acceptance   –   in   fact,   1. Third   person   pays   without   knowledge   or   against   the   will   of   the  
creditor  actually  manifested  their  dissatisfaction   debtor  
o No  particular  manner  prescribed  for  the  creditor’s  objection  –  so   o The   third   person   can   only   recover   from   the   debtor   to   the  
long   as   the   acts   of   the   creditor   at   the   time   of   the   irregular   extent  that  the  debtor  is  benefitted.  
payment  show  that  the  former  is  not  satisfied.     o What  is  beneficial  to  the  debtor  is  determined  by  law  and  not  
Tayag  v.  CA   the  will  of  the  debtor.  
o Sellers  accepted  numerous  payments  in  installment  after  the  due   Ex.  A  owed  B  ₱500,000  secured  by  a  mortgage.  
date,   without   any   protest,   it   was   even   the   buyers   (debtors)   who    C  pays  B  without  knowledge/against  the  will  of  A.  
filed  a  case  for  performance  of  the  sale  –  SC  held  that  these  acts    C   can   recover   the   ₱500,000,   but   he   does   not   acquire  
were  clearly  a  waiver  of  the  right  to  rescind   the   right   to   the   mortgage   –   he   cannot   foreclose   on   the  
property.  
Art.  1236  –  Payment  by  a  Third  Person   2. Third   person   pays   with   knowledge,   but   against   the   will   of   the  
The  creditor  is  not  bound  to  accept  payment  or  performance  by  a  third  person  who   debtor  –  same  as  above  
has   no   interest   in   the   fulfillment   of   the   obligation,   unless   there   is   a   stipulation   to   3. Third  person  pays  with  knowledge  and  consent  of  the  debtor    
the  contrary.   o Third  person  can  recover  the  amount  he  paid  to  the  creditor.  
o He   may   also   compel   the   creditor   to   transfer   to   him   any  
Whoever  pays  for  another  may  demand  from  the  debtor  what  he  has  paid,  except   mortgage,  guaranty  or  penalty  
that   if   he   paid   without   the   knowledge   or   against   the   will   of   the   debtor,   he   can   o There  is  legal  subrogation  here.  
recover  only  insofar  as  the  payment  has  been  beneficial  to  the  debtor.  (1158a)   4. Creditor   accepts   payment   from   third   person,   because   its  
stipulated   –   same   as   previous,   because   obviously   the   debtor  
  agrees  with  such  payment.  
5. Third   person   pays   creditor   without   intending   to   be   reimbursed  
 
by  the  debtor  
41  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Obligation   is   extinguished,   regardless   of   the   debtor’s   Art.  1241  –  Payment  to  Incapacitated  or  Third  Persons  
consent.   Payment  to  a  person  who  is  incapacitated  to  administer  his  property  shall  be  valid  if  
o It’s  treated  as  a  donation.   he   has   kept   the   thing   delivered,   or   insofar   as   the   payment   has   been   beneficial   to  
him.  
Art.  1239  –  Payment  by  an  Incapacitated  Person  
In  obligations  to  give,  payment  made  by  one  who  does  not  have  the  free  disposal  of   Payment  made  to  a  third  person  shall  also  be  valid  insofar  as  it  has  redounded  to  
the   thing   due   and   capacity   to   alienate   it   shall   not   be  valid,  without  prejudice  to  the   the  benefit  of  the  creditor.  Such  benefit  to  the  creditor  need  not  be  proved  in  the  
provisions  of  Article  1427  under  the  Title  on  "Natural  Obligations."  (1160a)   following  cases:  
(1)  If  after  the  payment,  the  third  person  acquires  the  creditor's  rights;  
• “Free  Disposal  of  the  Thing”  –  the  thing  must  not  be  subject  to  any  claim   (2)  If  the  creditor  ratifies  the  payment  to  the  third  person;  
or  lien  or  encumbrance  of  a  third  person.   (3)   If   by   the   creditor's   conduct,   the   debtor   has   been   led   to   believe   that   the   third  
• “Capacity  to  alienate”  –  person  is  not  incapacitated  to  enter  into  contracts   person  had  authority  to  receive  the  payment.  (1163a)  
and  to  make  a  disposition  of  the  thing  due.  
• Thus,  payments  by  any  person  not  possessing  these  qualities  is  invalid.     • Effect  of  payment  to  an  incapacitated  person    
o Exception:   People   17   years   old   and   below   who   enter   into   a   o not   valid,   unless   such   person   keeps   the   thing   paid   or   delivered,   or  
contract   without   the   consent   of   their   parent/guardian,   and   who   was  benefitted  by  the  payment  
pay   voluntarily   to   fulfill   the   obligation   have   no   right   to   recover   Ex.   If  A  gives  to  B,  a  minor,  1000  in  payment  of  the  debt,  and  C  
from   the   creditor   who   has   spent   it   in   good   faith.   (based   on   Art.   loses   700   because   of   negligence   –   the   payment   should   be  
1427  of  Civil  Code  and  234  and  236  of  the  Family  Code)   considered  made  only  to  the  extent  of  300.  
 If   B   keeps   the   money,   or   spent   it   on   purposes   useful   to   him   –  
Art.  1240  –  To  Whom  Payment  Should  be  Made   payment  shall  be  valid  
Payment   shall   be   made   to   the   person   in   whose   favor   the   obligation   has   been   • Effect  of  payment  to  a  third  person  
constituted,   or   his   successor   in   interest,   or   any   person   authorized   to   receive   it.   o Not   valid,   except   insofar   as   it   has   redounded   to   the   benefit   of   the  
(1162a)   creditor.  
o Thus  benefit  is  not  presumed  and  must  be  proven  by  evidence.  
• Payment  should  only  be  paid  to     o Exceptions  –  when  it  need  not  be  proven  (S.R.E.)  
o The  creditor   1. Subrogation   -­‐   If   after   the   payment,   the   3rd   person   acquires  
o His  successors  in  interest   the  creditor’s  rights    
o Any  person  authorized  to  receive  it.   • A   owed   B   1000.   He   does   not   pay   on   due   date,   so   B  
 Authorized  by  the  creditor   adds  100  as  interest.  
 Authorized  by  the  law   • A  pays  X,  a  third  person,  the  1000.  
• Payment  made  to  a  third  person,  even  if  through  error  and  good  faith  does   • If  B  empowers  X  to  collect  the  P100  interest  for  himself  
not  release  debtor  of  obligation  to  pay.  Creditor  can  still  demand  payment.   (X),   then   the   benefit   to   the   creditor   need   not   be  
o If   it   becomes   impossible   to   recover,   any   loss   shall   be   borne   by   the   proven.    
deceived  debtor   2. Ratification  by  the  creditor  
3. Estoppel  on  the  part  of  the  creditor  
  • B  tells  A  that  he  can  pay  X  the  indebtedness.  
• B  cannot  disclaim  the  payment  to  X.  
  •  

42  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1242  –  Payment  to  Possessor  of  Credit   3. There   must   be   an   agreement   between   creditor   and   debtor   that  
Payment  made  in  good  faith  to  any  person  in  possession  of  the  credit  shall  release   the  obligation  is  immediately  extinguished.  
the  debtor.  (1164)   • If  thing  is  of  less  value  –  for  example,  the  piano  
o The  debt  is  extinguished  to  the  extent  of  the  value  of  the  thing.  
o Unless  the  parties  agree  that  the  whole  obligation  is  extinguished.  
• A  person  in  possession  of  the  credit  is  presumed  to  own  the  credit.  
 
• The  examples  about  “to  bearer”  checks  fall  under  this  article.  

Art.  1246  –  Delivery  of  a  Generic  Thing  


Art.  1243  –  Judicial  Order  to  Retain  the  Debt  
When   the   obligation   consists   in   the   delivery   of   an   indeterminate   or   generic   thing,  
Payment   made   to   the   creditor   by   the   debtor   after   the   latter   has   been   judicially  
whose  quality  and  circumstances  have  not  been  stated,  the  creditor  cannot  demand  
ordered  to  retain  the  debt  shall  not  be  valid.  (1165)  
a   thing   of   superior   quality.   Neither   can   the   debtor   deliver   a   thing   of   inferior   quality.  
The   purpose   of   the   obligation   and   other   circumstances   shall   be   taken   into  
• The  debtor  is  prohibited  from  paying  a  creditor  if  the  court  prohibits  him  
consideration.  (1167a)  
from  doing  so  –  if  he  does,  such  is  invalid  
• The  purpose  –  to  protect  other  creditors  of  the  debtor  
• Rule  of  Medium  Quality  
o Creditor  cannot  demand  the  best.  
Art.  1244  –  Creditor  Cannot  be  Compelled  to  Receive  a  Different  Thing   o Debtor  cannot  give  the  worst.  
The   debtor   of   a   thing   cannot   compel   the   creditor   to   receive   a   different   one,   • What   is   delivered   should   be   consistent   with   the   purpose   and   goal   of   the  
although  the  latter  may  be  of  the  same  value  as,  or  more  valuable  than  that  which   obligation.  
is  due.   o Rent  a  car  to  be  used  in  a  simple  wedding  
o Creditor  cannot  demand  a  Rolls-­‐Royce  that  debtor  cannot  afford  
In   obligations   to   do   or   not   to   do,   an   act   or   forbearance   cannot   be   substituted   by  
o Obligor  cannot  give  a  crap  Kia  Pride  that  does  not  brake.  
another  act  or  forbearance  against  the  obligee's  will.  (1166a)  

• Debtor  has  no  choice  in  the  payment  except  to  give  what  is  agreed  upon.  
Art.  1247  –  Extrajudicial  Expenses  
o Unless  the  obligation  is  facultative/alternative.   Unless   it   is   otherwise   stipulated,   the   extrajudicial   expenses   required   by   the  
payment   shall   be   for   the   account   of   the   debtor.   With   regard   to   judicial   costs,   the  
Rules  of  Court  shall  govern.  (1168a)  
Art.  1245  –  Dation  in  Payment  
Dation  in  payment,  whereby  property  is  alienated  to  the  creditor  in  satisfaction  of  a  
• Principal   behind   this   is   that   the   creditor   usually   is   the   beneficiary   of   the  
debt  in  money,  shall  be  governed  by  the  law  of  sales.  (n)  
obligation  
• Thus,   it   is   the   debtor   who   does   service,   and   must   bear   any   extra-­‐judicial  
• Dation  in  payment  /  dacion  en  pago  –  conveyance  of  ownership  of  a  thing  
costs  in  his  performance.  
as  an  accepted  equivalent  or  performance.  
Ex.   D  owes  C  ₱30,000.  To  fulfill  this  obligation,  D,  with  consent  of  C,  
delivers  a  piano.     Art.  1248  –  Partial  Receipt  and  Payment  
Unless   there   is   an   express   stipulation   to   that   effect,   the   creditor   cannot   be  
• Requisites  of  dation  in  payment:  (P.D.A.)  
compelled   partially   to   receive   the   prestations   in   which   the   obligation   consists.  
1. The  performance  of  the  prestation  in  lieu  of  payment  
Neither  may  the  debtor  be  required  to  make  partial  payments.  
 Delivery  of  a  realy  thing,  or  a  real  right,  or  a  credit  
2. There   must   be   some   difference   between   the   prestation   due   and  
that  given  in  substitution  
43  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
However,  when  the  debt  is  in  part  liquidated  and  in  part  unliquidated,  the  creditor   • Legal  Tender  –  that  currency  which  a  debtor  can  legally  compel  a  creditor  
may  demand  and  the  debtor  may  effect  the  payment  of  the  former  without  waiting   to  accept  in  payment  of  a  debt  in  money  when  tendered  by  debtor  in  the  
for  the  liquidation  of  the  latter.  (1169a)   right  amount.  
o Debts  in  money  shall  be  paid  in  the  currency  stipulated.  
• This   contemplates   obligations   where   there   is   only   one   creditor   and   only   o If   impossible   to   deliver   such   currency,   or   in   the   absence   of  
one  debtor.   stipulation,   the   default   is   that   payment   shall   be   made   in   the  
currency   which   is   legal   tender   in   the   Philippines.   (all   coins   and  
• General  rule  –  payment  must  be  in  full  in  order  to  extinguish  an  obligation.  
o Creditor   may   accept   partial   performance,   but   he   may   not   be   notes  issued  by  the  Bangko  Sentral  ng  Pilipinas)  
compelled  to.   • Payment   by   means   of   instruments   of   credits   –   do   not   extinguish   the  
o Debtor  should  fulfill  the  obligation,  but  he  cannot  be  required  to   obligation  until:    
make  partial  payments.   o They  have  been  cashed.  
o They  have  been  impaired  through  the  fault  of  the  creditor.  
• When  is  partial  performance  allowed:     rd
1. Express  stipulation  in  the  obligation    Applicable   only   to   instruments   executed   by   3   persons   and  
2. Debt  is  part  liquidated  (computed)  and  in  part  unliquidated   delivered  by  debtor  to  creditor  
 Does  not  apply  to  instruments  executed  by  debtor  himself  and  
Ex.  The  obligation  is  to  deliver  ₱1,000,  and  whatever  debtor  gets  
from  his  father’s  estate.   delivered  to  creditor  
 He   can   give   the   ₱1,000   first   without   waiting   for   the   • Bill  of  exchange  –  unconditional  order  in  writing  addressed  by  one  person  
determination  of  his  inheritance.   to  another,  signed  by  the  person  giving  it,  requiring  the  addresee  to  pay  on  
3. If  creditor  accept  such  payment  and  benefits  from  it   demand  a  sum  certain  in  money  to  the  bearer.    
4. When   the   different   prestations   in   which   the   obligation   consists   o A   check   is   a   bill   of   exchange   addressed   to   the   bank,   payable   on  
are   subject   to   different   terms   or   conditions   which   affect   some   of   demand.  
them.    If   payment   is   tendered   by   way   of   check,   and   the   obligee  
Ex.  Obligation  to  pay  debt  in  installments   accepts,  such  obligee  is  estopped  from  questioning  the  efficacy  
 Prestations   (each   installment)   need   not   be   given   of  such  tender  
simultaneously.  
  Art.  1250  –  Inflation  or  Deflation  
In   case   an   extraordinary   inflation   or   deflation   of   the   currency   stipulated   should  
Art.  1249  –  Currency  and  Legal  Tender   supervene,   the   value   of   the   currency   at   the   time   of   the   establishment   of   the  
The  payment  of  debts  in  money  shall  be  made  in  the  currency  stipulated,  and  if  it  is   obligation   shall   be   the   basis   of   payment,   unless   there   is   an   agreement   to   the  
not  possible  to  deliver  such  currency,  then  in  the  currency  which  is  legal  tender  in   contrary.  (n)  
the  Philippines.  
• Extraodrinary  Inflation  –  a  decrease  or  increase  in  the  purchasing  power  of  
The   delivery   of   promissory   notes   payable   to   order,   or   bills   of   exchange   or   other   the   Philippine   currency   which   is   unusual   or   beyond   the   common  
mercantile   documents   shall   produce   the   effect   of   payment   only   when   they   have   fluctuation  of  the  value  of  the  said  currency,  and  such  decrease  or  increase  
been  cashed,  or  when  through  the  fault  of  the  creditor  they  have  been  impaired.   could   not   have   been   foreseen,   or   was   beyond   contemplation   of   the  
parties.  
In  the  meantime,  the  action  derived  from  the  original  obligation  shall  be  held  in  the   o Cannot   be   applied   without   an   official   declaration   from   competent  
abeyance.  (1170)   authorities.  
o Applies  only  to  cases  where  a  contract/agreement  is  involved.  
o Does  not  apply  when  obligation  to  pay  is  derived  from  law.  
44  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1251  –  Place  of  Payment   • These  apply  to  a  person  who  has  several  debts  of  the  same  kind  to  a  single  
Payment  shall  be  made  in  the  place  designated  in  the  obligation.   creditor.  
• When  a  person  pays,  he  is  given  the  choice  to  which  debt  the  payment  is  
There  being  no  express  stipulation  and  if  the  undertaking  is  to  deliver  a  determinate   applied.  
thing,  the  payment  shall  be  made  wherever  the  thing  might  be  at  the  moment  the   • The  payments  must  still  conform  to  the  rules  given  in  the  previous  articles  
obligation  was  constituted.   o Creditor   can   refuse   if   the   payment   is   applied   to   a   debt   that   would  
only  be  partially  fulfilled  
In  any  other  case  the  place  of  payment  shall  be  the  domicile  of  the  debtor.   • Application  of  payments  cannot  be  made  on  debts  which  are  not  yet  due.  
1. Unless  parties  agree  
If   the   debtor   changes   his   domicile   in   bad   faith   or   after   he   has   incurred   in   delay,   the   2. Payment   is   made   by   the   party   for   whose   benefit   the   term   has  
additional  expenses  shall  be  borne  by  him.   been  constituted  
Ex.   A   owes   B   ₱1,000   pesos,   and   such   debt   will   not   incur  
These  provisions  are  without  prejudice  to  venue  under  the  Rules  of  Court.  (1171a)    
interest   before   a   certain   date,   the   term   is   constituted   for  
the  debtor’s  benefit.  
• Provides  where  to  pay  in  order  to  ensure  certainty  in  payment.   3. If  the  debtor  receives  and  accepts  a  receipt  for  the  application  he  
1. If  there  is  a  stipulated  place,  then  it  shall  be  made  there.  
cannot  complain  about  where  it  was  applied.  
2. If   there   is   no   stipulation,   and   the   thing   is   determinate,   payment  
shall  be  made  where  the  thing  was  at  the  time  of  the  perfection  of  
the  contract  
Art.  1253  -­‐  Interest  
If  the  debt  produces  interest,  payment  of  the  principal  shall  not  be  deemed  to  have  
3. No  stipulation,  generic  thing  –  domicile  of  the  debtor  
 Domicile   –   a   person’s   place   of   habitual   residence;     true   fixed   been  made  until  the  interests  have  been  covered.  (1173)  
permanent  home;  he  has  the  intention  of  returning  
 Costs   shall   be   borne   by   by   the   creditor   in   going   to   the   domicile,   • This  is  only  directory  and  not  mandatory.  
unless  such  has  been  changed  in  bad  faith,  or  unless  debtor  is  in   • Payment  of  both  interest  and  principal  –  two  payments  by  the  debtor.  
delay   • This   article   is   why   the   presumption   of   payment   of   interest   arises   when   the  
principal  is  received  by  the  creditor.  
SUBSECTION  1.  -­‐  Application  of  Payments   • Right  to  apply  payment  to  interest  first  can  be  waived.  
     
Art.  1254  –  Most  Onerous  Debt  
Art.  1252  –  Application  of  Payments   When  the  payment  cannot  be  applied  in  accordance  with  the  preceding  rules,  or  if  
He  who  has  various  debts  of  the  same  kind  in  favor  of  one  and  the  same  creditor,   application   cannot   be   inferred   from   other   circumstances,   the   debt   which   is   most  
may  declare  at  the  time  of  making  the  payment,  to  which  of  them  the  same  must   onerous  to  the  debtor,  among  those  due,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  satisfied.  
be   applied.   Unless   the   parties   so   stipulate,   or   when   the   application   of   payment   is  
made   by   the   party   for   whose   benefit   the   term   has   been   constituted,   application   If  the  debts  due  are  of  the  same  nature  and  burden,  the  payment  shall  be  applied  to  
shall  not  be  made  as  to  debts  which  are  not  yet  due.   all  of  them  proportionately.  (1174a)    

If   the   debtor   accepts   from   the   creditor   a   receipt   in   which   an   application   of   the   • If  there  is  no  indication  as  to  which  debt  the  payment  goes  to  –  it  goes  to  
payment  is  made,  the  former  cannot  complain  of  the  same,  unless  there  is  a  cause   the  most  onerous,  provided  it  is  due.  
for  invalidating  the  contract.  (1172a)   o “Onerous”  –  indebtedness  which  exacts  the  heaviest  burden    

45  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Ex.   A   debt   with   interest   is   more   onerous   than   one   without   • Effect  of  Cession  
interest.   o Unless  otherwise  stipulated,  creditors  do  now  become  owners.  
• Same  nature  and  burden  -­‐  there  is  no  “most  onerous”   o Debtor  is  only  released  up  to  the  net  proceeds  of  the  sale.  
o Payment  shall  be  applied  to  all  proportionally.    If  his  properties,  when  sold,  don’t  raise  enough  money,  he  still  
Ex.   A   owes   B   three   debts   totalling   ₱30,000,   and   he   gives   ₱9,000   has  a  debt  to  pay  
without  saying  where  it  will  go.    
 Each  debt  will  be  reduced  by  ₱3,000.  
Ex.   A   owes   B   ₱10,000,   20K,   and   ₱30,000.   He   pays   ₱6,000   –   the   SUBSECTION  3.  -­‐  Tender  of  Payment  and  Consignation  
proportion  is  1:2:3.        
 ₱1,000  applied  to  the  ₱10,000  debt,  ₱2,000  to  the  ₱20,000,  and  
₱3,000  to  the  ₱30,000.   Art.  1256  –  Tender  of  Payment  and  Consignment  
If   the   creditor   to   whom   tender   of   payment   has   been   made   refuses   without   just  
  cause   to   accept   it,   the   debtor   shall   be   released   from   responsibility   by   the  
consignation  of  the  thing  or  sum  due.  
SUBSECTION  2.  -­‐  Payment  by  Cession  
  Consignation  alone  shall  produce  the  same  effect  in  the  following  cases:  

Art.  1255  -­‐  Cession   (1)   When   the   creditor   is   absent   or   unknown,   or   does   not   appear   at   the   place   of  
The  debtor  may  cede  or  assign  his  property  to  his  creditors  in  payment  of  his  debts.   payment;  
This  cession,  unless  there  is  stipulation  to  the  contrary,  shall  only  release  the  debtor   (2)  When  he  is  incapacitated  to  receive  the  payment  at  the  time  it  is  due;  
from   responsibility   for   the   net   proceeds   of   the   thing   assigned.   The   agreements   (3)  When,  without  just  cause,  he  refuses  to  give  a  receipt;  
which,   on   the   effect   of   the   cession,   are   made   between   the   debtor   and   his   creditors   (4)  When  two  or  more  persons  claim  the  same  right  to  collect;  
(5)  When  the  title  of  the  obligation  has  been  lost.  (1176a)  
shall  be  governed  by  special  laws.  (1175a)    
Art.  1257  -­‐  Announcement  
• Payment  by  Cession     In  order  that  the  consignation  of  the  thing  due  may  release  the  obligor,  it  must  first  
o Special  form  of  payment  
be  announced  to  the  persons  interested  in  the  fulfillment  of  the  obligation.  
o Assignment/abandonment   of   all   the   properties   of   the   debtor   for  
the  benefit  of  his  creditors.   The  consignation  shall  be  ineffectual  if  it  is  not  made  strictly  in  consonance  with  the  
 Only   the   properties   which   are   susceptible   and   not   exempted   by   provisions  which  regulate  payment.  (1177)  
law  from  being  alienated  (example  family  home)  
o Such  that  the  latter  may  sell  the  same  and  apply  the  proceeds  to   Art.  1258  –  Consignation  Process  
the  satisfaction  of  their  credits   Consignation  shall  be  made  by  depositing  the  things  due  at  the  disposal  of  judicial  
 Only  the  proceeds  –  no  right  of  creditors  as  to  ownership  of  the   authority,   before   whom   the   tender   of   payment   shall   be   proved,   in   a   proper   case,  
properties  ceded.   and  the  announcement  of  the  consignation  in  other  cases.  
• Requisites  of  Cession  
1. Two  or  more  creditors   The   consignation   having   been   made,   the   interested   parties   shall   also   be   notified  
2. Debtor  (partially)  insolvent   thereof.  (1178)  
3. Cession  must  be  accepted  by  creditors  
 Creditors   must   agree   which   debt   will   be   paid   first,   or   the      
proportioning.  
46  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Tender  of  payment     o Expenses   are   chargeable   to   the   debtor   if   the   consignation   is   not  
o Act  on  the  part  of  the  debtor   properly  made.  
o Offering  to  the  creditor  the  thing  or  the  amount  due   • Proper  consignation:    
o Debtor  must  show  that  he  has  the  thing/money  in  his  possession   1. When   creditor   accepts   the   thing   or   sum   deposited,   without  
o Must  be  made  in  lawful  currency     objection,  as  payment  of  the  obligation  
o Extrajudicial   2. When   creditor   questions   the   validity   of   consignation,   and   court  
o Requisites  for  valid  tender  of  payment   deems  it  valid  
1. Must  comply  with  the  rules  on  payment  (Arts  1256-­‐1258)   3. When   creditor   neither   accepts   or   questions   validity,   and   court  
2. Must  be  unconditional  and  for  the  whole  amount   orders  cancellation  of  the  obligation  
3. It  must  actually  be  made  
• Consignation   Art.  1260  –  Judicial  Declaration  
o Act  of  depositing  the  thing  or  amount  due  with  the  proper  court   Once  the  consignation  has  been  duly  made,  the  debtor  may  ask  the  judge  to  order  
o When  the  creditor  does  not  desire  or  cannot  receiev  it   the  cancellation  of  the  obligation.  
o Consignation   is   judicial   –   generally   requires   a   prior   tender   of  
payment   Before  the  creditor  has  accepted  the  consignation,  or  before  a  judicial  declaration  
o Requisites   of   a   valid   consignation   –   in   order   that   debtor   may   be   that  the  consignation  has  been  properly  made,  the  debtor  may  withdraw  the  thing  
released  (V.T.R.P.A.S.)   or  the  sum  deposited,  allowing  the  obligation  to  remain  in  force.  (1180)  
1. Existence  of  a  valid  debt,  which  is  due  
2. Tender  of  payment  by  debtor   • Once  consignation  is  deemed  proper,  debtor  should  be  released  from  the  
3. Refusal  without  justifiable  reason  by  creditor     obligation  
4. Previous  notice  of  consignation  to  persons  interested  in   o Court  order  to  that  effect  
the  fulfillment  of  the  obligation   o Court  orders  creditor  to  accept  the  money/thing  
5. Actual  consignation  of  the  thing/sum  due/the  amount  is   • Consignation  is  retroactive.  
placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  court   o Payment  deemed  to  have  been  made  at  the  time  of  the  deposit  of  
6. Subsequent  notice  to  interested  parties   the  money/when  the  thing  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  court  
• When   consignation   produce   the   same   effect   (Ex.   even   without   tender   of   • Creditor  may  accept  either  unconditionally  or  with  reservation.  
payment)  –  five  cases  (A.I.G.T.T.)   o Reservation  does  not  completely  extinguish  obligation.  
1. Creditor   is   absent/unknown/does   not   appear   at   the   place   of   • Withdrawal  of  thing/sum  by  debtor  –  debtor  may  withdraw  the  thing  or  
payment   sum  deposited.  
2. Creditor  is  incapacitated  to  receive  payment  at  the  time  it  is  due.   o Before  creditor  has  accepted  the  consignation  
3. Creditor  refuses  without  just  cause  to  give  a  receipt.   o Before   a   judicial   declaration   that   the   consignation   has   been  
4. Two  or  more  persons  claim  the  same  right  to  collect   properly  made  
5. Title  of  the  obligation  has  been  lost   o This  is  because  he  is  still  the  owner  of  the  thing  
o Obligation  shall  continue  to  remain  in  force  
Art.  1259  –  Expenses  Borne  by  the  Creditor   o Expenses  paid  by  debtor  
The   expenses   of   consignation,   when   properly   made,   shall   be   charged   against   the  
creditor.  (1178)      

• Creditor   is   responsible   because   it   is   his   fault   that   consignation   was  


necessary  –  his  refusal  to  accept  payment.  
47  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1261  –  Creditor  Authorizes  Debtor  to  Withdraw   Ex.  If  he  is  in  delay  
If,  the  consignation  having  been  made,  the  creditor  should  authorize  the  debtor  to   o When  stipulated  by  parties  
withdraw   the   same,   he   shall   lose   every   preference   which   he   may   have   over   the   o When  nature  of  obligation  requires  the  assumption  of  risk  
thing.  The  co-­‐debtors,  guarantors  and  sureties  shall  be  released.  (1181a)     o When  obligation  to  deliver  a  specific  thing  arises  from  a  crime  
 
• Contemplates   a   situation   where   there   has   already   been   a   finding   by   the  
court  that  the  consignation  is  valid.   Art.  1263  –  Loss  of  a  Generic  Thing  
o In   this   case,   it   is   incumbent   on   the   creditor   to   obtain   from   the   In   an   obligation   to   deliver   a   generic   thing,   the   loss   or   destruction   of   anything   of   the  
court  the  thing  deposited.   same  kind  does  not  extinguish  the  obligation.  (n)  
o However,   if   the   debtor   withdraws   the   thing,   with   the   creditor’s  
consent  –  nothing  to  retrieve   • Generic  thing  cannot  really  be  lost  unless  the  whole  class  of  the  said  thing  
 Essentially  reviving  the  indebtedness   is  destroyed  –  hence,  obligation  persists.  
 However,   the   creditor   loses   any   preference   to   the   thing    
deposited  –  anyone  can  now  go  after  it    
Art.  1264  –  Partial  Loss  
SECTION  2.  -­‐  Loss  of  the  Thing  Due   The  courts  shall  determine  whether,  under  the  circumstances,  the  partial  loss  of  the  
      object  of  the  obligation  is  so  important  as  to  extinguish  the  obligation.  (n)  

Art.  1262  -­‐  Loss   • Partial   Loss   –   the   courts   may   consider   it   as   a   complete   loss   which  
An   obligation   which   consists   in   the   delivery   of   a   determinate   thing   shall   be   extinguishes  the  obligation.  
extinguished   if   it   should   be   lost   or   destroyed   without   the   fault   of   the   debtor,   and   • This  happens  if  the  loss  is  so  important  that  it  affects  the  whole  object  of  
before  he  has  incurred  in  delay.   the  obligation.  
Ex.   Obligation   to   give   a   specific   computer   with   a   specialized  
When  by  law  or  stipulation,  the  obligor  is  liable  even  for  fortuitous  events,  the  loss   keyboard  and  monitor,  such  that  the  parts  are  dependent  on  each  
of   the   thing   does   not   extinguish   the   obligation,   and   he   shall   be   responsible   for   other.  
damages.   The   same   rule   applies   when   the   nature   of   the   obligation   requires   the    Loss   of   the   keyboard,   though   only   partial,   renders   the   whole  
assumption  of  risk.  (1182a)   thing  useless.  
• Debtor  may  go  to  court  and  declare  that  this  partial  loss  has  extinguished  
• When  a  thing  is  considered  lost   the  obligation.  
o When  it  perishes  
o Goes  out  of  commerce   Art.  1265  –  Loss  of  Thing  in  the  Possession  of  the  Debtor    
o Disappears   in   a   way   such   that   its   existence   is   unknown   or   it   Whenever  the  thing  is  lost  in  the  possession  of  the  debtor,  it  shall  be  presumed  that  
cannot  be  recovered   the   loss   was   due   to   his   fault,   unless   there   is   proof   to   the   contrary,   and   without  
• When  does  loss  of  a  thing  extinguish  an  obligation  to  give   prejudice   to   the   provisions   of   article   1165.   This   presumption   does   not   apply   in   case  
o Obligation  is  to  deliver  a  specific  or  determinate  thing   of  earthquake,  flood,  storm,  or  other  natural  calamity.  (1183a)  
o Loss  of  the  thing  occurs  without  fault  of  the  debtor  
o Debtor  is  not  guilty  of  delay   • If  debtor  is  not  in  possession  of  the  thing  when  it  is  lost,  the  presumption  
• When  does  loss  NOT  extinguish?   does  not  arise.  
o When  law  so  provides  

48  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Debtor   must   prove   that   he   is   not   at   fault,   or   that   loss   was   because   of   a   • Requisites  of  Rebus  Sic  Stantibus  
fortuitous  event.   1. Prestation  has  become  so  difficult  to  render  
• Presumption  does  not  apply  in  case  of  natural  calamities.   2. Service   has   become   manifestly   beyond   contemplation   of   the  
parties  
Art.  1266  –  Legal  or  Physical  Impossibility  
The   debtor   in   obligations   to   do   shall   also   be   released   when   the   prestation   becomes   Art.  1268  –  Proceeds  from  a  Criminal  Offense  
legally  or  physically  impossible  without  the  fault  of  the  obligor.  (1184a)   When   the   debt   of   a   thing   certain   and   determinate   proceeds   from   a   criminal  
offense,  the  debtor  shall  not  be  exempted  from  the  payment  of  its  price,  whatever  
• This  involves  obligations  “to  do.”   may  be  the  cause  for  the  loss,  unless  the  thing  having  been  offered  by  him  to  the  
o Without   debtor’s   fault,   obligation   becomes   legally   or   physically   person   who   should   receive   it,   the   latter   refused   without   justification   to   accept   it.  
impossible   (1185)  
• Effect  of  impossibility  of  performance  
o Impossibility  extinguishes  the  obligation   • Another   instance   where   a   fortuitous   event   does   not   extinguish   the  
o This   impossibility   must   take   place   after   the   constitution   of   the   obligation  
obligation   Ex   .   A   stole   a   watch   from   B,   and   was   charged   for   it.   If   the   watch   is  
• Kinds  of  Impossibility   lost  through  a  fortuitous  event,  A  must  still  pay  the  price  of  the  
1. Physical  Impossibility   –   in   purely   personal   obligations   (obligations   watch.  
where   personal   qualifications   are   involved)   death   or   physical   • EXCEPTION   –   if   the   creditor   refuses   to   accept   the   thing   when   offered   to  
incapacity  results  in  physical  impossibility   him  by  the  debtor  
Ex.   A   is   obliged   to   paint   B’s   house.   Two   days   later,   A   is    
attacked   by   a   shark   and   loses   both   his   arms.   He   is   thus  
released.   Art.  1269  –  Creditor’s  Right  of  Action  
2. Legal  Impossibility  –  Obligation  cannot  be  performed  because  it  is   The  obligation  having  been  extinguished  by  the  loss  of  the  thing,  the  creditor  shall  
rendered  impossible  by  provision  of  law   have   all   the   rights   of   action   which   the   debtor   may   have   against   third   persons   by  
reason  of  the  loss.  (1186)    
Art.  1267  –  Difficult  Beyond  Contemplation  
When   the   service   has   become   so   difficult   as   to   be   manifestly   beyond   the   • Designed  to  protect  interests  of  the  creditor  
contemplation  of  the  parties,  the  obligor  may  also  be  released  therefrom,  in  whole   • He  is  given  right  to  proceed  against  a  third  person  responsible  for  the  loss  
or  in  part.  (n)   Ex.  A  is  obliged  to  give  B  a  specific  horse.  The  horse  is  lost  through  
the  fault  of  C.  A’s  obligation  is  extinguished,  but  B  is  allowed  to  
• Difficulty  alone  does  not  excuse  the  debtor.   go  after  C  to  recover  the  price  of  the  horse,  with  damages.  
• What   must   happen   is   that   the   service   is   so   difficult   as   to   be   manifestly  
beyond  the  contemplation  of  the  parties.      
• This  is  the  principal  of  rebus  sic  stantibus      
o Where  the  parties  stipulate  in  the  light  of  certain  conditions  
o When  these  conditions  cease  to  exist,  the  contract  also  ceases  to  
exist  
• This   is   one   case   where   the   court   can   enter   into   a   contract   and   judge  
whether  it’s  the  performance  is  still  within  what  the  parties  contemplated  

49  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
SECTION  3.  -­‐  Condonation  or  Remission  of  the  Debt   Ex.   Promissory   note   –   if   the   creditor   gives   the   debtor   his  
      promissory  note,  it  implies  that  he  is  no  longer  interested  in  
  the  debt.  
• This  waiver  can  be  nullified  by  showing  that  it  is  inofficious.  
Art.  1270  –  Condonation  Defined   o What  the  debtor  can  do  is  show  that  the  delivery  of  the  document  
Condonation  or  remission  is  essentially  gratuitous,  and  requires  the  acceptance  by   was  made  because  of  payment,  and  not  because  of  remission.  
the  obligor.  It  may  be  made  expressly  or  impliedly.    

One   and   the   other   kind   shall   be   subject   to   the   rules   which   govern   inofficious   Art.  1272  –  Presumption  when  Credit  is  in  the  Possession  of  the  Debtor  
donations.   Express   condonation   shall,   furthermore,   comply   with   the   forms   of   Whenever   the   private   document   in   which   the   debt   appears   is   found   in   the  
donation.  (1187)   possession   of   the   debtor,   it   shall   be   presumed   that   the   creditor   delivered   it  
voluntarily,  unless  the  contrary  is  proved.  (1189)  
• Condonation  :  an  act  of  liberality  
• Creditor  decides  not  to  enforce  the  debtor’s  prestation   • If   the   debtor   has   the   document   and   it   is   not   known   where   he   got   it,   the  
o In  effect,  a  donation  of  the  obligee’s  credit  in  favor  of  the  debtor   presumption  is  that  it  was  voluntarily  given  by  the  creditor  
• It  requires  the  implied/express  consent  of  the  debtor   •  “It  is  believed”  that  presumption  of  voluntary  delivery    presumption  of  
• Governed  by  the  rules  of  Inofficious  donation   payment,  not  remission.  Only  when  it  is  known  that  there  is  no  payment  
o Inofficious   –   the   amount   remitted   encroaches   on   the   should  there  be  a  presumption  of  remission.  
legitime/successional  rights  of  the  heirs  of  the  condoning  creditor  
o Ex.  Creditor  condones  debt  worth  50K   Art.  1273  –  Extinguishment  of  Accessory  Obligations  
o Creditor  gives  birth  to  a  child,  when  her  properties  are  only  worth   The  renunciation  of  the  principal  debt  shall  extinguish  the  accessory  obligations;  but  
₱10,000  (thus,  with  remitted  debt,  the  overall  estate  is  60K)   the  waiver  of  the  latter  shall  leave  the  former  in  force.  (1190)  
o Child   has   ½   of   this   as   his   legitime.   Hence,   free   portion   is   only  
₱30,000.  The  remission  will  only  be  ₱30,000.   • Accessory   follows   the   principal   –   existence   of   the   accessory   obligation  
• Other  rules  on  donation  are  provided  in  the  Civil  Code   depends  on  the  existence  of  the  principal  obligation.  
• When  principal  is  waived,  the  accessory  is  waived  as  well.    
Art.  1271  –  Delivery  of  a  Credit  to  the  Debtor   • But  when  accessory  is  waived,  principal  remains  in  force.  
The   delivery   of   a   private   document   evidencing   a   credit,   made   voluntarily   by   the  
creditor  to  the  debtor,  implies  the  renunciation  of  the  action  which  the  former  had   Art.  1274  –  Accessory  Obligation  of  Pledge  
against  the  latter.   It  is  presumed  that  the  accessory  obligation  of  pledge  has  been  remitted  when  the  
thing   pledged,   after   its   delivery   to   the   creditor,   is   found   in   the   possession   of   the  
If   in   order   to   nullify   this   waiver   it   should   be   claimed   to   be   inofficious,   the   debtor  
debtor,  or  of  a  third  person  who  owns  the  thing.  (1191a)    
and   his   heirs   may   uphold   it   by   proving   that   the   delivery   of   the   document   was   made  
in  virtue  of  payment  of  the  debt.  (1188)  
• Pledge   –   a   contract   where   the   debtor   gives   to   the   creditor   or   a   third  
person  a  movable  or  instrument  evidencing  incorporeal   rights   in   order   to  
• This  article  creates  a  presumption  :  If  a  private  document  evidencing  credit  
secure   the   fulfillment   of   a   principal   obligation,   such   that   when   the  
is   given   by   the   creditor   to   the   debtor,   it   implies   that   he   is   condoning   the  
obligation  is  fulfilled,  the  thing  delivered  shall  be  returned  with  all  its  fruits  
debt.  
and  accessories.  

50  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• If  the  thing  pledged  is  found  in  the  possession  of  the  debtor,  then  there  is  a    There  is  merger  in  persons  of  X  and  C.  
presumption  that  the  obligation  has  been  remitted.    Obligation  is  extinguished  as  to  the  ₱1,000  share  of  C,  but  not  
  to  the  rest.  
 A  and  B  still  owe  ₱1,000  each.    
SECTION  4.  -­‐  Confusion  or  Merger  of  Rights   • If  solidary  –  merger  in  C  and  X  extinguishes  the  obligation.  
      o If  A  pays  the  ₱3,000  to  X  before  the  merger,  A  can  collect  from  X  
and  B  their  respective  shares  in  the  indebtedness  (₱1,000  each)  
Art.  1275  –  When  Obligation  is  Extinguished    
The  obligation  is  extinguished  from  the  time  the  characters  of  creditor  and  debtor  
are  merged  in  the  same  person.  (1192a)   SECTION  5.  –  Compensation  
     
Ex.   A   son   owes   his   father   ₱10,000,   and   his   father   dies,   leaving,  
among   others,   ₱10,000   owed   by   the   son   to   his   dad.   In   this   Art.  1278  –  Compensation  Defined  
case,  there  is  a  merger.   Compensation  shall  take  place  when  two  persons,  in  their  own  right,  are  creditors  
• Chittick   v.   CA   –   wife   filed   a   complaint   against   her   father   for   support   in   and  debtors  of  each  other.  (1195)  
arrears.  She  died,  and  her  children  continued  the  case.  The  father  died.  SC  
held   that   since   the   children   are   also   heirs   of   their   grandfather,   the   • Compensation   –   extinguishment   to   the   concurrent   amount   of   the   debts   of  
obligation  had  been  extinguished.   two   persons,   who,   in   their   own   right,   are   debtors   and   creditors   of   each  
other.  
Art.  1276  –  Effect  on  Guarantors   o The   simultaneous   balancing   of   2   obligations   in   order   to   extinguish  
Merger  which  takes  place  in  the  person  of  the  principal  debtor  or  creditor  benefits   them   to   the   extent   in   which   the   amount   of   one   is   covered   by   that  
the  guarantors.  Confusion  which  takes  place  in  the  person  of  any  of  the  latter  does   of  the  other.  
not  extinguish  the  obligation.  (1193)   • Kinds  of  compensation  
a. As  to  effect/extent  
• Indebtedness  guaranteed  by  a  third  person  is  also  extinguished  if  there  is   1. Total   –   both   obligations   are   of   the   same   amount,   and  
confusion/merger.   thus  are  entirely  extinguished.  
• Thus,   guarantor   is   benefitted   because   the   accessory   obligation   of   the   2. Partial  –  two  obligations  are  of  different  amounts  and  a  
guarantee  is  extinguished.     balance  remains.  (partial  only  as  to  the  larger  debt)  
o Merger   of   persons   of   guarantor   and   creditor   only   extinguishes   b. As  to  cause/origin  
accessory  obligation,  not  the  whole  thing.   1. Legal   –   takes   place   by   operation   of   law,   even   without  
o Merger  of  debtor  and  guarantor  only  extinguishes  the  accessory.   knowledge  of  the  parties  
2. Voluntary/Conventional   –   takes   place   by   agreement   of  
the  parties  
Art.  1277  –  Confusion  in  Joint  Obligations  
3. Judicial  –  takes  place  by  order  from  a  court  in  litigation  
Confusion   does   not   extinguish   a   joint   obligation   except   as   regards   the   share  
4. Facultative  –  can  be  set  up  by  only  one  of  the  parties  
corresponding  to  the  creditor  or  debtor  in  whom  the  two  characters  concur.  (1194)    

Art.  1279  –  Requisites  of  Compensation  


• Joint  debtors  owe  only  their  share,  and  creditors  can  only  collect  from  each  
In  order  that  compensation  may  be  proper,  it  is  necessary:  
debtor  his  respective  share.  
Ex.  A,  B,  and  C  owe  X  ₱3,000.    

51  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
(1)  That  each  one  of  the  obligors  be  bound  principally,  and  that  he  be  at  the  same   Ex.  A  owes  B  ₱1,000,  due  on  Jan  1.  B  owes  A  ₱1,000,  due  on  Jan.  21.    
time  a  principal  creditor  of  the  other;    Third   person   C   filed   suit   against   A,   and   was   able   to   obtain   a  
(2)   That   both   debts   consist   in   a   sum   of   money,   or   if   the   things   due   are   consumable,   resolution   garnishing   all   money   and   credits   of   A   (including   the  
they  be  of  the  same  kind,  and  also  of  the  same  quality  if  the  latter  has  been  stated;   indebtedness  of  B  in  A’s  favor).  
(3)  That  the  two  debts  be  due;    If   B   only   found   out   about   the   garnishment   on   Feb.   1,   then  
(4)  That  they  be  liquidated  and  demandable;   compensation   would   have   set   in   already,   and   C   cannot   make  
(5)  That  over  neither  of  them  there  be  any  retention  or  controversy,  commenced  by   use  of  these  credits  to  satisfy  A’s  debt  to  C.  
third  persons  and  communicated  in  due  time  to  the  debtor.  (1196)    If   B   found   out   about   the   garnishment   on   Jan   15,   then   no  
compensation  sets  in.  
Requisites  of  Compensation:  
Art.  1280  –  Set-­‐up  by  Guarantor  
1. Mutual  principal  creditors  and  debtors  –  each  one  of  the  obligors  is  bound   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  the  preceding  article,  the  guarantor  may  set  up  
principally,  and  that  each  of  them  be  at  the  same  time  a  principal  creditor   compensation  as  regards  what  the  creditor  may  owe  the  principal  debtor.  (1197)  
of  the  other.  
2. Both   in   money,   or   same   kind   –   both   debts   consist   in   a   sum   of   money,   or   if   • Guarantor   -­‐   a   person   who   promises   to   pay   the   creditor   in   case   the  
the  things  due  are  consumable,  they  be  of  the  same  kind,  and  also  of  the   principal  debtor  cannot  pay  the  indebtedness.  
same  quality.     • Before  a  creditor  can  go  after  the  guarantor,  he  must  exhaust  all  possible  
o Consumable  –  “fungible”;  susceptible  of  substitution   ways  to  collect  debt  from  principal  debtor.  
o Ong   v.   Court   of   Appeals   –   no   compensation   could   take   place   o Unless  guarantor  is  bound  solidarily.  
because  one  party  owed  money,  and  the  other  owed  zippers.     • A  possible  defense  of  a  guarantor  is  that  compensation  had  set  in  between  
3. Both  debts  are  due   the  creditor  and  the  principal  debtor.  
o Debts  need  not  be  contracted  at  the  same  time   o This   is   the   case   when   the   guarantor   “sets   up”   compensation  
o Parties,  however,  can  agree  that  compensation  can  be  made  even   between  the  two  parties.  
if  debts  are  not  yet  due.  
o PNB  Madecor  v.  Uy  –  one  of  the  debts  was  payable  upon  demand,  
Art.  1281  –  Total  or  Partial  Compensation  
and   no   demand   was   made.   There   is   no   compensation,   because  
Compensation   may   be   total   or   partial.   When   the   two   debts   are   of   the   same  
the  debts  were  not  yet  due.  
amount,  there  is  a  total  compensation.  (n)  
4. Liquidated  and  demandable    
o Debts  must  be  determined  and  certain.  
• Total   Compensation   –   when   both   debts   are   equal,   and   both   are  
o Compensation   cannot   take   place   where   one   of   the   debts   is   not  
extinguished.  
liquidated.  
o Compania   Maritima   v.   CA   –   since   legal   interest   was   still   accruing   • Partial   Compensation   –   one   of   the   debts   is   bigger;   the   smaller   debt   is  
deducted  from  the  bigger  debt.  
on  the  debt,  it  was  not  liquidated.  Thus,  no  compensation  
Ex.   A  owes  B  2000.  B  owes  A  ₱1,500.  A  will  still  owe  B  ₱500.  
o Miailhe  v.  Halili  –  no  compensation  because  a  certain  amount  was  
still  under  litigation,  and  thus,  not  being  liquidated  and  certain.  
5. No   controversy   from   third   persons   –   Over   neither   of   them   be   any   Art.  1282  –  Debts  Not  Due  
retention  or  controversy  commenced  by  third  persons  and  communicated   The  parties  may  agree  upon  the  compensation  of  debts  which  are  not  yet  due.  (n)  
in  due  time  to  the  debtor.    
o “Due  Time”  –  period  before  legal  compensation  was  supposed  to   • This   is   an   exception   to   the   general   rule   that   debts   should   be   due   for  
take  place   compensation  to  set  in.  

52  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• An  example  of  contractual  compensation.   If  the  assignment  is  made  without  the  knowledge  of  the  debtor,  he  may  set  up  the  
compensation   of   all   credits   prior   to   the   same   and   also   later   ones   until   he   had  
 
knowledge  of  the  assignment.  (1198a)  

Art.  1283  –  Judicial  Set-­‐off   Situations  when  a  creditor  gives  his  credit  to  a  third  person:  
If  one  of  the  parties  to  a  suit  over  an  obligation  has  a  claim  for  damages  against  the  
other,   the   former   may   set   it   off   by   proving   his   right   to   said   damages   and   the   1. Debtor   has   consented   to   the   assignment   of   rights   to   a   third   person   -­‐  
amount  thereof.  (n)   cannot  set  up  compensation  against  the  assignee,  which  would  pertain  to  
the  debtor  against  the  original  creditor.  
• Contemplates  a  situation  of  a  judicial  set-­‐off.   o Exception:  when  debtor  reserves  this  right.  
• Essentially,  compensation  when  it  comes  to  damages.   Ex.   A  owes  B  ₱1,000,  due  on  Jan  1.  B  owes  A  ₱1,000  due  on  Feb  2.    
Ex.   A   files   a   collection   case   against   B   for   ₱1,000.   B   can   file   a    On  Jan  3,  B  assignes  his  credit  to  C,  with  consent  of  A,  and  without  
counterclaim   for   ₱1,000,   claiming   damages  arising   from   the   same   reservation  as  to  right  of  compensation  against  B.  
transaction    C  demands  payment  from  A  on  Feb  5,  and  A  cannot  claim  that  the  
 B  requests  the  court  to  off-­‐set  the  damages.   debts  have  been  extinguished  because  of  compensation  
 If  court  agrees,  there  can  be  compensation.    If  A  told  B  that  he  was  reserving  his  right  to  compensation,  he  can  
• Ong  v.  CA  –  amount  of  damages  must  be  duly  proven  in  order  for  judicial   validly  invoke  that  the  debts  had  been  extinguished.  
set-­‐off  to  apply.   2. Debtor   did   not   consent   to   the   assignment   of   rights   –   debtor   can   set   up  
compensation  of  debts  prior  to  the  cession,  but  not  of  subsequent  ones.  
Ex.   A  has  two  debts  to  B.    
Art.  1284  –  Compensation  of  Voidable  Debts  before  Voided  
Debt  1  is  due  on  Jan  1.  Debt  2  is  due  on  Feb  1.  
When   one   or   both   debts   are   rescissible   or   voidable,   they   may   be   compensated  
 B  owes  A  in  the  same  amounts.  Debt  1  is  due  on  March  1.  Debt  2  
against  each  other  before  they  are  judicially  rescinded  or  avoided.  (n)  
is  due  on  March  3.  
 On  March  2,  B  gives  all  his  credits  to  C.  A  does  not  consent.    
• These  are  valid  until  voided.    A   can   say   that   Debt   1   is   extinguished   due   to   compensation,  
• Thus,  if  all  requisites  to  a  valid  compensation  are  present  before  contract  is   because  they  became  due  before  the  cession.  
voided,  then  compensation  can  take  place.    He   cannot   say   that   Debt   2   has   been   extinguished,   because   it  
became  due  after  the  cession.  
Art.  1285  –  Assignment  of  the  Creditor’s  Rights  to  a  Third  Person   3. Assignment  is  made  without  the  knowledge  of  the  debtor  
The   debtor   who   has   consented   to   the   assignment   of   rights   made   by   a   creditor   in   o Debtor  can  claim  compensation  for  debts  prior  to  the  cession  
favor   of   a   third   person,   cannot   set   up   against   the   assignee   the   compensation   which   o Debtor   can   claim   compensation   for   debts   after   the   cession,   as  
would  pertain  to  him  against  the  assignor,  unless  the  assignor  was  notified  by  the   long  as  he  has  no  knowledge  of  the  cession.  
debtor   at   the   time   he   gave   his   consent,   that   he   reserved   his   right   to   the   o When   he   finds   out,   he   can   no   longer   claim   compensation   for  
compensation.   debts  coming  after  that  point.  

If   the   creditor   communicated   the   cession   to   him   but   the   debtor   did   not   consent  
Art.  1286  –  Different  Places  
thereto,  the  latter  may  set  up  the  compensation  of  debts  previous  to  the  cession,  
Compensation   takes   place   by   operation   of   law,   even   though   the   debts   may   be  
but  not  of  subsequent  ones.  
payable   at   different   places,   but   there   shall   be   an   indemnity   for   expenses   of  
exchange  or  transportation  to  the  place  of  payment.  (1199a)  

53  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Once  all  requisites  are  present,  compensation  takes  place  by  operation  of   Ex.   If  B  borrows  the  PS3  of  A,  he  cannot  refuse  to  return  it  on  
law  (legal  compensation).   the  ground  that  A  owes  him  something.  
• Parties   need   not   notify   each   other   that   they   want   to   have   their   debts   3. Duty  to  support  
compensated.   • Compensation  cannot  arise  if  the  other  obligation  is  of  support  
• The   indemnity   for   transportation   in   this   article   only   applies   in   a   case   of   • A  father  cannot  refuse  to  support  his  son  on  the  ground  that  the  
partial  compensation.   son  owes  him  money  
Ex.  A  owes  B  ₱1,000,  due  in  CBTL  Rockwell.  B  owes  A  ₱500,  due  in   • “Without   prejudice   to   the   provisions”   –   refers   to   the   fact   that  
CBTL  Katipunan.   support  in  arrears  can  be  compensated.  
 If  B  has  to  commute  to  Rockwell  to  receive  the  balance  of  ₱500,    of   doubtful   application,   because   the   Family   Code   has   deleted  
he  should  be  reimbursed  by  A,  the  debtor.   the  provision  mentioned.  
 Art.  1247  –  extrajudicial  expenses  to  be  borne  by  debtor   4. Civil  liability  arising  from  a  penal  offense  
  Ex.   A  owes  B  1000.  B  stole  the  ring  of  D  worth  1000.    
 B  cannot  claim  compensation  
Art.  1287  –  No  Compensation    But  A,  the  offended  party,  can  claim  compensation  
Compensation  shall  not  be  proper  when  one  of  the  debts  arises  from  a  depositum    Prohibition  only  applies  to  the  accused  
or  from  the  obligations  of  a  depositary  or  of  a  bailee  in  commodatum.  
Art.  1289  –  Several  Debts  
Neither  can  compensation  be  set  up  against  a  creditor  who  has  a  claim  for  support   If   a   person   should   have   against   him   several   debts   which   are   susceptible   of  
due  by  gratuitous  title,  without  prejudice  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  2  of   Article   compensation,  the  rules  on  the  application  of  payments  shall  apply  to  the  order  of  
301.  (1200a)   the  compensation.  (1201)  
 
Art.  1288  –  Civil  Liability   • See  Arts  1252-­‐1254.    
Neither   shall   there   be   compensation   if   one   of   the   debts   consists   in   civil   liability    
arising  from  a  penal  offense.  (n)  
Art.  1290  –  By  Operation  of  Law  
4  Cases  where  Legal  Compensation  is  not  allowed:   When  all  the  requisites  mentioned  in  Article  1279  are  present,  compensation  takes  
effect  by  operation  of  law,  and  extinguishes  both  debts  to  the  concurrent  amount,  
1. Depositum,  or  from  the  obligations  of  a  depository  
even  though  the  creditors  and  debtors  are  not  aware  of  the  compensation.  (1202a)    
• Deposit   –   constituted   from   the   moment   a   person   receives   a   thing  
belonging  to  another  with  the  obligation  of  safely  keeping  it  and  
returning  it.   • Compensation  takes  place  by  mere  operation  of  law  
Ex.   A   owes   B   ₱1,000.   Previously,   A   deposited   with   B   for   o From  the  moment  all  requisites  concur,  compensation  takes  place  
safekeeping  ₱1,000.     automatically.  
 There  is  no  compensation,  because  B’s  obligation  to  give  A  the   o Even  without  the  agreement  of  parties.  
₱1000  arises  from  the  obligations  of  a  depository.   o Retroactive  –  from  the  day  the  requisites  concurred.  
2. Bailee  in  Commodatum   • Full  legal  capacity  –  not  required  
o Because   of   the   fact   that   it   takes   place   by   operation   of   law.  
• A  bailee  in  commodatum  acquires  the  use  of  the  thing  loaned,  but  
   
not  its  fruits.  
• Bailee   cannot   retain   the   thing   loaned   just   because   the   bailor   (true  
owner  of  the  thing)  owes  him  something  
54  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
SECTION  6.  -­‐  Novation   Art.  1292  –  Express  and  Implied  Novation  
  In   order   that   an   obligation   may   be   extinguished   by   another   which   substitute   the  
same,   it   is   imperative   that   it   be   so   declared   in   unequivocal   terms,   or   that   the   old  
Art.  1291  –  Kinds  of  Novation   and  the  new  obligations  be  on  every  point  incompatible  with  each  other.  (1204)  
Obligations  may  be  modified  by:  
(1)  Changing  their  object  or  principal  conditions;   • Requisites  of  Novation:  (V.E.I.N.)  
(2)  Substituting  the  person  of  the  debtor;   1. A  previous  valid  obligation  
(3)  Subrogating  a  third  person  in  the  rights  of  the  creditor.  (1203)   2. Capacity   and   intention   of   parties   to   modify/extinguish   the  
obligation  
• Novation  –  extinction  of  an  obligation  through  the  creation  of  a  new  one   3. Modification/Extinguishment  
which  substitutes  it.   4. Creation  of  a  new  valid  obligation  
o The  Civil  Code  refers  to  extinctive  novation  and  not  modificatory   • All  parties  must  consent  or  be  made  parties  to  the  new  contract.  
novation.   • Novation  is  never  presumed.  2  indications  of  the  presence  of  novation:  
• Kinds  of  Novation:   1. Novation  is  explicitly  stated  and  declared  in  unequivocal  terms.  
a. According  to  Origin   2. Old  and  new  obligations  are  incompatible  on  every  point.  
1. Legal  –  takes  place  by  operation  of  law.    Test   –   whether   or   not   the   two   obligations   can   stand   together,  
2. Conventional  –  takes  place  by  agreement  of  the  parties.   each  one  having  its  independent  existence.  
b. According  to  how  Constituted    If   they   cannot,   then   they   are   incompatible   and   the   latter  
1. Express  –  declared  in  unequivocal  terms.   novates  the  first  one.  
2. Implied   –   old   and   new   obligation   are   essentially   incompatible  
with  each  other.   Art.  1293  –  Substituting  a  New  Debtor  
c. According  to  Extent  or  Effect   Novation   which   consists   in   substituting   a   new   debtor   in   the   place   of   the   original  
1. Total/Extinctive  –  old  obligation  is  completely  extinguished.   one,  may  be  made  even  without  the  knowledge  or  against  the  will  of  the  latter,  but  
2. Partial/Modificatory  –  old  obligation  is  merely  modified.   not  without  the  consent  of  the  creditor.  Payment  by  the  new  debtor  gives  him  the  
d. According  to  Subject   rights  mentioned  in  Articles  1236  and  1237.  (1205a)  
1. Real  or  Objective  –  the  objective,  cause,  or  principal  conditions  
of  the  obligation  are  changed.   • Substituting   a   new   debtor   may   be   made   without   the   knowledge   and  
• Ajax  v.  CA  –  to  effect  an  objective  novation,  there  must   consent  of  the  original  debtor.  
be   express   declaration   that   old   obligation   is   • Creditor  must  always  consent  and  have  knowledge  of  the  replacement.  
extinguished,   or   that   the   new   obligation   be   on   every  
point  incompatible  with  the  new  one.   Art.  1294  –  Insolvency  of  the  New  Debtor  in  Expromision  
2. Personal   or   Subjective   –   when   the   person   of   the   debtor   is   If   the   substitution   is   without   the   knowledge   or   against   the   will   of   the   debtor,   the  
substituted/third  person  is  subrogated  in  rights  of  the  creditor   new   debtor's   insolvency   or   non-­‐fulfillment   of   the   obligations   shall   not   give   rise   to  
• Ibid  –  To  effect  a  subjective  novation  in  the  person  of   any  liability  on  the  part  of  the  original  debtor.  (n)  
the  debtor,  it  is  necessary  that  old  debtor  be  expressly  
released  from  the  obligation.   • Substitution  –  person  of  the  debtor  is  substituted.  
3. Mixed  –  a  combination  of  real  and  personal  novation.   • Subrogation  –  a  third  person  is  subrogated  in  the  rights  of  the  creditor.    
  • Kinds  of  Personal  Novation  

55  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
1. Expromision   –   a   third   person   of   his   own   initiative   and   without   • In  both  cases,  the  creditor  must  not  have  knowledge  of  such  insolvency.  
knowledge   or   against   the   will   of   the   original   debtor   assumes   the   o If   he   has   knowledge,   he   cannot   claim   the   benefits   of   these  
latter’s  obligation  with  consent  of  creditor   exceptions.  
o Creditor  must  consent.   • In   both   cases,   the   insolvency   must   have   existed   at   the   time   of   the  
o Right   of   new   debtor   who   pays   -­‐   right   to   beneficial   delegation.  
reimbursement  (Art.  1236)  
o Insolvency   of   new   debtor   shall   not   give   rise   to   an   action   Art.  1296  –  Effect  on  Accessory  Obligations  
against  the  old  debtor   When   the   principal   obligation   is   extinguished   in   consequence   of   a   novation,  
Ex.     A  owes  B  ₱1,000.  Without  knowledge  or  consent  of   accessory   obligations   may   subsist   only   insofar   as   they   may   benefit   third   persons  
A,  C  commits  to  pay  B.   who  did  not  give  their  consent.  (1207)  
 Novation   occurs   only   if   B   agrees   to   release   A  
from  his  obligation.    
• General  Rule  –  accessory  follows  the  principal.    
 Thus,   if   C   only   pays   B   partially,   B   cannot   go   after  
o If  principal  is  extinguished,  accessories  are  extinguished  
A  anymore.  
Ex.   Mortgage,  guarantee,  pledge  
 C   can   go   after   A   for   reimbursement   to   the  
• Exception  –  accessory  obligations  persist  only  insofar  as  they  may  benefit  
extent  C  was  benefited.  
third  persons  who  do  not  give  consent  to  the  novation.  
2. Delegacion  –  creditor  accepts  a  third  person  to  take  the  place  of  the  
Ex.   A  owes  B  ₱2,000,  with  interest  of  14%.  
debtor,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  latter.  
 B  owes  C  ₱280.  
o Creditor  must  consent  
 IT  was  agreed  that  A  would  pay  the  interest  of  ₱280  to  C.  
o Right   of   new   debtor   who   pays   –   reimbursement   and  
 This  is  a  stipulation  in  favor  of  C,  a  third  person.  
subrogation  (Art.  1237)  
 Later,   A   and   B   novate   the   obligation,   and   A   is   now   obliged   to  
• Bangayan   v.   CA   –   assignment   of   a   lease   contract   by   the   lessee   needs   give  a  TV  set  in  payment  of  the  loan.  
consent   of   lessor,   because   assignment   involves   transfer   of   obligations.   It  
 Inspite  of  the  novation,  the  accessory  obligation  to  give  C  ₱280  
constitutes  novation  by  substitution.   subsists,  unless  C  gives  his  consent  to  the  novation.  
 
Art.  1297  –  New  Obligation  is  Void,  Old  one  shall  subsist  
Art.  1295  -­‐  Insolvency  of  the  New  Debtor  in  Delegacion   If   the   new   obligation   is   void,   the   original   one   shall   subsist,   unless   the   parties  
The   insolvency   of   the   new   debtor,   who   has   been   proposed   by   the   original   debtor  
intended  that  the  former  relation  should  be  extinguished  in  any  event.  (n)  
and   accepted   by   the   creditor,   shall   not   revive   the   action   of   the   latter   against   the  
original   obligor,   except   when   said   insolvency   was   already   existing   and   of   public  
• A  void  obligation  intended  to  novate  an  old  one  has  no  legal  effect.  
knowledge,  or  known  to  the  debtor,  when  the  delegated  his  debt.  (1206a)  
• General  Rule  –  when  new  obligation  is  void,  old  obligation  subsists.  
• Exception  –  when  the  parties  stipulate  that  in  any  event,  the  old  obligation  
• General  Rule  –  in  delegacion,  when  accepted  by  the  creditor,  the  original  
shall  be  extinguished.  
debtor’s   obligation   is   completely   extinguished.   Thus,   creditor   cannot   go  
after  old  debtor  in  case  of  insolvency  of  the  new  debtor  
• Exceptions:     Art.  1298  –  Original  Obligation  was  Void  
1. Insolvency  of  new  debtor  has  already  been  existing  and  of  public   The  novation  is  void  if  the  original  obligation  was  void,  except  when  annulment  may  
knowledge  when  the  old  debtor  delegated  the  debt.   be   claimed   only   by   the   debtor   or   when   ratification   validates   acts   which   are  
2. Insolvency  of  the  new  debtor  is  known  to  the  old  debtor  when  he   voidable.  (1208a)  
delegates  the  debt.  
56  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Novation  presupposes  an  original  valid  obligation.   Art.  1301  –  Conventional  Subrogation  
• If   original   obligation   is   void,   a   subsequent   obligation   to   novate   it   is   also   Conventional   subrogation   of   a   third   person   requires   the   consent   of   the   original  
void.   parties  and  of  the  third  person.  (n)  
o Unless  it  is  clear  that  the  subsequent  one  can  stand  on  itself  and  
without  any  reference  to  the  old  one   • Consent  of  all  parties  is  required  –  this  is  a  contractual  subrogation.  
• If  original  is  voidable,  it  is  valid  until  annulled.  
o Thus,  it  can  be  novated  before  it  is  annulled.  
Art.  1302  –  When  Legal  Subrogation  is  Presumed  
Ex.   Through  force  and  intimidation,  A  was  obliged  togive  B  a  
It  is  presumed  that  there  is  legal  subrogation:  
car.  Later,  also  through  force,  prestation  was  novated  to  
a  house.   (1)   When   a   creditor   pays   another   creditor   who   is   preferred,   even   without   the  
 In  such  a  way  that  only  A,  the  debtor,  can  file  a  case  to  annul  it.   debtor's  knowledge;  
 He  does  not  annul  it.   (2)  When  a  third  person,  not  interested  in  the  obligation,  pays  with  the  express  or  
 This  novation  may  be  given  effect.   tacit  approval  of  the  debtor;  
o Also,  if  by  A’s  acts  the  obligation  is  ratified,  it  is  valid  as  well.   (3)   When,   even   without   the   knowledge   of   the   debtor,   a   person   interested   in   the  
fulfillment  of  the  obligation  pays,  without  prejudice  to  the  effects  of  confusion  as  to  
Art.  1299  –  Subject  to  a  Suspensive  or  Resolutory  Condition   the  latter's  share.  (1210a)  
If   the   original   obligation   was   subject   to   a   suspensive   or   resolutory   condition,   the  
new  obligation  shall  be  under  the  same  condition,  unless  it  is  otherwise  stipulated.   • 3   cases   where   legal   subrogation   is   presumed   (subrogation   happens   by  
(n)   operation  of  law):  
1. Creditor   pays   another   creditor   who   is   preferred,   even   without  
• General   Rule   –   new   prestation   is   also   subject   to   the   same   suspensive   or   knowledge  of  debtor  
resolutory  condition.   o Preferred  Creditor  –  a  creditor  who  is  preferred  because  of  the  
• Exception  –  unless  otherwise  stipulated.   stipulation  of  law  
Ex.   A   owes   B   1000,   secured   by   a   first   mortgage.   A   owes   C  
Art.  1300  –  Kinds  of  Subrogation   2000,  which  is  unsecured.  Under  the  law,  B  is  a  preferred  
Subrogation   of   a   third   person   in   the   rights   of   the   creditor   is   either   legal   or   creditor.   If   C   pays   the   debt   of   A   to   B,   then   C   will   be  
conventional.  The  former  is  not  presumed,  except  in  cases  expressly  mentioned  in   subrogated   in   B’s   right   –   he   can   then   foreclose   on   the  
this   Code;   the   latter   must   be   clearly   established   in   order   that   it   may   take   effect.   mortgage  of  A.  
(1209a)   2. When  a  third  person  not  interested  in  the  obligation  pays  with  the  
express/tacit  approval  of  the  debtor  
• Subrogation   –   substitution   of   one   person   in   the   place   of   a   creditor   with   o Debtor  agrees  to  the  payment.  
reference  to  a  lawful  claim  or  right,  giving  the  former  all  the  rights  of  the   Ex.   A   owes   B   1000.   C   pays   B   with   express/implied   consent   of  
latter,  including  rights  to  employ  all  remedies  to  enforce  payment   A.  C  will  be  subrogated  in  the  rights  of  B.  
• Kinds  of  Subrogation:   3. Third   person   interested   in   the   obligation   pays   weven   without  
1. Conventional  –  Expressly  agreed  upon  by  original  parties  and  the   knowledge  of  the  debtor  
new  creditor.   o “person  interested”  –  one  who  will  be  affected  by  the  payment  
2. Legal  –  takes  place  by  operation  of  law  (Art.  1302)   Ex.     Suppose   in   above   example,   C   is   guarantor   of   A   (he   is  
  interested   in   the   fulfillment   of   obligation).   If   C,   the  
guarantor,  pays  B,  even  without  the  knowledge  of  A,  C  is  
subrogated  in  the  rights  of  B.  
57  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
 Confusion  takes  place  in  person  of  C.    
 Guaranty   is   extinguished,   but   principal  
obligation  subsists.    

 
   
Art.  1303  –  General  Effect  of  Subrogation  
Subrogation   transfers   to   the   persons   subrogated   the   credit   with   all   the   rights  
thereto   appertaining,   either   against   the   debtor   or   against   third   person,   be   they  
guarantors   or   possessors   of   mortgages,   subject   to   stipulation   in   a   conventional  
subrogation.  (1212a)  

• Effect  of  Subrogation:  


o “Stepping  into  the  shoes’  of  the  creditor  
o Conventional   subrogation   –   parties   may   stipulate   and   limit   the  
scope  of  this  subrogation  

Art.  1304  –  Effect  of  Partial  Subrogation  


A  creditor,  to  whom  partial  payment  has  been  made,  may  exercise  his  right  for  the  
remainder,   and   he   shall   be   preferred   to   the   person   who   has   been   subrogated   in   his  
place  in  virtue  of  the  partial  payment  of  the  same  credit.  (1213)    

• Contemplates   a   situation   where   the   original   creditor   has   been   partially  


paid  by  new  creditor:  
o He  remains  a  creditor  to  the  extent  of  the  balance  of  the  debt.  
o In  case  of  insolvency  of  debtor,  he  has  a  preferential  right  above  
the  new  creditor.  
Ex.   A  owes  B  ₱10,000.  C  pays  B  ₱6,000,  with  consent  of  A.  B  remains  
creditor  with  balance  of  ₱4,000.  

 
 

58  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Stages  of  Contracts:    
Title  II  –  CONTRACTS   1.       Negotiation   –   covers   the   period   from   the   time   the   prospective   contracting  
parties   indicate   interest   in   the   contract   to   the   time   the   contract   is  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   concluded  (perfected).    
2.       Perfection  –  takes  place  upon  the  concurrence  of  the  essential  elements  of  
   Art.  1305  –  Contracts  Defined   the  contract.  
A  contract  is  a  meeting  of  minds  between  two  persons  whereby  one  binds  himself,   o A  contract  which  is  consensual  as  to  perfection  is  so  established  upon  
with  respect  to  the  other,  to  give  something  or  to  render  some  service.  (1254a)   a   mere   meeting   of   the   minds   i.e.   the   concurrence   of   offer   and  
acceptance,  on  the  object  and  on  the  cause  thereof.  
   
3.       Consummation   –   begins   when   the   parties   perform   their   respective  
Contract:  
undertakings   under   the   contract   culminating   in   the   extinguishment  
• a   source   of   obligation   and   it   can   also   be   defined   as   a   legally   enforceable   thereof.  
agreement.    
• A  juridical  convention  manifested  in  legal  form,  by  virtue  of  which  one  or   Kinds  of  Contracts:    
more   persons   bind   themselves   in   favor   of   another   or   others,   or   1. Real   contract   –   a   contract   which   requires,   in   addition   to   the   above,   the  
reciprocally,  to  the  fulfillment  of  a  prestation  to  give,  to  do  or  not  to  do.     delivery  of  the  object  of  the  agreement,  as  in  a  pledge  or  commodatum    
• An  agreement  whereby  at  least  one  of  the  parties  acquires  a  right,  either  in   2. Solemn   contract   –   compliance   with   certain   formalities   prescribed   by   law   is  
rem  or  in  personam,  in  relation  to  some  person,  thing,  act  or  forbearance.   essential   in   order   to   make   the   act   valid,   the   prescribed   form   being   thereby  
• Agreements   falling   under   the   Statute   of   Frauds   are   useless   contracts   for   an  essential  element  thereof.    
they   cannot   be   implemented   which,   in   effect,   negates   the   existence   of   a   3. Auto-­‐contracts   –   one   person   contracts   himself.   As   a   general   rule,   it   is  
contract.     accepted   in   our   law.   The   existence   of   a   contract   does   not   depend   on   the  
  number   of   persons   but   on   the   number   of   parties.   There   is   no   general  
Characteristics  of  Contracts:     prohibition  against  auto-­‐contracts;  hence,  it  should  be  held  valid.    
1. Essential  elements  –  without  the  following  there  is  no  contract  (COC):     4. Contracts   of   Adhesion   –   contracts   prepared   by   another,   containing  
a. Consent     provisions  that  he  desires,  and  asks  the  other  party  to  agree  to  them  if  he  
b. Object   wants  to  enter  into  a  contract.    
c. Cause     Ex.  Transportation  tickets  –  other  party  can  reject  it  entirely    
2. Natural  elements  –  exist  as  part  of  the  contract  even  if  the  parties  do  not    
provide  for  them,  because  the  law,  as  suppletory  to  the  contract,  creates   Other  Terms:  
them.     • Perfect   promise   –   distinguished   from   a   contract,   in   that   the   latter  
3. Accidental   elements   –   those   which   are   agreed   by   the   parties   and   which   establishes   and   determines   the   obligations   arising   therefrom;   while   the  
cannot  exist  without  being  stipulated.     former   tends   only   to   assure   and   pave   the   way   for   the   celebration   of   a  
  contract  in  the  future.    
Number  of  Parties:     • Imperfect  Promise  –  mere  unaccepted  offer    
• The  Code  states  “two  persons”  but  what  is  meant  actually  is  two  parties.   • Pact   –   a   special   part   of   the   contract,   sometimes   incidental   and   separable  
• For  a  contract  to  exist,  there  must  be  at  least  two  parties.  A  party  can  be   for  the  principal  agreement.    
one  or  more  persons.     • Stipulation  –  similar  to  a  pact;  when  the  contract  is  an  instrument,  it  refers  
Ex.   Husband   &   Wife   –   cannot   sell   to   each   other   as   a   protection   of   the   to  the  essential  and  dispositive  part,  as  distinguished  from  the  exposition  
conjugal   partnership.   They   can   however   enter   into   a   contract   of   of  the  facts  and  antecedents  upon  which  it  is  based.    
agency.    

59  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1306  –  Guarantee  of  Freedom  to  Contract     countenance   disrespect   for   or   failure   to   observe   a   legal   prescription.  
The   contracting   parties   may   establish   such   stipulations,   clauses,   terms   and   The  Statute  takes  precedence.    
conditions   as   they   may   deem   convenient,   provided   they   are   not   contrary   to   law,   o Only   laws   existing   at   the   time   of   the   execution   of   a   contract   are  
morals,  good  customs,  public  order,  or  public  policy.  (1255a)   applicable   thereto   and   that   later   statutes   do   not   govern   said  
contract   unless   the   latter   is   specifically   intended   to   have   a  
retroactive  effect.    
Autonomous  Nature  of  Contracts:    
 Ortigas  v.  CA  –  construction  of  a  commercial  edifice  was  
• Freedom   to   stipulate   terms   and   conditions   –   essence   of   the   contractual  
proper   provided   that   the   area   was   reclassified   from   a  
system   provided   such   stipulations   are   not   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good  
residential  to  a  commercial  zone.  
customs,  public  order,  or  public  policy.  
o Prohibits   a   party   from   coercing   or   intimidating   or   unduly   o Non-­‐impairment   of   contracts   or   vested   rights   clauses   –   must   to  
influencing  another  to  enter  into  a  contract.     yield   to   the   superior   and   legitimate   exercise   by   the   State   of   police  
o Azcuna  Jr.  v.  CA  –  there  is  nothing  immoral  or  illegal   in  a  provision   power   to   promote   the   health,   morals,   peace,   education,   good  
stating   that   the   lessee   shall   be   charged   ₱1000/day   if   the   lessee   order,  safety  and  general  welfare  of  the  people.  
shall  not  vacate  the  premises  on  the  due  date.   Ex.    
o Manila  Bay  Club  Corporation  v.  CA  –  termination  of  a  lease  is  valid    Pakistan   International   Airlines   v.   Ople   –   contractual  
when   it   is   due   to   the   failure   of   the   lessee   to   comply   with   the   stipulations   contravening   provisions   of   law   designed   to  
insurance   clause   of   the   contract.   Contracts   are   respected   as   the   protect  laborers  and  employees  are  not  valid.    
law  between  the  contracting  parties.    stipulations  to  pay  usurious  interests    
• Teves  v.  People’s  Homesite  and  Housing  Corp.  –  in  the  absence  of  express    agreement  to  declare  valid  a  law  or  ordinance  
legislation   or   constitutional   prohibition,   a   court   may   declare   a   contract   2. Contrary   to   Morals   -­‐   morals   mean   those   generally   accepted   principles  
void  as  against  public  policy  when:   of   morality   which   have   received   some   kind   of   social   and   practical  
1.       It  has  a  tendency  to  injure  the  public.   confirmation.    
Ex.    
2.       It  is  against  the  public  good.  
 Philippine   American   General   Insurance   v.   Mutuc   –   a   provision   that  
3.       It  contravenes  some  established  interest  of  society.   a   bond   may   be   extended   without   notification   is   not   necessarily  
4.       It  is  inconsistent  with  sound  policy  and  good  morals  which  tends   contrary   to   law   or   morals   as   to   render   the   stipulation   null   and  
to   undermine   the   security   of   individual   rights,   whether   of   void.  
personal  liability  or  of  private  property.    De  Leon  v.  CA  –  agreement  by  the  husband  and  wife  to  terminate  
  their   relations   is   contrary   to   law,   Filipino   morals   and   public   policy.  
Principle  of  Autonomy:     The   termination   of   a   marriage   by   the   parties   cannot   be   done   on  
• Freedom  to  contract  –  any  person  has  the  liberty  to  enter  into  a  contract   their  own  and  without  legal  basis.  
so  long  as  they  are  not  contrary  to  law,  morals,  good  customs,  public  order    a  promise  to  marry  or  not  to  marry,  to  secure  legal  separation,  or  
or  public  policy.  The  legislature,  under  the  constitution,  is  prohibited  from   to  adopt  a  child    
enacting  laws  to  prescribe  the  terms  of  a  legal  contract.    a  promise  to  change  citizenship,  profession,  religion  or  domicile    
• Validity   of   Stipulations   –   any   and   all   stipulations   not   contrary   to   law,    a   promise   not   to   hold   public   office   or   which   limits   the  
morals,  good  customs,  public  order  or  public  policy  is  valid.     performance  of  official  duties    
1. Contrary  to  law  –  freedom  of  contract  is  restricted  by  law  for  the  good    a  promise  to  enter  a  particular  political  party  or  separate  from  it    
of   the   public.   It   is   fundamental   postulate   that   however   broad   the   3. Contrary  to  Public  Order  –  if  the  court  finds  that  the  contract  as  to  the  
freedom  of  the  contracting  parties  may  be,  it  does  not  go  so  far  as  to   consideration  or  the  thing  to  be  done,  contravenes  some  established  

60  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
interest   of   society,   or   is   inconsistent   with   sound   policy   and   good   obligatory   and   it   must   be   proved   as   a   fact   according   to  
morals,  or  tends  to  undermine  the  security  of  individual  rights.     the  rules  of  evidence    
Ex.    
 Common   carrier   cannot   stipulate   for   exemption   for   liability   unless   Innominate  Contracts  according  to  Kind  of  Prestation:  
such   exemption   is   justifiable   and   reasonable   and   the   contract   is   1.       do   ut   des   (I   give   that   you   may   give)   –   An   agreement   in   which   A   will   give  
freely  and  fairly  made.     one  thing  to  B,  so  that  B  will  give  another  thing  to  A.    
 Payment   to   intermediaries   in   securing   import   licenses   or   quota   2.       do   ut   facias   (I   give   that   you   may   do)   –   An   agreement   under   which   A   will  
allocations   give  something  to  B,  so  that  B  may  do  something  for  A.    
 Contract   of   scholarship   stipulating   that   the   student   must   remain   3.       facio  ut  facias  (I  do  that  you  may  do)  –  An  agreement  under  which  A  does  
in   the   same   school   and   that   he   waives   his   right   to   transfer   to   something  for  B,  so  that  B  may  render  some  other  service  for  A.    
another  school  without  refunding  the  school     4.       facio  ut  des  (I  do  that  you  may  give)  –  An  agreement  under  which  A  does  
  something  for  B,  so  that  B  may  give  something  to  A.    
 
Art.  1307  –  Innominate  Contracts   Cases:  
Innominate   contracts   shall   be   regulated   by   the   stipulations   of   the   parties,   by   the   • Dizon   v.   Gaborro   –   a   contract   where   respondent   shall   pay   for   the  
provisions  of  Titles  I  and  II  of  this  Book,  by  the  rules  governing  the  most  analogous   obligations   of   the   petitioner,   and   the   petitioner   grants   possession,  
nominate  contracts,  and  by  the  customs  of  the  place.  (n)   enjoyment  and  the  use  of  certain  lands  until  full  reimbursement,  partakes  
the  nature  of  an  antichresis.  
Innominate  Contracts:   • Corpus   v.   CA   –   contract   between   lawyer   and   client   is   analogous   to   a  
• Those  which  are  not  specifically  governed  by  any  provision  in  the  Civil  Code   contract  of  agency.  
or  special  law  but  which  likewise  involve  the  fulfillment  or  accomplishment    
of  some  prestations  
• They  are  actually  not  extraordinary  contracts.  Such  contracts  are  common   Art.  1308  –  Mutuality  of  Contracts  
and  frequently  encountered.   The   contract   must   bind   both   contracting   parties;   its   validity   or   compliance   cannot  
Ex.      contract  to  translate  a  book,  contract  to  model,     be  left  to  the  will  of  one  of  them.  (1256a)  
contract  between  lawyer  and  client  
• They  are  governed  by  the  following  (SLAC):     Mutuality  of  Contracts:    
a. Stipulation  of  the  parties     • In  order  that  obligations  arising  from  contracts  may  have  the  force  of  law  
b. Law  –  provisions  of  obligations  and  contracts  under  Title  I  and   between   the   parties,   there   must   be   mutuality   between   the   parties   based  
II  of  the  Civil  Code   on  their  essential  equality.  A  contract  containing  a  condition  which  makes  
c. Rules  governing  the  most  analogous  nominate  contracts     its  fulfillment  dependent  upon  the  exclusive  will  of  the  contracting  parties  
 Sale,   barter   or   exchange,   lease,   partnership,   agency,   is  void.  PNB  v.  CA  
loan,   deposit,   aleatory,   contracts,   compromises,   • Garcia   v.   Rita   Legarda   Inc.   –   a   contract   expressly   giving   to   one   party   the  
guaranty,  pledge,  mortgage,  and  antichresis     right  to  cancel  the  same  if  a  resolutory  condition  therefor  agreed  upon  is  
 Governed   by   special   laws:   insurance,   real   estate   not   fulfilled,   is   valid,   the   reason   being   that   when   the   contract   is   thus  
mortgage,  and  charter  party     cancelled,  the  agreement  of  the  parties  is  in  reality  being  fulfilled.  
d. Customs  of  the  place     • Allied  Banking  Corp.  v.  CA  –  a  stipulation  which  states  that  a  contract  may  
o Custom  –  a  rule  of  conduct  formed  by  repetition  of  acts   be   renewed   for   a   like   term   at   the   option   of   the   lessee   is   valid   since   such  
uniformly   observed   as   a   social   rule,   legally   binding   and   right  of  the  lessee  is  part  of  the  consideration  in  the  contract.  

61  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Contract   of   adhesion   –   wherein   a   party,   usually   a   corporation,   prepares   Art.  1310  –  When  Determination  is  Inequitable    
the   stipulations   in   the   contract,   while   the   other   party   merely   affixes   his   The   determination   shall   not   be   obligatory   if   it   is   evidently   inequitable.   In   such   case,  
signature  or  his  adhesion‖  thereto.  Serra  v.  CA   the  courts  shall  decide  what  is  equitable  under  the  circumstances.  (n)  
o Not  per  se  void.  
o Binding   as   ordinary   contracts   because   the   party   who   adheres   to   Exception  to  Mutuality  of  Contracts  (Art.  1308)    
the  contract  is  free  to  reject  it  entirely.    
• Qualifies  determination  in  Art.  1309  
 
• When   the   decision   cannot   be   arrived   due   to   inequity,   the   courts   shall  
Cancellation  by  One  Party:  
decide  what  is  equitable  for  the  parties  involved.    
• Unilateral   Cancellation   –   just   as   nobody   can   be   forced   to   enter   into   a  
 
contract,   in   the   same   manner   once   a   contract   is   entered   into,   no   party   can  
renounce  it  unilaterally  or  without  the  consent  of  the  other.     Art.  1311  –  Stipulation  Pour  Atrui  
o Nobody  is  allowed  to  enter  into  a  contract,  and  while  the  contract   Contracts   take   effect   only   between   the   parties,   their   assigns   and   heirs,   except   in  
is   in   effect,   leaves,   denounces   or   disavows   the   contract   to   the   case   where   the   rights   and   obligations   arising   from   the   contract   are   not  
prejudice  of  the  other.     transmissible  by  their  nature,  or  by  stipulation  or  by  provision  of  law.  The  heir  is  not  
• Upon  Stipulation  –  however,  when  the  contract  so  stipulates  that  one  may   liable  beyond  the  value  of  the  property  he  received  from  the  decedent.  
terminate  the  contract  upon  a  reasonable  period  is  valid.    
o Judicial   action   for   the   rescission   of   the   contract   is   no   longer   If   a   contract   should   contain   some   stipulation   in   favor   of   a   third   person,   he   may  
necessary  when  the  contract  so  stipulates  that  it  may  be  revoked   demand   its   fulfillment   provided   he   communicated   his   acceptance   to   the   obligor  
before   its   revocation.   A   mere   incidental   benefit   or   interest   of   a   person   is   not  
and  cancelled  for  the  violation  of  any  of  its  terms  and  conditions.  
sufficient.   The   contracting   parties   must   have   clearly   and   deliberately   conferred   a  
This  right  of  rescission  may  be  waived.    
favor  upon  a  third  person.  (1257a)  
 
Relativity  of  Contracts  (General  Rule):    
Art.  1309  –  Determination  of  Performance  by  a  Third  Person  
• Between   Principals   (parties)   –   contracts   take   effect   only   between   parties  
The   determination   of   the   performance   may   be   left   to   a   third   person,   whose  
to  the  same.  A  stranger  cannot  invoke  the  contract  of  another  for  his  own  
decision   shall   not   be   binding   until   it   has   been   made   known   to   both   contracting  
interest  or  for  a  source  of  an  alleged  prejudice.    
parties.  (n)  
o Integrated  Packaging  Corp.  v.  CA  –  supplier  private  respondent  is  
not   a   party   to   the   agreement,   hence   cannot   be   held   liable   for   any  
Exception  to  Mutuality  of  Contracts  (Art.  1308)    
breach  between  the  contracting  parties.  
• A  third  person  may  be  called  upon  to  decide  whether  or  not  performance  
• Transmissibility   to   Assigns   and   Heirs   –   the   law   operates   to   effect   the  
has   been   done   for   the   fulfillment   of   the   contract.   Such   decision   becomes  
transfer   of   a   chosen   of   action   from   one   person   to   another   without   any  
binding  when  communicated  to  the  parties.    
concurring  act  on  the  part  of  the  parties  or  indeed  without  their  assent.  
Ex.     A   sold   his   parcel   of   land   to   B.   It   was   agreed   that   C,   a   real   estate  
o Heirs   are   not   third   persons   because   there   is   privity   of   interest  
appraiser,   would   be   the   one   to   determine   the   reasonable   price   of  
between  them  and  their  predecessor.  
the   land.   C,   then   fixed   the   price   after   considering   all   the  
o Transfer  of  an  interest  in  land  may  be  by  marriage,  and  by  death.  
circumstances  affecting  the  value  of  the  land.  C  must  make  known  
o DKH  Holdings  Corp.  v.  CA  –  upon  acquiring  the  property,  the  heir  
his  decision  to  A  and  B  who  will  be  bound  by  the  same.  
has  acquired  all  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  deceased  lessor  
  with  respect  to  the  property.  
o Transmission  of  rights  and  obligations  in  a  contract  may  be  agreed  
  upon  by  the  parties.  

62  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o The  heir  may  not  be  held  liable  beyond  the  value  of  the  property   Stipulation  Pour  Autrui  Cases:  
received.   • Marmont   Resort   Hotel   v.   Guiang   –   spouses   may   be   held   liable   as   Marmont  
o 3   cases   where   contracts   cannot   take   effect   with   respect   to   the   hotel  is  a  third  party  who  is  benefitted  upon  the  second  memorandum  of  
heirs  or  assigns  (SNL):     agreement  which  the  spouses  executed  with  Maris  Trading.  
1.       Nature  –  of  the  contract  does  not  allow  transmission     • Coquia   v.   Fieldman’s   Insurance   Co.   Inc.   –   insurance   contract   is   contract  
 Where   acts   stipulated   in   a   contract   require   the   exercise   pour  autrui.  Any  authorized  driver  of  the  insured  taxi  company  has  a  right  
of   special   knowledge,   genius,   skill,   taste,   ability,   of  claim  in  case  of  a  death  or  bodily  injury  suffered  through  an  accident.  
experience,   judgment,   discretion,   integrity,   or   other   • Mandarin   Villa,   Inc.   v.   CA   –   in   a   transaction   between   a   restaurant,   bank  
personal   qualification   of   one   or   both   parties,   the   and   a   credit   card   holder,   the   card   holder’s   offer   to   pay   by   means   of   his  
agreement  is  of  a  personal  nature,  and  terminates  on  the   credit  card  constitutes  not  only  an  acceptance  of  the  said    stipulation  but  
death  of  the  party  who  is  required  to  render  such  service     also  an  explicit  communication  of  his  acceptance  to  the  obligor.  
2.       Stipulation  –  that  no  transmission  of  rights  shall  be  allowed     • Young   v.   CA   –   when   given   a   right   of   first   refusal,   the   sale   of   subject  
3.       Law  –  provides  non-­‐transmission     property  to  some  other  person  constitutes  a  revocation  of  such  right.  
 
 
4  Exceptions  to  the  Relativity  of  Contracts:  
1. Contracts   Pour   Autrui   (Art.   1311   par.   2)   –   enforcement   of   which   may   be   Art.  1312  –  Contracts  Creating  Real  Rights  Bind  Third  Persons  
demanded  by  a  third  party  for  whose  benefit  it  has  been  made,  although   In   contracts   creating   real   rights,   third   persons   who   come   into   possession   of   the  
not   a   party   to   the   contract,   before   the   stipulation   in   his   favor   has   been   object  of  the  contract  are  bound  thereby,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Mortgage  
revoked   by   the   contracting   parties.   There   must   be   a   clear   intent   to   benefit   Law  and  the  Land  Registration  Laws.  (n)  
the  third  party.  It  is  insufficient  that  the  third  party  be  merely  incidentally  
benefited.   Real  Rights  in  Property:  
o Requisites  of  a  Stipulation  Pour  Autrui  (SPCLA):   • A  real  right  directly  affects  property  subject  to  it.  
a. There  must  be  a  stipulation  in  favor  of  a  third  person  (who  is   • Whoever  is  in  possession  of  such  property  must  respect  that  real  right.    
not  necessarily  named)   Ex.     If   the   lessor   terminates   the   lease   contract   for   a   valid   cause,   the  
b. The  stipulation  must  be  a  part,  not  the  whole  of  the  contract     sublessee   can   be   ejected   from   the   leased   premises   even   if   he   is  
c. The   contracting   parties   must   have   clearly   and   deliberately   not  a  party  to  the  lease  contract.  
conferred  a  favor  upon  a  third  person,  not  a  mere  incidental    
benefit  or  interest    
d. Neither   of   the   contracting   parties   bears   the   legal  
Art.  1313  –  Right  of  Creditors  to  Impugn  Fraudulent  Contracts    
representation  or  authorization  of  the  third  party     Creditors  are  protected  in  cases  of  contracts  intended  to  defraud  them.  (n)  
e. The   favored   party   must   have   communicated   his   acceptance  
of  the  stipulation  to  the  obligor  before  its  revocation   • Art.   1381(3)   –   provides   that   a   contract   shall   be   rescissible   if   it   is  
2. Contracts  creating  Real  Rights  (Art.  1312)   undertaken   in   fraud   of   creditors   when   the   latter   cannot   in   any   other  
3. Right  of  Creditors  to  Impugn  Fraudulent  Contracts  (Art.  1313)   manner  collect  the  claim  due  them.  
4. Person  who  Induces  Another  to  Violate  a  Contract  (Art.  1314)   • Even  if  the  creditor  is  not  a  party  to  the  contract  intended  to  defraud  him,  
he  is  given  legal  personality  by  law  to  terminate  the  contract.  
 
 
 
   
 

63  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1314  –  Liability  of  Third  Persons  Responsible  for  Breach  of  Contract   Art.  1315  –  Perfection  of  Contracts  and  Implied  Terms  
Any   third   person   who   induces   another   to   violate   his   contract   shall   be   liable   for   Contracts   are   perfected   by   mere   consent,   and   from   that   moment   the   parties   are  
damages  to  the  other  contracting  party.  (n)   bound  not  only  to  the  fulfillment  of  what  has  been  expressly  stipulated  but  also  to  
all  the  consequences  which,  according  to  their  nature,  may  be  in  keeping  with  good  
• A   stranger   owes   to   the   parties   to   the   agreement   a   duty   not   to   interfere   faith,  usage  and  law.  (1258)  
with  its  performance.  
o This   covers   every   case   where   one   person   maliciously   persuades   • Implied   terms   –   obligations   not   stipulated   in   a   contract   but   includes   all  
another  to  break  any  contract  with  a  third  person.   consequences  that  may  be  in  keeping  with  good  faith,  usage  and  law.  
• Malicious   act   –   if   the   persuasion   be   used   for   the   indirect   purpose   of   Ex.   observance  of  proper  diligence  
injuring   the   plaintiff,   or   benefiting   the   defendant,   at   the   expense   of   the   delivery  includes  all  accessions  and  accessories    
plaintiff.   provisions  on  fortuitous  events  
o Lack   of   malice   precludes   damages.   But   it   does   not   relieve    
petitioner   of   the   legal   liability   for   entering   into   contracts   and   Art.  1316  –  Real  Contracts  are  Perfected  upon  Delivery  
causing  breach  of  existing  ones.   Real  contracts,  such  as  deposit,  pledge  and  Commodatum,  are  not  perfected  until  
• The   party   guilty   of   such   breach   may,   nevertheless,   recover   against   the   one   the  delivery  of  the  object  of  the  obligation.  (n)  
who  induces  him  to  violate  his  contract  when  the  latter,  by  such  acts  and  
persuasion,  intended  to  injure  the  other  contracting  party  or  to  coerce  him  
• General  Rule  –  contracts  are  perfected  by  mere  consent  of  the  parties.  
into  adopting  a  line  of  business  against  his  will  and  judgment    
o Exceptions:    
• Damage   –   the   loss,   hurt,   or   harm   which   results   from   injury   and   damages   1.       Contract   of   Sale   –   ownership   over   the   object   is   transferred   only  
are   the   recompense   or   compensation   awarded   for   the   damage   suffered.   upon  actual  or  constructive  delivery.  
Song  Pin  Bun  v.  CA     2.       Real  Contracts  
o One   becomes   liable   in   an   action   for   damages   for   a   non-­‐ a. Deposit   –   constituted   from   the   moment   a   person  
trespassory   invasion   of   another’s   interest   in   the   private   use   and   receives  a  thing  belonging  to  another  for  the  purpose  of  
enjoyment  of  asset  if  (RILS):     safely  keeping  it  and  returning  the  same.  (Art.  1962)  
1.       The  other  has  property  rights  and  privileges  with  respect   b. Pledge   –   constituted   by   the   owner   of   the   object   to  
to  the  use  or  enjoyment  interfered  with.     secure   a   loan.   It   is   indispensable   that   the   thing   pledged  
2.       The  invasion  is  substantial.   be  in  possession  of  the  creditor.  
3.       The  defendant’s  conduct  is  a  legal  cause  of  the  invasion.   c. Commodatum   –   bailee   in   commodatum   acquires   the   use  
4.       The   invasion   is   either   intentional   and   unreasonable   or   of  the  thing  loaned.  
unintentional   and   actionable   under   general   negligence    
rules.  
o Elements  of  Tort  Interference  (EKI):     Art.  1317  –  Unauthorized  Contracts  are  Unenforceable  
1.       Existence  of  a  valid  contract     No  one  may  contract  in  the  name  of  another  without  being  authorized  by  the  latter,  
2.       Knowledge   on   the   part   of   the   third   person   of   the   existence   of   or  unless  he  has  by  law  a  right  to  represent  him.  
contract    
A   contract   entered   into   in   the   name   of   another   by   one   who   has   no   authority   or  
3.       Interference   of   the   third   person   is   without   legal   justification  
legal  representation,  or  who  has  acted  beyond  his  powers,  shall  be  unenforceable,  
or  excuse  
unless   it   is   ratified,   expressly   or   impliedly,   by   the   person   on   whose   behalf   it   has  
 
been  executed,  before  it  is  revoked  by  the  other  contracting  party.  (1259a)    
 

64  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• General  rule  –  no  person  may  contract  in  the  name  of  another.   • “Concur”   –   all   the   three   requisites   must   be   present.   Absence   of   one  
o Exception  –  if  such  person  has  by  law  a  right  to  represent  him.   negates  the  existence  of  a  contract.  
Ex.   Parents   exercising   parental   authority   have   the   right   and   • The  rule  on  pari  delicto  –  when  both  parties  are  equally  at  fault.  
duty  to  represent  their  unemancipated  child.   o Void   and   inexistent   contracts   –   when   any   of   the   elements   are  
• Contract  of  Agency  –  a  person  binds  himself  to  render  some  service  or  to   absent  pari  delicto  shall  not  apply.    
do  something  in  representation  or  on  behalf  of  another,  with  the  consent   o Ostensible  contracts  –  when  the  elements  are  all  present  but  the  
or  authority  of  the  latter.   contract  is  void,  pari  delicto  shall  apply.  
o The   principal   of   the   agent   must   comply   with   all   the   obligations   Ex.   purchase  and  delivery  of  drugs  
which   the   agent   may   have   contracted   with   the   scope   of   his    
authority.   Section  1  –  Consent  
o Wherein   the   agent   has   exceeded   his   power,   the   principal   is   not  
bound  except  when  he  ratifies  it  expressly  or  tacitly.  
o When  the  agent  exceeded  his  authority,  the  principal  is  solidarily   Art.  1319  –  Consent  Defined  
liable   with   the   agent   if   the   former   allowed   the   latter   to   act   as   Consent   is   manifested   by   the   meeting   of   the   offer   and   the   acceptance   upon   the  
though  he  had  full  powers.   thing  and  the  cause  which  are  to  constitute  the  contract.  The  offer  must  be  certain  
o When  a  sale  of  a  piece  of  land  or  any  interest  therein  is  through   and  the  acceptance  absolute.  A  qualified  acceptance  constitutes  a  counter-­‐offer.  
an  agent,  the  authority  of  the  latter  shall  be  in  writing,  or  else,  the   Acceptance  made  by  letter  or  telegram  does  not  bind  the  offerer  except  from  the  
sale  shall  be  void.   time   it   came   to   his   knowledge.   The   contract,   in   such   a   case,   is   presumed   to   have  
• Yao   Ka   Sin   v.   CA   –   if   a   private   corporation   intentionally   or   negligently   been  entered  into  in  the  place  where  the  offer  was  made.  (1262a)  
clothes   its   officers   or   agents   with   apparent   power   to   perform   acts   for   it,  
the   corporation   cannot   deny   that   the   existence   of   such   authority,   as   to   • Consent   –   the   concurrence   of   the   wills   of   the   offerer   and   acceptor   as   to  
innocent  third  persons  dealing  in  good  faith  with  such  officers  or  agents.     the  thing  and  the  cause  which  constitute  a  contract.  
• Regal   Films   v.   Concepcion   –   such   an   agreement   is   void   where   the   agent   o Requisites  of  Consent:    
was  no  longer  acting  on  behalf  of  the  movie  actor.   1.       Consent   must   be   manifested   by   the   concurrence   of   the  
  offer  and  the  acceptance  (Arts.  1319-­‐1326)  
2.       Contracting   parties   must   possess   the   necessary   legal  
  capacity  (Arts.  1327-­‐1329)    
3.       Consent   must   be   intelligent,   free,   spontaneous   and   real  
Chapter  2:  Essential  Requisites  of  Contracts   (Arts.  1330-­‐1346)    
 
General  Provisions   • Offer  –  a  manifestation  of  a  willingness  to  enter  into  a  bargain  so  made  as  
to  justify  another  person  in  understanding  that  his  assent  to  that  bargain  is  
invited  and  will  conclude  it.  
Art.  1318  –  Elements  of  a  Contract   o Making  an  offer  means  inviting  an  acceptance  which,  if  given,  will  
There  is  no  contract  unless  the  following  requisites  concur:   finally  create  a  contract.  
o It  must  be  so  complete  that  its  acceptance  will  form  an  agreement  
(1)  Consent  of  the  contracting  parties;  
containing  all  the  terms  necessary  and  intended  by  the  parties,  for  
(2)  Object  certain  which  is  the  subject  matter  of  the  contract;  
it   is   obvious   that   there   can   be   no   agreement   until   its   terms   are  
(3)  Cause  of  the  obligation  which  is  established.  (1261)  
settled,  and  that  an  offer  which  is  not  complete  is  merely  a  step  in  
the  negotiations.  

65  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o The   following   relations,   until   a   contract   is   perfected,   are   not   other   party   options   and/or   remedies   to   protect  
considered   binding   commitments,   and   if   withdrawn,   such   interests.  
withdrawal  is  effective  immediately  after  its  manifestation  such  as   o Person   making   the   offer   must   have   actual   knowledge   of   the  
by  its  mailing  and  not  necessarily  when  the  offeree  learns  of  the   acceptance.  
withdrawal:      
1.       Negotiation  –  is  formally  initiated  by  an  offer     Art.  1321  –  Offerer  Fixes  Manner,  Time  and  Place  of  Acceptance  
2.       Imperfect  promise  (policitacion)  –  is  merely  an  offer     The   person   making   the   offer   may   fix   the   time,   place,   and   manner   of   acceptance,   all  
3.       Public   advertisements   or   solicitations   –   are   ordinarily   of  which  must  be  complied  with.  (n)  
construed   as   mere   invitations   to   make   offers   or   only   as  
proposals.    
• General   rule   –   offerer   will   not   be   bound   by   an   acceptance   made   by   the  
 
acceptor  in  any  other  manner  than  that  specified  by  the  offerer.  
Art.  1320  -­‐  Acceptance   o Exception  –  when  the  offerer  acquiesces  in  the  change.  
An  acceptance  may  be  express  or  implied.  (n)   • Matias   v.   CA   –   a   lessee   may   not   compel   the   subsequent   owner   of   a  
property  to  sell  it  in  an  amount  which  the  lessee  feels  reasonable.  
• Acceptance   –   must   exist   to   establish   concurrence   of   the   wills   of   the   • Contract   of   sale   –   the   manner   of   payment   of   the   purchase   price   is   an  
parties,  otherwise  there  is  no  consent  to  form  a  contract.   essential  element  before  a  valid  and  binding  contract  of  sale  can  exist.    
 Salonga   v.   Farrales   –   where   the   defendant   merely    
offered   the   property   but   which   offer   was   not   accepted,  
there  was  no  consent.  
Art.  1322  –  Communication  of  Acceptance  to  Agent  
An   offer   made   through   an   agent   is   accepted   from   the   time   acceptance   is  
o Must  be  absolute  –  it  may  be  express  or  implied.  
 Adelfa   Properties   Inc.   v.   CA   –   except   where   formal   communicated  to  him.  (n)  
acceptance   is   required,   it   may   be   shown   by   acts,   conduct  
or   words   of   the   accepting   party   that   clearly   manifest   a   • Contract  of  Agency  –  a  person  binds  himself  to  render  some  service  or  to  
present   intention   or   determination   to   accept   the   offer   to   do  something  in  representation  or  on  behalf  of  another  with  the  consent  
buy  or  sell.   or  authority  of  the  latter.    
o Must   be   unconditional   –   it   must   be   identical   to   the   terms   of   the   • When  a  sale  of  a  piece  of  land  or  any  interest  therein  is  through  an  agent,  
offer.   the  authority  of  the  latter  shall  be  in  writing,  otherwise  the  sale  is  void.    
 It   must   not   vary   from   the   proposal   by   way   of   omission,    
addition  or  alteration.  
Art.  1323  –  When  Offer  Becomes  Ineffective  
 Counter-­‐offer   –   a   qualified   acceptance   which   binds  
An   offer   becomes   ineffective   upon   the   death,   civil   interdiction,   insanity,   or  
neither  of  the  parties.  
insolvency  of  either  party  before  acceptance  is  conveyed.  (n)  
 Jardine   Davies   v.   CA   –   when   the   acceptance   of   a  
construction   bid   was   subject   to   certain   basic   terms   and  
• “Before   acceptance   is   conveyed”   –   before   acceptance   has   come   to   the  
conditions,   it   was   not   tantamount   to   a   qualified  
actual  knowledge  of  the  offeror.  
acceptance.  As  to  conditions:  
• When  an  offer  becomes  ineffective,  nothing  can  be  accepted.  
• Condition   imposed   on   the   perfection   of   a  
• Villanueva   v.   CA   –   an   offer   became   ineffective   when   a   bank   became  
contract  –  failure  to  comply  results  in  the  failure  
insolvent   and   was   placed   under   receivership   before   its   acceptance   of   the  
of  a  contract.  
purchase   of   a   certain   foreclosed   property   was   communicated   to   the   seller.  
• Condition  imposed  merely  on  the  performance  
Hence,  no  contract  was  created.  
of   an   obligation   –   failure   to   comply   gives   the  
66  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
  o However,  it  is  not  the  giving  of  the  earnest  money  per  se,  but  the  
Art.  1324  –  Contract  of  Option,  Option  Period,  Option  Money   proof   of   the   concurrence   of   all   the   essential   elements   of   the  
When  the  offerer  has  allowed  the  offeree  a  certain  period  to  accept,  the  offer  may   contract   of   sale   which   establishes   the   existence   of   a   perfected  
be   withdrawn   at   any   time   before   acceptance   by   communicating   such   withdrawal,   sale.  
except   when   the   option   is   founded   upon   a   consideration,   as   something   paid   or    
promised.  (n)   Art.  1325  –  Business  Advertisements  
Unless   it   appears   otherwise,   business   advertisements   of   things   for   sale   are   not  
• Option   —   a   contract   granting   a   privilege   to   buy   or   sell   at   a   determined   definite  offers,  but  mere  invitations  to  make  an  offer.  (n)  
price  within  an  agreed  time.  
• Option  period  —  when  the  offerer  has  allowed  the  offeree  a  certain  period   • General   Rule   —   advertisements   of   things   for   sale   are   mere   invitations   to  
to  accept  the  offer.     make  an  offer.  
• Ang  Yu  Asuncion  v.  CA  —  rules  on  option  period:   o Exception   ―   unless   it   appears   otherwise   or   where   such  
PERIOD  NOT  FOUND  ON  A   PERIOD  HAS  A  SEPARATE   advertisement  may  constitute  an  offer  which  is  certain.  
CONSIDERATION   CONSIDERATION    
The   offerer   is   still   free   and   has   the   A   contract   of   ―option‖   is   deemed   Art.  1326  –  Advertisements  for  Bidders    
right   to   withdraw   the   offer   before   perfected  and  it  would  be  a  breach   Advertisements   for   bidders   are   simply   invitations   to   make   proposals,   and   the  
its   acceptance   or   if   an   acceptance   of   that   contract   to   withdraw   the  
advertiser  is  not  bound  to  accept  the  highest  or  lowest  bidder,  unless  the  contrary  
was   made,   before   the   offeror’s   offer  during  the  agreed  period.  
appears.  (n)  
coming   to   know   of   such   fact,   by  
communicating   that   withdrawal   to   If   the   optioner-­‐offeror   withdraws  
the   offer   before   its   acceptance   by   • Jardine  Davies  Inc.  v.  CA  —  when  a  company  starts  the  process  of  a  bidding  
the  offeree.  
and   disseminates   the   document   denominated   the   “Terms   Conditions   of  
The   right   to   withdraw   must   not   be   the   optionee-­‐offeree,   the   latter  
the   Bidding”‖to   the   bidders,   the   dissemination   of   the   said   documents  
exercised   whimsically   or   arbitrarily;   may   not   sue   for   specific  
constitutes   an   advertisement‖   to   bid   in   the   project.   The   bid   proposals   or  
otherwise,   it   could   give   rise   to   a   performance   on   the   proposed  
quotations   submitted   by   the   prospective   suppliers   are   the   offers.   The  
damage   claim   under   Art.   19   of   the   contract   since   it   has   failed   to   reach  
its  own  stage  of  perfection.   favorable  reply  of  the  company  to  one  of  the  prospective  suppliers  is  the  
Civil  Code.  
The   optioner-­‐offeror   renders   acceptance.  
   
himself   liable   for   damages   for  
breach  of  the  option.   Art.  1327  –  Persons  who  Cannot  Give  Consent  
• Serra  v.  CA  —  an  optional  contract  is  a  privilege  existing  only  in  one  party— The  following  cannot  give  consent  to  a  contract:  
the  buyer.  
(1)  Unemancipated  minors;  
o He   is   given   the   right   to   decide   to   purchase   or   not,   a   certain  
merchandise  or  property,  at  any  time  within  the  agreed  period,  at   (2)   Insane   or   demented   persons,   and   deaf-­‐mutes   who   do   not   know   how   to   write.  
a  fixed  price.   (1263a)  
• Consideration   —   in   an   option   contract,   may   be   anything   of   value,   unlike   in  
sale  where  it  must  be  the  price  certain  in  money  or  its  equivalent.  
• Persons  who  are  capable  cannot  allege  the  incapacity  of  those  with  whom  
• Earnest  money  —  considered  part  of  the  price  in  a  contract  of  sale  and  can   they  contracted  to  annul  the  contract.  
be  a  proof  of  the  perfection  of  the  contract  of  sale.  
 
 

67  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Unemancipated  Minors:   Deaf-­‐mutes:  
• Emancipation   takes   place   by   the   attainment   of   majority   age   which   • Being  deaf-­‐mute  is  not  by  itself  alone  a  disqualification  for  giving  consent.    
commences  at  the  age  of  18  years.   • The  law  refers  to  the  deaf-­‐mute  who  does  not  know  how  to  write.    
• Any   contract   entered   into   by   an   unemancipated   person   is   annullable   or    
voidable.   Art.  1328  –  Lucid  Intervals,  Drunkenness,  Hypnotic  Spell  
o Unless  they  ratify  the  same  upon  reaching  the  age  of  majority.   Contracts   entered   into   during   a   lucid   interval   are   valid.   Contracts   agreed   to   in   a  
• Only   the   minor   can   invoke   the   ground   that   a   contract   is   annullable   state  of  drunkenness  or  during  a  hypnotic  spell  are  voidable.  (n)  
because,  at  the  time  it  was  entered  into,  he  was  still  a  minor.  
• Misrepresentation  by  a  Minor:   Lucid  Interval:  
a. Braganza   v.   De   Villa   Abrille   (passive   misrepresentation)   —   where   • Lucid   interval   —   that   period   of   time   when   an   insane   person   acts   with  
minors   signed   a   promissory   note   without   telling   the   creditor   their   reasonable   understanding,   comprehension   and   discernment   with   respect  
ages,   and   where   the   creditor   sought   to   enforce   the   promissory   note   to  what  he  is  doing.  
against   them,   it   was   held   that   the   minors   can   set   up   the   defense   of   • Lunacy   may   be   intermittent   in   character,  but   when  one  is  shown  to  have  
minority  to  resist  claim.   been  mentally  deranged  at  a  recent  period  anterior  to  the  execution  of  the  
o Minors  have  no  juridical  duty  to  disclose  their  inability  or  age.   contract,  that  condition  is  presumed  to  continue  and  the  burden  is  on  the  
o Even   if   the   written   contract   is   unenforceable   because   of   non-­‐ other   party   to   show   that   the   agreement   was   entered   into   during   a   lucid  
age,   they   shall   make   restitution   to   the   extent   that   they   may   interval.    
have  profited  by  the  money  they  received.    
b. Mercado   v.   Espiritu   (active   misrepresentation)   —   document   signed   by   Drunkenness  or  Hypnotic  Spell:  
the   minor   specifically   stated   he   was   of   age.   The   minor   is   estopped   • Intoxication   —   must   be   such   a   character   as   to   perpetuate   an   undue  
from    setup  the  defense  of  minority.   advantage  over  the  drunken  person.  
  o It   must   render   the   person   incapable   of   intelligent   assent   and  
Insane  or  Demented  Persons:   deprived  of  the  power  to  know  what  he  is  doing.  
• Contracts  entered  into  by  insane  or  demented  persons  are  annullable,  not   o Anything  short  of  this  will  not  invalidate  the  contract.  
void  ab  initio.   o An  agreement  made  by  a  person  when  so  drunk,  is  voidable  at  the  
o Valid  up  to  the  time  they  are  rendered  ineffective  by  the  courts.   intoxicated  person’s  option  under  any  of  the  following  (OFC):  
o Insanity   of   the   other   party   at   the   time   of   the   perfection   of   the   1.       When  it  appears  that  the  drunkenness  was  brought  about  by  
contract  must  be  proven.     the  opposite  party    
o When   the   insane   is   not   under   a   guardian   and   the   other   2.       That  a  fraudulent  advantage  was  taken  of  it    
contracting   party   has   no   reasonable   cause   to   believe   him   3.       That   the   drunkenness   was   so   complete   as   to   deprive   the  
otherwise   insane,   the   agreement   is   valid   if   equitable   and   party  of  his  reason  of  an  agreeing  mind  
beneficial  to  such  insane  person.   • Hypnosis   —   an   artificially   induced   state,   resembling   sleep,   but  
• 3  classes  of  mental  incapacity:     characterized   by   exaggerated   suggestibility   and   continued   responsiveness  
1.       Idiot  —  one  who  has  been  insane  from  birth.   to  the  voice  of  the  hypnotist.  
2.       Lunatic  —  one  who  was  at  one  time  sane,  but  who  from  some  cause    
or  other  has  lost  use  of  his  reason.  
Art.  1329  –  Incapacity  Subject  to  Modifications  
3.       Mentally   Weak   —   not   totally   incapable   of   transacting   business   or   The   incapacity   declared   in   Article   1327   is   subject   to   the   modifications   determined  
managing  affairs.   by   law,   and   is   understood   to   be   without   prejudice   to   special   disqualifications  
  established  in  the  laws.  (1264)  

68  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• The  Rules  of  Court  provide  a  list  of  incompetents  who  need  guardianship:     • Annulment  of  contract  on  the  ground  of  error  is  limited  to  cases  in  which  it  
o persons  suffering  from  the  penalty  of  civil  interdiction   may   reasonably   be   said   that   without   such   error   the   consent   would   not  
o hospitalized  lepers   have  been  given.  
o prodigals   • For  mistake  to  make  a  contract  voidable  or  annullable,  the  law  states  that  
o deaf  and  dumb  who  are  unable  to  write  and  read   the  consent  must  either  refer  to  the  (SC):  
o those  of  unsound  mind  (even  though  they  have  lucid  intervals)   1. Substance  of  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the  contract    
o persons   not   being   of   unsound   mind   but   by   reason   of   age,   disease,   2. Conditions   which   principally   moved   the   parties   to   enter   into   a  
weak  mind,  and  other  similar  causes  cannot,  without  outside  aid,   contract    
take  care  of  themselves  and  manage  their  property—becoming  an    Unilateral   mistake   —   of   which   the   other   party   is   entirely  
easy  prey  for  deceit  and  exploitation.     ignorant  and  to  which  he  in  no  way  contributes,  will  not  
• The  incapacity  to  give  consent  (Arts.  1327  &  1328)  to  contracts  renders  the   affect   the   agreement   or   afford   ground   for   its   avoidance  
contract  merely  voidable,  while  special  disqualification  (Art.  1329)  makes  it   or   rescission,   unless   it   is   such   a   mistake   as   goes   to   the  
void.     substance  of  the  agreement  itself.  
   Identity  or  qualifications  —  even  when  there  is  no  error  
as   to   person,   is   a   cause   vitiating   consent,   if   such  
Art.  1330  –  Characteristics  of  Consent  
qualifications   have   been   the   principal   cause   of   the  
A   contract   where   consent   is   given   through   mistake,   violence,   intimidation,   undue  
contract.    
influence,  or  fraud  is  voidable.  (1265a)  
 Motive   —   does   not   affect   the   contract   unless   such  
motive  was  a  condition  of  the  consent  given,  because  an  
• Meeting  of  the  minds  must  be  free,  voluntary,  willful  and  with  reasonable   accidental   element   is,   by   the   will   of   the   parties,  
understanding  of  the  various  obligations  the  parties  intend  to  be  bound.   converted  into  a  substantial  element.  
• Mistake,   intimidation,   violence,   undue   influence,   fraud   —   grounds   to   • Spouses  Heinzrich  Theis  and  Betty  Theis  v.  CA  —  Mistake  involves  either:  
annul  a  contract  because  there  is  no  real  assent  to  the  contract.   1. Ignorance  —  absence  of  knowledge  which  respect  to  a  thing.  
• Intimidation,   violence,   undue   influence   —   acts   of   duress   where   the   2. Mistake   properly   speaking   —   a   wrong   conception   about   said  
coerced  party  is  compelled  to  execute  the  contract  against  his  will.   thing   or   a   belief   in   the   existence   of   some   circumstance,   fact   or  
• A   contract   obtained   through   duress   or   mistake   is   voidable   or   annullable   event  which  in  reality  does  not  exist.    
under  Art.  1390.   • A  simple  mistake  of  account  shall  give  rise  to  its  correction  —  it  does  not  
  go  into  the  essentials  of  a  contract.    
Art.  1331  –  Mistake  or  Error      
In  order  that  mistake  may  invalidate  consent,  it  should  refer  to  the  substance  of  the  
thing   which   is   the   object   of   the   contract,   or   to   those   conditions   which   have   Art.  1332  –  Burden  of  Proof  in  case  of  Fraud  or  Mistake  
principally  moved  one  or  both  parties  to  enter  into  the  contract.   When   one   of   the   parties   is   unable   to   read,   or   if   the   contract   is   in   a   language   not  
understood   by   him,   and   mistake   or   fraud   is   alleged,   the   person   enforcing   the  
Mistake  as  to  the  identity  or  qualifications  of  one  of  the  parties  will  vitiate  consent   contract  must  show  that  the  terms  thereof  have  been  fully  explained  to  the  former.  
only   when   such   identity   or   qualifications   have   been   the   principal   cause   of   the   (n)  
contract.  

A  simple  mistake  of  account  shall  give  rise  to  its  correction.  (1266a)   • Presumption  —  when  entering  into  a  contract,  the  parties  are  presumed  to  
have   understood   the   terms   of   the   contract   they   voluntarily   signed  
especially  when  there  is  proof  that  they  are  educated.  
Mistake:  

69  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o May  be  rebutted  by  evidence  that  the  person  invoking  the  same   Art.  1335  –  Violence  or  Force  
has  either  of  these  conditions:   There   is   violence   when   in   order   to   wrest   consent,   serious   or   irresistible   force   is  
 Inability  to  read   employed.  
 Inability  to  understand  the  language  of  the  contract  
• Burden  of  proof  shifts  to  the  one  enforcing  the  contract  to  show  that  the   There   is   intimidation   when   one   of   the   contracting   parties   is   compelled   by   a  
terms  have  been  explained  to  the  other  party.     reasonable  and  well-­‐grounded  fear  of  an  imminent  and  grave  evil  upon  his  person  
• The  fact  of  not  understanding  is  not  enough;  it  must  be  coupled  with  fraud.   or   property,   or   upon   the   person   or   property   of   his   spouse,   descendants   or  
• Lustan   v.   CA   —   a   deed   of   definite   sale   was   ruled   to   be   an   equitable   ascendants,  to  give  his  consent.  
mortgage   where   an   illiterate   woman   was   made   to   believe   that   what   she  
signed  evidenced  an  indebtedness  to  the  creditor.   To  determine  the  degree  of  intimidation,  the  age,  sex  and  condition  of  the  person  
• Lim  v.  CA  —  where  a  contract  was  written  in  English  signed  by  an  elderly   shall  be  borne  in  mind.  
woman   who   claimed   that   she   did   not   understand   it,   was   upheld   because  
fraud  was  not  proven.   A  threat  to  enforce  one's  claim  through  competent  authority,  if  the  claim  is  just  or  
• Arriola   v.   Mahilum   —   upheld   the   cause   of   an   illiterate   where   her   sister   legal,  does  not  vitiate  consent.  (1267a)  
fraudulently   had   her   sign   a   document   including   the   partition   of   her   own  
property.   • Violence  –  refers  to  physical  force  or  compulsion.  
  o There   is   total   absence   of   free   will   in   case   a   person   is   compelled   to  
enter  into  a  contract  through  violence.  
Art.  1333  –  Knowledge  of  Risk   o Requisites  of  violence:    
There   is   no   mistake   if   the   party   alleging   it   knew   the   doubt,   contingency   or   risk   1. that   the   physical   force   employed   must   be   irresistible   or   of  
affecting  the  object  of  the  contract.  (n)   such   degree   that   the   victim   has   no   other   course,   under   the  
circumstances,  but  to  submit.    
• If  the  parties  are  conscious  of  their  ignorance  as  to  the  existence  of  some   2. that   such   force   is   the   determining   cause   in   giving   the   consent  
facts,  the  non-­‐existence  of  such  facts  is  of  no  consequence.   to  the  contract.  
• Wood  v.  Boynton  —  contract  cannot  be  annulled  where  a  Topaz  turned  out   • Intimidation  –  refers  to  moral  force  or  compulsion.    
to   be   actually   a   Diamond   because   there   was   conscious   uncertainty   and   o It   is   necessary   that   the   threats   and   circumstances   be   of   a  
both  parties  took  the  risk.   character   as   to   excite   the   reasonable   apprehensions   of   a   person  
  of  ordinary  courage,  and  that  the  agreement  be  made  under  the  
Art.  1334  –  Mistake  of  Law  May  Vitiate  Consent   influence  of  such  threats  or  menace.  
Mutual   error   as   to   the   legal   effect   of   an   agreement   when   the   real   purpose   of   the   o Threat  must  be  tangible  and  direct  
parties  is  frustrated,  may  vitiate  consent.  (n)   o Requisites  of  intimidation:    
1. that   the   intimidation   must   be   the   determining   cause   of   the  
contract,  or  must  have  caused  the  consent  to  be  given.  
• General   rule   —   A   unilateral   mistake   of   law   as   to   the   legal   effect   of   an  
2. that  the  threatened  act  be  unjust  or  unlawful.  
agreement  is  not  a  ground  to  annul  a  contract.  
3. that   the   threat   be   real   and   serious,   there   being   an   evident  
o Exception  —  when  the  following  requisites  concur:    
disproportion   between   the   evil   and   the   resistance   which   all  
1. The  mistake  as  to  the  legal  effect  of  the  agreement  must  be  
men  can  offer.  
mutual.  
2. Such   mutual   mistake   frustrates   the   real   purpose   of   the   4. that   it   produces   a   reasonable   and   well-­‐grounded   fear   from  
parties.   the   fact   that   the   person   from   whom   it   comes   has   the  
necessary  means  or  ability  to  inflict  the  threatened  injury.  
 
70  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
De  Leon  v.  CA     been  unduly  influenced  was  suffering  from  mental  weakness,  or  was  ignorant  or  in  
• Duress   –   that   degree   of   constraint   or   danger   either   actually   inflicted   financial  distress.  (n)  
(violent)   or   threatened   and   impending   (intimidation),   sufficient   to  
overcome  the  mind  and  will  of  a  person  of  ordinary  firmness.     • Annulling  a  contract  based  on  undue  influence  ―is  based  upon  principles  
o Vda.   De   Lacson   v.   Granada   –   the   duress   or   intimidation   must   be   of   highest   morality,   it   reaches   every   case   and   grants   relief   where   influence  
more  than  the  “general  feeling  of  fear.”   is  acquired  and  abused,  or  where  confidence  is  reposed  and  betrayed.‖    
 There   must   be   specific   acts   or   instances   of   such   nature   • “Undue”‖—  unrighteous,  illegal  and  designed  to  perpetrate  a  wrong.    
and  magnitude  as  to  have,  of  themselves,  inflicted  fear  or   o It  must  amount  to  fraud  or  coercion.  
terror  upon  the  subject  thereof  that  his  execution  of  the   • “Due   influence”   —   solicitation,   importunity,   argument   and   persuasion  
questioned  deed  or  act  cannot  be  considered  voluntary.   used  by  one  party  as  means  to  the  consent  of  the  other.  
 Mere  threat  to  bring  a  good  faith  action,  maintainable  at   o Banez  v.  CA  –  influence  obtained  by  persuasion  or  argument  or  by  
law,  does  not  amount  to  duress.   appeals  to  the  affections  is  not  prohibited  either  in  law  or  morals  
o Laperal  v.  Rogers  –  where  fearing  for  his  life  and  that  of  his  family,   and  is  not  obnoxious  even  in  courts  of  equity.  
he  sold  the  house,  it  was  held  that  the  contract  can  be  annulled  as   o Marubeni   Corporation   v.   Lirag   –   an   agreement   entered   into  
the  consent  was  coerced  by  direct  intimidation.   because  of  the  actual  or  supposed  influence...which  contemplates  
o Legal  actions  which  amount  to  duress:     the   use   of   personal   influence   and   solicitation   rather   than   appeal  
 A  threatened  civil  action  where  the  parties  are  not  on  an   to  the  judgment  of  the  official  on  the  merits  of  the  object  sought  
equal  footing.   is  contrary  to  public  policy.  
 Threats  made  against  a  person  of  inferior  intellect,  or  an    
aged   weakened   in   body   and   mind   to   the   effect   that  
certain  civil  proceedings  will  be  instituted.   Art.  1338  –  Causal  Fraud  
 Threatening   litigation   while   the   defendant   is   ill,   or   to   There   is   fraud   when,   through   insidious   words   or   machinations   of   one   of   the  
continue   litigation   when   the   circumstances   are   contracting   parties,   the   other   is   induced   to   enter   into   a   contract   which,   without  
oppressive.     them,  he  would  not  have  agreed  to.  (1269)  
 
Art.  1336  –  Violence  or  Intimidation  by  a  Third  Person   • Fraud  —  a  false  representation  of  a  material  fact  made  by  word  or  conduct  
Violence   or   intimidation   shall   annul   the   obligation,   although   it   may   have   been   with   knowledge   of   its   falsehood   or   in   reckless   disregard   of   its   truth,   in  
employed  by  a  third  person  who  did  not  take  part  in  the  contract.  (1268)   order  to  induce  and  actually  inducing  another  to  act  thereon  to  his  injury.  
o There  must  be  always  be  damage  or  injury  in  case  of  fraud.  
Ex.   If  A  is  coerced  to  enter  into  a  contract  with  X  because  G  threatens  to  kill  all   o Fraud  is  every  kind  of  deception,  whether  in  the  form  of  insidious  
the   children   of   A   if   he   does   not   do   so,   such   contract   may   be   annulled   machinations,   manipulations,   concealments,   or  
whether  or  not  X  knew  of  the  intimidation.     misrepresentations,  for  the  purpose  of  leading  another  party  into  
  error  and  thus  executing  a  particular  act.    
o Fraud   produces   qualified   error;   it   induces   in   the   other   party   an  
Art.  1337  –  Undue  Influence  
inexact  notion  of  facts.  The  will  of  another  is  maliciously  misled  by  
There   is   undue   influence   when   a   person   takes   improper   advantage   of   his   power  
means  of  false  appearance  of  reality.    
over  the  will  of  another,  depriving  the  latter  of  a  reasonable  freedom  of  choice.  The  
o Insidious   words   or   machinations‖   include   false   promises;  
following   circumstances   shall   be   considered:   the   confidential,   family,   spiritual   and  
exaggeration   of   hopes   or   benefits;   abuse   of   confidence;   and  
other   relations   between   the   parties,   or   the   fact   that   the   person   alleged   to   have  
fictitious  names,  qualifications,  or  authority.    
o The  result  of  fraud  is  error  on  the  part  of  the  victim.    
71  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Kinds  of  fraud:     • If  a  party  is  induced  by  such  exaggerations,  there  may  be  fraud  amounting  
1. Dolo  causante  (Art.  1338)  —  which  determines  or  is  the  essential   to  active  misrepresentation.  
cause   of   the   consent;   fraud   in   the   perfection   of   contract;   can   be   a   • If  it  is  within  the  means  of  the  other  party  to  investigate  and  he  does  not  
ground  for  annulment.   do  so,  there  will  be  no  fraud  despite  the  exaggerations.  
2. Dolo  incidente  (Arts.  1344  &  1170)  —  which  does  not  have  such  a   • Tolerated   fraud   –   includes   minimizing   the   defects   of   the   thing,  
decisive  influence  and  by  itself  cannot  cause  the  giving  of  consent,   exaggeration   of   its   good   qualities,   and   giving   it   qualities   that   it   does   not  
but   refers   only   to   some   particular   or   accident   of   the   obligation;   have.   This   is   lawful   misrepresentation   known   as   dolus   bonus.   This   is   also  
cannot  be  a  ground  for  annulment.   called  lawful  astuteness.    
• Requisites  of  fraud:     o These   misrepresentations   are   usually   encountered   in   fairs,  
1. Employed  by  one  contracting  party  upon  the  other   markets,  and  almost  all  commercial  transactions.  They  do  not  give  
2. Induced  the  other  party  to  enter  into  the  contract   rise   to   an   action   for   damages,   either   because   of   their  
3. Serious   insignificance  or  because  the  victim’s  gullibility  is  the  real  cause  of  
4. Resulted  in  damage  or  injury  to  the  party  seeking  annulment     his  loss.    
• Rivero   v.   CA   –   it   was   held   that   consent   of   the   old   woman   was   obtained    
through  fraudulent  misrepresentation  of  her  nephew  when  she  was  made   Art.  1341  –  Expert  Opinion  
to  believe  that  the  contract  was  a  mortgage  when  in  fact  it  was  a  sale.   A  mere  expression  of  an  opinion  does  not  signify  fraud,  unless  made  by  an  expert  
  and  the  other  party  has  relied  on  the  former's  special  knowledge.  (n)  
Art.  1339  –  Fraud  by  Concealment  
Failure  to  disclose  facts,  when  there  is  a  duty  to  reveal  them,  as  when  the  parties   • General  Rule  —  Opinions  are  not  regarded  as  representation  of  facts    
are  bound  by  confidential  relations,  constitutes  fraud.  (n)   • Hence,   if   it   turns   out   to   be   wrong,   it   is   not   considered   legally   deceitful  
insidiously  inducing  a  party  to  enter  into  a  contract.    
• The  mere  fact  that  one  of  the  parties  has  superior  knowledge  of  the  value   o Exception   —   an   opinion   of   an   expert   is   like   a   statement   of   fact,  
of  the  property  subject  of  the  transaction  does  not  per  se  constitute  fraud.   and  if  false,  may  be  considered  a  fraud  giving  rise  to  annulment.    
o There   is   only   fraud   when,   under   the   special   and   peculiar    
circumstances   of   each   case,   a   legal   or   equitable   duty   is   imposed  
upon   the   dominant   party   to   reveal   certain   facts   material   to   the   Art.  1342  –  Fraud  by  a  Third  Person  
transaction   or   when   there   is   a   confidential   relationship   between   Misrepresentation   by   a   third   person   does   not   vitiate   consent,   unless   such  
the  parties.     misrepresentation  has  created  substantial  mistake  and  the  same  is  mutual.  (n)  
• Silence  or  concealment  –  by  itself,  does  not  constitute  fraud,  unless  there  
is  a  special  duty  to  disclose  certain  facts,  or  unless  according  to  good  faith   • A  contract  may  be  annulled  on  the  ground  of  vitiated  consent  if  deceit  by  a  
and  the  usages  of  commerce,  the  communication  should  be  made     third   person,   even   without   connivance   or   complicity   with   one   of   the  
o The   innocent   non-­‐disclosure   of   a   fact   does   not   affect   the   contracting   parties,   resulted   in   mutual   error   on   the   part   of   the   parties   to  
formation  of  the  contract  or  operate  to  discharge  the  parties  from   the  contract.    
their  agreement.     • General  rule  —  is  that  the  fraud  employed  by  a  third  person  upon  one  of  
  the  parties  does  not  vitiate  consent  and  cause  the  nullity  of  a  contract.    
Art.  1340  –  Usual  Exaggerations  in  Trade   o Exception   —   If   one   of   the   parties   is   in   collusion   with   the   third  
The  usual  exaggerations  in  trade,  when  the  other  party  had  an  opportunity  to  know   person,   or   knows   of   the   fraud   by   the   third   person,   and   he   is  
the  facts,  are  not  in  themselves  fraudulent.  (n)   benefited  thereby,  he  may  be  considered  as  an  accomplice  to  the  
fraud,  and  the  contract  becomes  voidable.  

72  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Rural   Bank   of   Caloocan   v.   CA   –   there   was   misrepresentation   where   a   • When  both  parties  use  fraud  reciprocally,  neither  one  has  an  action  against  
person   induced   an   elderly   woman   to   co-­‐sign   a   promissory   note   as   a   co-­‐ the   other;   the   fraud   of   one   compensates   that   of   the   other.   Neither   party  
debtor   and   such   person   claimed   false   qualifications   to   get   a   loan   from   a   can  ask  for  the  annulment  of  the  contract.    
bank.    
 
Art.  1343  –  Misrepresentation  Made  in  Good  Faith   Art.  1345  –  Simulation  of  a  Contract  
Misrepresentation   made   in   good   faith   is   not   fraudulent   but   may   constitute   error.   Simulation  of  a  contract  may  be  absolute  or  relative.  The  former  takes  place  when  
(n)   the   parties   do   not   intend   to   be   bound   at   all;   the   latter,   when   the   parties   conceal  
their  true  agreement.  (n)  
• Misrepresentation  –  inclusive  of  the  term  fraud.  
o Practically,   every   fraud   is   a   misrepresentation   but   not   every   • Absolute  simulation  —  renders  the  contract  null  and  void  when  the  parties  
misrepresentation  is  fraudulent.   do  not  intend  to  be  bound  at  all  by  the  same.  Umali  v.  CA    
• Misrepresentations  may  be  made  without  the  knowledge  of  its  falsity  and   o The  basic  characteristic  of  this  type  of  simulation  of  contract  is  the  
therefore  completely  done  in  good  faith.   fact  that  the  apparent  contract  is  not  really  desired  or  intended  to  
o In  such  case,  it  may  constitute  merely  an  error.   either   produce   legal   effects   or   in   any   way   alter   the   juridical  
o Hence,  breach  of  contracts  need  not  always  be  in  good  faith  as  it   situation  of  the  parties.  Umali  v.  CA  
could  be  the  due  to  an  honest  mistake.   • Simulation   –   the   declaration   of   a   fictitious   will,   deliberately   made   by  
  agreement   of   the   parties,   in   order   to   produce,   for   the   purposes   of  
deception,   the   appearance   of   a   juridical   act   which   does   not   exist   or   is  
Art.  1344  –  Causal  Fraud  may  make  a  Contract  Voidable  
different  from  that  which  was  really  executed.  
In  order  that  fraud  may  make  a  contract  voidable,  it  should  be  serious  and  should  
 
not  have  been  employed  by  both  contracting  parties.  
Art.  1346  –  Absolute  and  Relative  Simulation  of  Contracts  
Incidental  fraud  only  obliges  the  person  employing  it  to  pay  damages.  (1270)   An  absolutely  simulated  or  fictitious  contract  is  void.  A  relative  simulation,  when  it  
does  not  prejudice  a  third  person  and  is  not  intended  for  any  purpose  contrary  to  
• The  fraudulent  act  must  be  serious     law,   morals,   good   customs,   public   order   or   public   policy   binds   the   parties   to   their  
o There  must  be  an  intention  to  injure  and  that  damage  or  injury  in   real  agreement.  (n)    
fact  resulted.    
o It   must   not   be   dolo   incidente—accidental   and   collateral   fraud— • Javier   v.   CA   –   assignee   should   be   held   liable   considering   that   the  
which   does   not   necessarily   bear   on   the   decision   of   the   party   assignment  was  a  relatively  simulated  contract  which,  though  containing  a  
defrauded  to  enter  into  the  contract.     false  consideration,  was  not  null  and  void  per  se.  
o It   must   be   dolo   causante—which   refers   to   the   very   cause   why   the   • JR  Blanco  v.  Quasha  –  simulation  of  contracts  may  be  absolute  or  relative.    
other  party  entered  into  the  contract.     a. Absolute   simulation   –   there   is   color   of   a   contract,   without   any  
• Fraud   is   serious   when   it   is   sufficient   to   impress,   or   to   lead   an   ordinarily   substance   thereof,   the   parties   not   having   any   intention   to   be  
prudent   person   into   error;   that   which   cannot   deceive   a   prudent   person   bound.    
cannot  be  a  ground  for  nullity.     b. Relative   simulation   –   the   parties   have   an   agreement   which   they  
• Besides   being   serious,   the   fraud   must   be   the   determining   cause   of   the   conceal  under  the  guise  of  another  contract.    
contract.  It  must  be  dolo  causante.     Ex.   a  deed  of  sale  executed  to  conceal  donation.    

73  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Pua   v.   CA   —   where   it   was   proven   that   the   person   who   allegedly   entered   • Within  the  commerce  of  man  –  any  property  or  service  can  be  the  object  
into   the   contract   was   not   even   conceived   at   the   time   the   contract   was   of  a  contract  provided  that  it  is  within  the  commerce  of  man.  
executed,  the  SC  said  that  the  contract  was  definitely  absolutely  simulated.   o Maneclang   v.   IAC   –   a   creek   cannot   be   converted   into   a   fishpond  
• Velasquez   v.   CA   –   contract   was   clearly   simulated   to   facilitate   the   because   it   is   a   property   belonging   to   the   public   domain   which   is  
transaction   with   the   bank   as   there   was   absolutely   no   consideration   at   all   not   susceptible   to   private   appropriation   and   acquisitive  
and  the  parties  clearly  did  not  intend  to  be  bound  by  the  deed  of  sale  and   prescription.  
its  accompanying  documents.   o Things  which  are  outside  the  commerce  of  man:    
• Francisco   v.   Francisco-­‐Alfonso   –   when   two   illegitimate   daughters   claimed    Services   which   imply   an   absolute   submission   by   those  
they  bought  property  but  it  was  shown  that  they  could  not  have  possibly   who   render   them,   sacrificing   their   liberty,   their  
acquired  the  same  given  that  they  had  no  income,  the  contract  of  sale  was   independence   or   beliefs,   or   disregarding   in   any   manner  
void  for  being  simulated  because  there  was  no  consideration  for  the  same.   the   equality   and   dignity   of   persons,   such   as   perpetual  
  servitude  or  slavery;    
   Personal  rights,  such  as  marital  authority,  the  status  and  
capacity  of  a  person,  and  honorary  titles  and  distinctions;    
Section  2  –  Object  of  Contracts    Public  offices,  inherent  attributes  of  the  public  authority,  
and   political   rights   of   individuals,   such   as   the   right   of  
Art.  1347  –  Object  of  a  Contract   suffrage;    
All   things  which   are   not  outside  the  commerce  of  men,  including  future  things,  may    Property,  while  they  pertain  to  the  public  dominion,  such  
be  the  object  of  a  contract.  All  rights  which  are  not  intransmissible  may  also  be  the   as  the  roads,  plazas,  squares,  and  rivers;    
object  of  contracts.    Sacred   things,   common   things,   like   the   air   and   the   sea,  
and   res   nullius,   as   long   as   they   have   not   been  
No  contract  may  be  entered  into  upon  future  inheritance  except  in  cases  expressly  
appropriated.    
authorized  by  law.  
 Even   future   things   can   be   the   object   of   contracts,   as   long  
All   services   which   are   not   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good   customs,   public   order   or   as   they   have   the   possibility   or   potentiality   of   coming   into  
public  policy  may  likewise  be  the  object  of  a  contract.  (1271a)   existence.    
• Future   things   that   can   be   reasonably   ascertained   can   be   the   object   of   a  
contract.    
• The  object  of  a  contract  is  its  subject  matter.  It  is  the  thing,  right,  or  service  
which  is  the  subject-­‐matter  of  the  obligation  arising  from  the  contract.     • Rights   may   likewise   be   the   object   of   contracts   provided   they   are  
• Requisites  (CILID):     transmissible.    
1. within  the  commerce  of  man;     • Future  inheritance  —  any  property  or  right  not  in  existence  or  capable  of  
2. not  intransmissible     determination  at  the  time  of  the  contract,  that  a  person  may  in  the  future  
3. must   be   licit,   or   not   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good   customs,   public   acquire  by  possession.    
policy,  or  public  order;     • Blas  v.  Santos  —  where  the  wife  agreed  to  give  whatever  her  share  in  the  
4. not  an  impossible  thing  or  service;  and     conjugal   partnership   property   to   her   heirs   once   the   husband   dies,   the   SC  
5. it  must  be  determinate  as  to  its  kind.     said  that  such  agreement  does  not  involve  future  inheritance.  
  o The  document  refers  to  existing  properties  which  she  will  receive  
Art.  1348  –  Impossible  Things  or  Services   by  operation  of  law  on  the  death  of  her  husband,  because  it  is  her  
Impossible  things  or  services  cannot  be  the  object  of  contracts.  (1272)   share  in  the  conjugal  assets.    

74  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• The   law,   however,   generally   does   not   allow   contracts   on   future   • Consideration   –   the   reason,   motive,   or   inducement   by   which   a   man   is  
inheritance.  A  contract  entered  into  by  a  fideicommissary  heir  with  respect   moved  to  bind  himself  by  an  agreement.    
to  his  eventual  rights  would  be  valid  provided  that  the  testator  has  already   • The  contact  is  the  law  between  the  parties.  When  the  words  of  a  contract  
died.  The  right  of  a  fideicommissary  heir  comes  from  the  testator  and  not   are  plain  and  readily  understandable,  there  is  no  room  for  construction.  
from  the  fiduciary.     • Dihiansan   v.   CA   –   the   consideration   was   the   private   respondent’s  
  preferential  right  to  buy  the  property  from  the  owner.  
Art.  1349  –  Quantity  Need  Not  be  Determinate    
The  object  of  every  contract  must  be  determinate  as  to  its  kind.  The  fact  that  the   Cause  of  contracts:    
quantity   is   not   determinate   shall   not   be   an   obstacle   to   the   existence   of   the   1. Onerous  contract  —  for  each  contracting  party,  the  prestation  or  promise  
contract,  provided  it  is  possible  to  determine  the  same,  without  the  need  of  a  new   of  a  thing  or  service  by  the  other    
contract  between  the  parties.  (1273)     o The  cause  need  not  be  adequate  or  an  exact  equivalent  in  point  of  
actual   value,   especially   in   dealing   with   objects   which   have   a  
• The  object  must  be  one  that  can  be  ascertained  with  reasonable  certainty   rapidly  fluctuating  price.  There  are  equal  considerations.    
as  to  its  kind.   2. Reciprocal  contracts  —  the  obligation  or  promise  of  each  party.  
o Hence,  a  contract  engaging  a  certain  person  to  perform  a  deed,   o Republic   v.   Cloribel   –   in   a   compromise   agreement   designed   to  
without  specifying  what  deed  it  is,  does  not  make  the  service   terminate  the  case,  the  cause  of  the  compromise  was  the  mutual  
determinable  and  is  therefore  void.   waiver   and   abandonment   of   the   parties   of   their   claims   against  
    each  other.  
3. Remuneratory  contracts  —  the  service  or  benefit  which  is  remunerated    
Section  3  –  Cause  of  Contracts   o Where   a   party   gives   something   to   another   because   of   some  
service   or   benefit   given   or   rendered   by   the   latter   to   the   former,  
Art.  1350  –  Cause  Defined   where   such   service   or   benefit   was   not   due   as   a   legal   obligation.  
In  onerous  contracts  the  cause  is  understood  to  be,  for  each  contracting  party,  the   The  consideration  of  one  is  greater  than  the  other‘s.    
prestation  or  promise  of  a  thing  or  service  by  the  other;  in  remuneratory  ones,  the   4. Contracts  of  pure  beneficence  —  mere  liberality  of  the  benefactor    
service  or  benefit  which  is  remunerated;  and  in  contracts  of  pure  beneficence,  the   o It   does   not   involve   any   material   thing   but   rather   it   involves   only  
mere  liberality  of  the  benefactor.  (1274)   the  generosity  of  the  benefactor.    
 
• Cause   of   the   contract   —   the   essential   or   more   proximate   purpose   which   Art.  1351  –  Motive  Defined  
the   contracting   parties   have   in   view   at   the   time   of   entering   into   the   The  particular  motives  of  the  parties  in  entering  into  a  contract  are  different  from  
contract     the  cause  thereof.  (n)  
o It  may  or  may  not  be  tangible    
o It  can  take  different  forms:    
• Cause  —  essential  reason  for  the  contract.  
 Prestation  or  promise  of  a  thing  or  service  by  another    
• Motive‖—  particular  reason  for  a  contracting  party  which  does  not  affect  
 Giving  of  a  sum  of  money,  an  object    
the   other   party   and   which   does   not   preclude   the   existence   of   a   different  
 Expectation  of  profits  from  a  subdivision  project    
consideration.  
• The   cause   as   to   each   party   is   the   undertaking   or   prestation   to   be  
o Motivation   of   the   parties   is   independent   from   the   cause   of   the  
performed   by   the   other.   The   object   of   the   contract   is   the   subject   matter  
contract  and  therefore  does  not  form  an  essential  part  of  it.  
thereof    
• General   rule   —   motive  or  particular  purpose  of  a  party  in  entering  into  a  
Ex.   the  land  which  is  sold  in  a  sales  contract  
contract  does  not  affect  the  validity  nor  existence  of  the  contract.  

75  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Exception   —   when   the   realization   of   such   motive   or   particular   Art.  1353  –  False  Cause  
purpose   has   been   made   a   condition   upon   which   the   contract   is   The  statement  of  a  false  cause  in  contracts  shall  render  them  void,  if  it  should  not  
made  to  depend.  Philippine  National  Construction  Corp.  v.  CA   be   proved   that   they   were   founded   upon   another   cause   which   is   true   and   lawful.  
• No   judicial   action   is   necessary   for   the   annulment   of   a   void   contract.   Any   (1276)  
such  action  would  be  merely  declaratory.  
• Cause   is   the   objective,   intrinsic,   and   juridical   reason   for   the   existence   of   • General  rule  —  false  cause  stated  in  a  contract  makes  the  contract  void.  
the  contract  itself,  while  motive  is  the  psychological,  individual,  or  personal   o Exception   —   when   a   contract,   though   stating   a   false  
purpose  of  a  party  to  the  contract.    
consideration,  has  in  fact  a  real  consideration,  the  contract  is  not  
• General   principle   —   the   motives   of   a   party   do   not   affect   the   validity   or   void    
existence  of  a  contract.    
• The  contract  is  at  least  a  relatively  simulated  one.  
o Exceptions   —   When   motive   predetermines   the   purpose   of   the  
 
contract,  such  as:    
 When  the  motive  of  a  debtor  in  alienating  property  is  to   Art.  1354  –  Cause  Presumed  to  Exist  and  Lawful  
defraud  his  creditors,  the  alienation  is  rescissible;     Although  the  cause  is  not  stated  in  the  contract,  it  is  presumed  that  it  exists  and  is  
 When   the   motive   of   a   person   in   giving   his   consent   is   to   lawful,  unless  the  debtor  proves  the  contrary.  (1277)  
avoid  a  threatened  injury,  as  in  the  case  of  intimidation,  
the  contract  is  voidable;  and     • Unless  the  contrary  is  proved,  a  contract  is  presumed  to  have  a  good  and  
 When  the  motive  of  a  person  induced  him  to  act  on  the   sufficient  consideration.    
basis   of   fraud   or   misrepresentation   by   the   other   party,   • This  presumption  applies  when  no  cause  is  stated  in  the  contract.    
the  contract  is  voidable.     • Liam   v.   Olympic   Sawmill   Co.   –   defendants   had   not   proven   that   the  
• E.   Razon   v.   Philippine   Ports   Authority   –   contract   with   an   illegal   cause   is   obligation  was  illegal  hence,  it  subsists.  
void.    
• Uy  v.  CA  –  where  the  NHA  purchased  lots  and  cancelled  because  the  lots   Art.  1355  –  Lesion  Defined  
turned   out   to   be   unsuitable   for   its   housing   project,   the   cancellation   was   Except  in  cases  specified  by  law,  lesion  or  inadequacy  of  cause  shall  not  invalidate  a  
valid  as  it  was  based  on  the  negation  of  the  cause  which  is  to  use  the  land   contract,  unless  there  has  been  fraud,  mistake  or  undue  influence.  (n)    
for  housing.  
 
• A  valuable  consideration,  however  small  or  nominal,  if  given  or  stipulated  
Art.  1352  –  Absence  of  Cause   in  good  faith  is,  in  the  absence  of  fraud,  sufficient.  Penaco  v.  Ruava  
Contracts  without  cause,  or  with  unlawful  cause,  produce  no  effect  whatever.  The   • In  case  of  lesion  or  inadequacy  of  cause:    
cause   is   unlawful   if   it   is   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good   customs,   public   order   or   o General  rule  —  the  contract  is  not  subject  to  annulment.    
public  policy.  (1275a)    Exception  —  in  cases  provided  by  law,  however,  such  as  
those   mentioned   in   Art   1381,   the   lesion   is   a   ground   for  
• Absence  of  the  cause,  being  one  of  the  essential  elements  of  a  contract,  do   rescission  of  the  contract.    
not  create  a  contract  as  there  can  be  no  meeting  of  the  minds.   • Gross  inadequacy  naturally  suggests  fraud  and  is  evidence  thereof,  so  that  
  it   may   be   sufficient   to   show   it   when   taken   in   connection   with   other  
circumstances.    
  • Auyong   Hian   v.   Court   of   Tax   Appeals   –   petitioner   has   not   shown  that   the  
instant  sale  is  a  cause  exempted  by  law  from  the  operation  of  Art.  1355.  
     

76  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Chapter  3:  Form  of  Contracts   • A   party   who   wishes   to   have   his   contract   reduced   to   the   particular   form  
required   by   law   may   file   an   action   to   compel   the   other   party   to   comply  
with  such  form.  
 Art.  1356  –  Form  of  Contracts   • If   requirement   is   merely   directory   –   no   impact   on   the   validity   or  
Contracts  shall  be  obligatory,  in  whatever  form  they  may  have  been  entered  into,   enforceability.  
provided   all   the   essential   requisites   for   their   validity   are   present.   However,   when   o Parties  may  enforce  the  contract.  
the   law   requires   that   a   contract   be   in   some   form   in   order   that   it   may   be   valid   or   o Demand  that  it  be  reduced  in  the  form  required  by  law.  
enforceable,   or   that   a   contract   be   proved   in   a   certain   way,   that   requirement   is   • Zaide   v.   CA   –   unregistered   contract   of   sale   was   assailed   as   invalid,   SC   ruled  
absolute   and   indispensable.   In   such   cases,   the   right   of   the   parties   stated   in   the   in  favor  of  validity.  
following  article  cannot  be  exercised.  (1278a)   o The   deed   of   sale   was   defective   as   to   render   it   unregisterable  –   no  
name  of  the  vendee’s  husband.  
Form  of  Contracts:     o However,  such  defect  does  not  invalidate  the  deed.  
• General   Rule   –   contracts   are   binding   from   perfection   in   whatever   form,   o Though  defective  in  form,  the  sale  was  valid.  
provided  the  three  requisites  exist:   o Thus,  the  parties  may  compel  each  other  to  do  what  is  needed  to  
1. Consent   make  the  document  of  sale  registerable.  
2. Object  
3. Cause  
Art.  1358  –  Contracts  Which  Must  Appear  in  a  Public  Document  
• 1356  establishes  Exceptions  –  where  form  is  required  for  validity.   The  following  must  appear  in  a  public  document:  
1. Contracts  which  law  itself  requires  that  they  be  in  some  particular  
form   (1)   Acts   and   contracts   which   have   for   their   object   the   creation,   transmission,  
2. Donation   of   immovable   property   must   be   in   a   public   instrument   modification  or  extinguishment  of  real  rights  over  immovable  property;  sales  of  real  
such  that  the  donation  may  be  valid   property  or  of  an  interest  therein  a  governed  by  Articles  1403,  No.  2,  and  1405;  
 Donation  of  movables  worth  more  than  P  5,000  
3. Contracts   that   law   requires   to   be   proven   by   some   writing   of   its   (2)  The  cession,  repudiation  or  renunciation  of  hereditary  rights  or  of  those  of  the  
terms   conjugal  partnership  of  gains;  
 Statute  of  Frauds  
• Cenido  v.  Apacionado  –the  purposes  of  prescribing  form:   (3)  The  power  to  administer  property,  or  any  other  power  which  has  for  its  object  
1. Validity  –  non-­‐observance  of  form  renders  contract  void   an  act  appearing  or  which  should  appear  in  a  public  document,  or  should  prejudice  
2. Enforceability   –   non-­‐compliance   with   form   will   not   permit   the   a  third  person;  
contract  to  be  proved  or  enforced  
3. Greater  efficacy  –  if  not  done,  would  not  adversely  affect  validity   (4)   The   cession   of   actions   or   rights   proceeding   from   an   act   appearing   in   a   public  
or  enforceability  of  the    contract  between  the  parties  themselves   document.  

All   other   contracts   where   the   amount   involved   exceeds   five   hundred   pesos   must  
Art.  1357  –  Form  for  the  Convenience  of  the  Parties   appear  in  writing,  even  a  private  one.  But  sales  of  goods,  chattels  or  things  in  action  
If   the   law   requires   a   document   or   other   special   form,   as   in   the   acts   and   contracts   are  governed  by  Articles,  1403,  No.  2  and  1405.  (1280a)      
enumerated   in   the   following   article,   the   contracting   parties   may   compel   each   other  
to   observe   that   form,   once   the   contract   has   been   perfected.   This   right   may   be   Failure  to  put  in  a  public  or  private  document  of  matters  enumerated  :  
exercised  simultaneously  with  the  action  upon  the  contract.  (1279a)  
• Does  not  render  the  agreement  void.  
Compulsion  to  follow  form  :  

77  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Agreement  is  still  valid  between  the  parties.   The   written   instrument   does   not   express   the   true   agreement   or  
o
• Requirement  is  only  for  purpose  of:   intention  of  the  parties.  
1. Greater  efficacy   o Failure   to   express   the   true   intention   is   due   to   mistake,   fraud,  
inequitable  conduct,  or  accident.  
2. Convenience  
o The   facts   upon   relief   by   way   of   reformation   of   the   instrument   is  
3. Binding  of  third  persons   sought  are  put  in  issue  by  the  pleadings.  
• Dalion   v..   CA   –   requirement   under   1358   is   only   for   convenience,   not   a   o There  is  clear  and  convincing  evidence  (more  than  a  preponderance)  
requisite  for  validity  or  enforceability.   of  the  mistake,  fraud,  inequitable  conduct,  or  accident.  
• Reformation  distinguished  from  annulment:  
Chapter  4:  Reformation  of  Instruments   o Reformation  –  there  is  a  meeting  of  the  minds:  a  contract  exists.  The  
deficiency  lies  in  the  written  instrument  embodying  such  contract.  
o Annulment  –  there  was  no  valid  contract  perfected.  
Art.  1359  -­‐  Reformation  
Art.  1360  –  Principles  of  the  General  Law  on  Reformation  
When,  there  having  been  a  meeting  of  the  minds  of  the  parties  to  a  contract,  their  
The   principles   of   the   general   law   on   the   reformation   of   instruments   are   hereby  
true   intention   is   not   expressed   in   the   instrument   purporting   to   embody   the  
adopted  insofar  as  they  are  not  in  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  Code.  
agreement,  by  reason  of  mistake,  fraud,  inequitable  conduct  or  accident,  one  of  the  
parties   may   ask   for   the   reformation   of   the   instrument   to   the   end   that   such   true   Art.  1361  –  Mutual  Mistake  as  Basis  of  Reformation  
intention  may  be  expressed.  
When   a   mutual   mistake   of   the   parties   causes   the   failure   of   the   instrument   to  
If  mistake,  fraud,  inequitable  conduct,  or  accident  has  prevented  a  meeting  of  the   disclose  their  real  agreement,  said  instrument  may  be  reformed.  
minds   of   the   parties,   the   proper   remedy   is   not   reformation   of   the   instrument   but  
annulment  of  the  contract.   Mutual  Mistake  as  Basis  for  Reformation:  

• Mutual   Mistake   –   mistake   of   fact   that   is   common   to   both   parties   which   causes  
• Reformation  –  defined:  
the  failure  of  the  instrument  to  express  true  intention.  
o That  remedy  by  means  of  which  a  written  instrument  is   amended  or  
• Gonzales   Mondragon   v.   Santos   –   contracts   solemnly   and   deliberately   entered  
rectified…  
into   may   not   be   overturned   by   inconclusive   proof   or   by   reason   of   mistake   of  
o As   to   express   or   conform   to   the   real   agreement   or   intention   of   the  
one  of  the  parties  to  which  the  other  in  no  way  has  contributed.  
parties,  when…  
• The   following   requisites   must   concur   to   justify   reformation   under   this   article  
o By  reason  of  mistake,  fraud,  inequitable  conduct,  or  accident…  
(FCMC):  
o The  instrument  fails  to  express  such  agreement  or  intention.  
1. Mistake  must  be  of  fact  .  
• Reason  –  equity  
2. Such  mistake  proved  by  clear  and  convincing  evidence.  
o Courts  do  not  attempt  to  make  a  new  contract  
3. Mistake  must  be  mutual  –  common  to  both  parties.  
o Reformation   is   based   on   the   doctrine   that   it   would   be   unjust   and  
4. Mistake   must   cause   the   failure   of   the   instrument   to   express   true  
inequitable   to   allow   the   enforcement   of   a   written   instrument   which  
intention.  
does   not   reflect   or   disclose   the   real   meeting   of   the   minds   of   the  
• If  the  mutual  mistake  is  one  of  law  –  the  remedy  is  annulment.  
parties.  
• Requisites  of  Reformation  –  (ME-­‐MFIA-­‐FC)    
o There  is  a  meeting  of  the  minds  of  the  parties  to  the  contract.  
 

78  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1362  –Mistaken,  Fraud  and  Inequitable  Conduct   o Lack  of  skill  
If  one  party  was  mistaken  and  the  other  acted  fraudulently  or  inequitably  in  such  a   o Negligence/bad  faith  
way  that  the  instrument  does  not  show  their  true  intention,  the  former  may  ask  for   • Such   mistake   will   be   deemed   mutual,   and   either   party   may   ask   for   reformation  
the  reformation  of  the  instrument.   –  this  is  because  neither  party  is  responsible.    

• The   right   to   ask   for   reformation   is   given   to   the   party   whose   mistake   was   in   Art.  1365  –  Mortgage  or  Pledge  Stated  as  a  Sale  
good  faith.   If  two  parties  agree  upon  the  mortgage  or  pledge  of  real  or  personal  property,  but  
• It  must  be  shown  that  the  other  party  has  acted  fraudulently  or  inequitably     the   instrument   states   that   the   property   is   sold   absolutely   or   with   a   right   of  
and  such  act  resulted  in  the  drafting  of  a  document  that  does  not  correspond   repurchase,  reformation  of  the  instrument  is  proper.  
to  the  actual  agreement  
• General  Rule  –  mistake  of  law  cannot  result  in  reformation   • Situation   contemplated   :   the   real   agreement   is   mortgage   or   pledge,   but   the  
o Exception  –  where,  on  account  of  misplaced  confidence,  and  because   instrument  says  that  such  property  is  sold  absolutely.  
of  some  artifice  or  deception  fraudulently  practiced  upon  him  by  the   • Reformation  in  this  case  will  be  proper.  
other   party,   a   material   part   of   the   contract   was   omitted   from   the   • Palileo   v.   Cosio   –   parties   to   a   contract   intended   that   a   house   was   to   be  
writing,  or  he  was  otherwise  misled,  equity  will  decree  a  reformation.   collateral   for   a   previous   loan.   Agreement   apparently   stated   that   the   house   was  
subject  of  a  conditional  sale.  It  was  held  that  the  courts  do  not  make  another  
Art.  1363  –  Concealment  of  Mistake  by  the  Other  Party   contract…   they   merely   inquire   into   the   intention   of   the   parties,   and,   having  
When  one  party  was  mistaken  and  the  other  knew  or  believed  that  the  instrument   found  it,  reform  the  written  instrument  (not  the  contract)  in  order  that  it  may  
did   not   state   their   real   agreement,   but   concealed   that   fact   from   the   former,   the   express  the  real  intention.”    
instrument  may  be  reformed.  
Art.  1366  –Cases  when  Reformation  Not  Allowed  
• Concealment  of  mistake  of  other  party   There  shall  be  no  reformation  in  the  following  cases:  
o Remedy  of  reformation  may  be  availed  of  the  party  who  acted  in  good  
(1)  Simple  donations  inter  vivos  wherein  no  condition  is  imposed;  
faith.  
(2)  Wills;  
o The  concealment  of  mistake  constitutes  fraud.  
(3)  When  the  real  agreement  is  void.  
• Knowledge   by   one   party   of   the   other’s   mistake   regarding   the   expression   of   the  
agreement  is  equivalent  to  a  mutual  mistake.  
Art.  1367  –  Party  who  Brought  Action  to  Enforce  Cannot  Reform  
o Injured  party  may  seek  reformation.  
When   one   of   the   parties   has   brought   an   action   to   enforce   the   instrument,   he  
cannot  subsequently  ask  for  its  reformation.  
Art.  1364  –Ignorance,  etc.  on  the  Part  of  Third  Person  
When  through  the  ignorance,  lack  of  skill,  negligence  or  bad  faith  on  the  part  of  the   When  is  reformation  not  allowed  –  DWEV  :    
person   drafting   the   instrument   or   of   the   clerk   or   typist,   the   instrument   does   not  
express  the  true  intention  of  the  parties,  the  courts  may  order  that  the  instrument   • Simple  donations  inter  vivos  where  no  condition  is  involved  
be  reformed.   o Donation   –   an   act   of   liberality   whereby   a   person   disposes   gratuitously  
of  a  thing  or  right  in  favor  of  another.  
• Situation   contemplated:   If   person   drafting   or   typing   the   instrument   is   unable   o Inter   vivos   –   a   donation   intended   to   take   place   during   the   donor’s  
to   come   up   with   a   correct   written   document   that   embodies   the   will   of   the   lifetime  
parties,  because  of:   o Since   act   is   essentially   gratuitous,   donee   has   no   just   cause   for  
o Ignorance   complaint  
79  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Donor  is  not  bound  to  correct  mistakes  in  deed  of  donation   If  the  words  appear  to  be  contrary  to  the  evident  intention  of  the  parties,  the  latter  
 Donor  may  ask  for  reformation.   shall  prevail  over  the  former.  (1281)  
o Donations  do  not  involve  a  meeting  of  the  minds.  
o If  donation  is  onerous  in  character    or  involves  a  condition,  the  deed   • Purpose  of  interpretation  –  to  be  able  to  know  the  intent  of  the  parties,  so  that  
may   be   reformed   so   that   the   true   conditions   imposed   by   the   donor   the  contract  can  be  properly  implemented.  
may  be  expressed.   o Making   intelligible   what   was   not   before   understood,   ambiguous,   or  
• Will  –  an  act  whereby  a  person  is  permitted,  with  formalities  of  law,  to  control   not  obvious.  
to  a  certain  degree  the  disposition  of  his  estate,  to  take  effect  after  his  death.   o The  meaning  of  language  is  ascertained.  
o It  is  a  strictly  personal  and  free  act.   • Rules  in  statutory  construction  can  likewise  be  applied.  
• Where  the  real  agreement  is  void   o Finman   General   Assurance   Corp   v.   CA   –   the   statcon   rule   “expressio  
o When  the  real  agreement  is  void,  there  is  nothing  to  reform.   unius  exclusio  alterius”    was  applied  in  deciding  the  case  
• When  one  party  has  brought  an  action  to  enforce  the  instrument  (Art  1367)   • Generally,  intention  of  parties  is  reflected  in  the  wordings  –  Thus,  the  general  
o Based  on  estoppel.   rule  is  that  the  literal  meaning  of  stipulations  shall  control.  
o When   a   party   brings   an   action   to   enforce   a   contract,   he   admits   its   o Adelfa   Properties   Inc   v.   CA   –   the   important   task   in   contract  
validity  and  that  it  expresses  the  true  intention  of  the  parties.   interpretation  is  the  ascertainment  of  the  intention  of  the  parties.  And  
that   task   is   to   be   discharged   by   looking   to…all   the   words,   not   just   a  
Art.  1368  –  Party  Entitled  to  Reformation   particular  word  or  two,  and  words  in  context,  not  words  in  isolation.  
Reformation   may   be   ordered   at   the   instance   of   either   party   or   his   successors   in   o  Conde  v.  CA  –  if  the  contract  is  plain  and  unequivocal  in  its  terms,  he  is  
interest,  if  the  mistake  was  mutual;  otherwise,  upon  petition  of  the  injured  party,  or   ordinarily   bound   thereby.   It   is   the   duty   of   every   contracting   party   to  
his  heirs  and  assigns.   learn  and  know  its  contents  before  he  signs.  Thus,  parties  must  every  
contract  they  enter  into  very  carefully.  
• This  article  gives  the  persons  who  are  given  legal  standing  to  initiate  an  action   o Santi   v.   CA   –   lease   contract   provided:   20   year   period   of   lease   being  
for  reformation:   extendable   for   another   period   of   20   years.   Lower   court   interpreted  
1. Either  of  parties,  if  mistake  is  mutual  (Arts.  1361,  1364,  1365)   this   as   automatic   renewal.   It   was   held   that   we   must   look   at   literal  
2. In  all  other  cases,  the  injured  party  (Arts  1362  –  1365)   meaning   when   the   terms   are   clear   and   unequivocal.   There   is   no  
3. Heirs  or  successors  in  interest,  in  lieu  of  the  party  entitled   reason   to   construe   these   terms   in   a   different   meaning.   If   they   wanted  
• Effect   of   reformation   is   retroactive   from   the   time   of   the   execution   of   the   automatic  extension,  they  could  have  just  provided  for  a  period  of  40  
original  contract.   years.  
o Universal   Textile   Mills,   Inc.   v.   NLRC     -­‐-­‐   NLRC   misread   and   misapplied  
provisions   of   a   CBA.   It   was   held   that   the   NLRC   cannot   remake   a  
Art.  1369  –  Procedure  for  Reformation  
contract   by   eviscerating   it,   by   deleting   words   placed   there   by   the  
The  procedure  for  the  reformation  of  instrument  shall  be  governed  by  rules  of  court  
parties.   No   court,   interpreter,   or   applier   of   a   contract   has   such  
to  be  promulgated  by  the  Supreme  Court.  
prerogative.  
 The   interpretation   or   construction   of   a   contract   does   not  
Chapter  5:  Interpretation  of  Contracts   include   its   modification   or   creation   of   a   new   and   different  
one.  
Art.  1370  –  Interpretation  of  Contracts  Defined    Whatever  interpretation  the  court  will  make  should  be  within  
If   the   terms   of   a   contract   are   clear   and   leave   no   doubt   upon   the   intention   of   the   the  realm  of  what  the  parties  intended.  
contracting  parties,  the  literal  meaning  of  its  stipulations  shall  control.    They  cannot  revise  or  modify.  

80  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1371  –  Contemporaneous  and  Subsequent  Acts  Determine  Intent   o It   should   not   include   S’s   refrigerator,   which   is   distinct   from  
In   order   to   judge   the   intention   of   the   contracting   parties,   their   contemporaneous   furniture.  
and  subsequent  acts  shall  be  principally  considered.  (1282)  
Art.  1373  –  Interpretation  of  Stipulation  with  Several  Meanings  
• An   interpreter   must   look   at   the   reasons   and   surrounding   circumstances   behind   If   some   stipulation   of   any   contract   should   admit   of   several   meanings,   it   shall   be  
a   contract’s   execution   –   This   is   so   he   may   place   himself   in   the   situation   understood   as   bearing   that   import   which   is   most   adequate   to   render   it   effectual.  
occupied  by  the  parties  concerned  at  the  time  of  the  writing.   (1284)  
• Pingol  v.  CA  –  there  was  a  dispute  as  to  whether  the  purchase  agreement  was  a  
contract  to  sell,  or  an  absolute  sale.  The  court  looked  at  the  contemporaneous   • Basic  Rule  :  Terms  in  a  construct  must  be  given  a  construction  as  will  give  effect  
and   subsequent   acts   of   the   parties.   Pursuant   to   the   deed,   the   vendor   delivered   to  them.  
actual   and   constructive   possession   of   the   property   to   the   vendee.   Vendee   Ex.  S  sells  “his  parcel  of  land”  to  B.  
occupied  and  took  such  possession,  constructed  a  building  thereon.  These  acts    S  owns  2  lands  –  one  owned  by  him  absolutely,  and  another  
are   demonstrative   that   the   vendor,   since   the   sale,   recognized   the   vendee   as   that  he  co-­‐owns  with  C.  C  did  not  give  consent.  
the  absolute  owner  of  the  property.  Thus,  it  was  a  contract  of  absolute  sale.    We   must   interpret   it   as   referring   to   the   land   owned   by   him  
• Rapanut  v.  CA  –  the   controversy   was   about   the   interpretation   of   a   provision   on   alone,  as  this  would  give  the  contract  effect.  
the   application   of   interest.   Significant   is   the   fact   that   private   respondent   • Lao  Lim  v.  CA  –  where  the  instrument  is  susceptible  of  two  interpretations,  one  
accepted   the   payments   petitioner   religiously   made   for   four   years.   Thus,   the   which  will  make  it  invalid  and  illegal,  and  another  which  will  make  it  valid  and  
acts  of  the  respondent  made  the  application  of  the  provision  clearer  –  it  was   legal,  the  latter  interpretation  should  be  interpreted.  
that   interest   that   was   applicable.   Since   there   was   no   objection   or   rescission,   • Ridjo   Tape   and   Chemical   Corp   v.   CA   –   construction   resulting   in   impairment   or  
respondent  was  now  estopped.   loss  of  right  is  not  favored.  
• Carceller  v.  CA  –  analysis  and  construction  should  not  be  limited  to  the  words   o Conservation   and   preservation,   not   waiver,   forfeiture,   or  
used  in  the  contract,  as  they  may  not  accurately  reflect  the  parties’  true  intent.   abandonment  of  a  right  is  the  rule.  
Reasonableness   of   the   result   obtained   ought   to   be   considered.   Contracts  
should  not  be  interpreted  in  a  harsh  and  iniquitous  way.   Art.  1374  –  Interpretation  of  Various  Stipulations  
The   various   stipulations   of   a   contract   shall   be   interpreted   together,   attributing   to  
Art.  1372  –  Special  Intent  Prevails  Over  General  Intent   the  doubtful  ones  that  sense  which  may  result  from  all  of  them  taken  jointly.  (1285)  
However  general  the  terms  of  a  contract  may  be,  they  shall  not  be  understood  to  
comprehend   things   that   are   distinct   and   cases   that   are   different   from   those   upon   • Provisions  of  a  contract  must  be  read  as  a  whole,  and  not  in  isolation.  
which  the  parties  intended  to  agree.  (1283)   • Each  provision  must  be  related  to  each  other  to  clearly  know  the  total  import  
and  application  of  the  law.  
Two  latin  maxims  are  in  the  purview  of  this  article  :   Ex.   R  leased  his  house  to  E.    
• Noscitur  a  sociis    The   contract   said   that   E   should   not   sublease   the   house  
o General  and  unlimited  terms  are  restrained  and  limited   without  the  written  consent  of  R.  
o By  the  particular  terms  that  follow.    Another  stipulation  said  that  E  should  pay  P1000  as  additional  
• Ejusdem  generis   rent  a  month,  should  he  violate  the  condition.  
o A   general   term   joined   with   a   specific   one   will   be   deemed   to   include    E  subleased  the  house  without  consent  of  R.  
only  things  that  are  like,  of  the  same  genus  as,  the  specific  one.    R   has   no   right   to   eject   E,   because   of   the   clause   stating   the  
Ex.   S  sells  his  house  “including  all  the  furniture  therein.”   penalty  for  the  violation  of  the  condition.  
o “all”  only  modifies  “furniture”    

81  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Ruiz   v.   Sherriff   of   Manila   –   controversy   involving   a   mortgage   contract,   and   Art.  1377  –  Interpretation  of  Obscure  Words    
foreclosure.  Its  entirety  must  be  taken  into  account,  and  not  merely  its  last  two   The   interpretation   of   obscure   words   or   stipulations   in   a   contract   shall   not   favor   the  
sentences.   A   reading   of   the   entire   provision   will   readily   show   that   appellants   party  who  caused  the  obscurity.  (1288)  
were   allowed   to   amortize   their   loan.   This   illustrates   that   like   statutory  
construction,   meaning   can   be   found   by   reading   all   of   the   provisions,   as   a  
• Words   or   stipulations   that   cause   ambiguity   in   application   shall   be   construed  
whole.  
against  the  person  who  chose  to  use  such  language.  
o This  is  the  contra  preferentem  rule.  
Art.  1375  –  Interpretation  of  Words  with  Different  Significations   o Against  the  profferer  –  he  who  drafted  the  documents  
Words  which  may  have  different  significations  shall  be  understood  in  that  which  is   o Reason   for   this   is   that   the   one   who   drafted   the   contract   had   better  
most  in  keeping  with  the  nature  and  object  of  the  contract.  (1286)   opportunity  to  prevent  mistake  or  ambiguity  
• This  rule  is  generally  applied  to  contracts  of  adhesion  
Ex.  R  leased  to  E  a  roof  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  an  advertising  sign.   o Those  contracts  which  do  not  result  in  negotiation  
o Contract   provides   for   termination   of   the   lease   by   E   if   a   “building”   should   o Prepared   by   one   party   to   which   the   other   may   “adhere   to”   if   he  
be  constructed  on  the  adjoining  property  that  would  obscure  E’s  sign.   wishes,  but  which  he  cannot  change  –  a  “take  it  or  leave  it”  contract  
o There   was   erected   on   the   roof   of   an   adjoining   building   a   sign   that   • Capitol   Insurance   v..   Sadang   –   ambiguity   in   the   mortgage   contract   drafted   by  
obstructed  the  view  of  E’s  sign.   lawyer   of   insurance   company   led   to   ambiguity   in   application.   The   court   ruled  
o The   term   “building”   may   be   included   as   to   include   the   obstructing   sign,   that   the   doubt   must   be   resolved   against   Capitol,   whose   lawyer   prepared   the  
having   in   mind   the   nature   and   object   of   the   contract   –   that   situation   document.  
where  E’s  sign  was  obscured.  
 
Art.  1378  –  Rules  in  Case  Doubts  are  Impossible  to  Settle  
When   it   is   absolutely   impossible   to   settle   doubts   by   the   rules   established   in   the  
Art.  1376  –  Usage  or  Custom  as  aid  in  Interpretation     preceding  articles,  and  the  doubts  refer  to  incidental  circumstances  of  a  gratuitous  
The  usage  or  custom  of  the  place  shall  be  borne  in  mind  in  the  interpretation  of  the   contract,  the  least  transmission  of  rights  and  interests  shall  prevail.  If  the  contract  is  
ambiguities   of   a   contract,   and   shall   fill   the   omission   of   stipulations   which   are   onerous,  the  doubt  shall  be  settled  in  favor  of  the  greatest  reciprocity  of  interests.  
ordinarily  established.  (1287)  
If   the   doubts   are   cast   upon   the   principal   object   of   the   contract   in   such   a   way   that   it  
Ex.   X   rendered   services   to   Y,   but   the   contract   did   not   state   the   amount   of   cannot   be   known   what   may   have   been   the   intention   or   will   of   the   parties,   the  
compensation  to  be  paid.  In  this  case,  the  amount  must  be  determined  by  the   contract  shall  be  null  and  void.  (1289)  
rate  customarily  paid  in  the  place  where  the  services  where  rendered.    
• Situation  contemplated  :  after  application  of  all  the  preceding  rules,  there  are  
• It  is  necessary  to  prove  the  existence  of  usage  or  custom  –  burden  of  proof  on   still  doubts  that  exist.  
he  who  alleges  it.   • This  article  gives  supplementary  rules,  depending  on  what  kind  of  contract  it  is,  
• Usage   or   custom   cannot   supersede   or   vary   the   plain   and   literal   terms   of   a   and  where  the  doubts  lie.    
contract.   o Gratuitous   Contract   –   such   interpretation   should   be   made   which  
o The   proper   office   of   a   custom   or   usage   in   trade   is   to   ascertain   and   would  result  in  the  least  transmission  of  rights  and  interests.    
explain   the   meaning   and   intention   of   the   parties.   It   does   not   go    Ex.   R   gave   his   car   to   E.   It   is   not   clear   whether   contract   is   a  
beyond   this,   and   is   used   as   a   mode   of   interpretation   on   the   theory   donation  or  a  commodatum.  
that  the  parties  knew  of  its  existence  and  contracted  with  reference    The   contract   is   presumed   to   be   a   mere   commodatum  
to  it.   because  that  transmits  less  rights.  

82  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Onerous  Contract  –  doubts  should  be  settled  in  favor  of  the  greatest   • Requisites  of  Rescission:  
reciprocity  of  interests.   1. Contract  validly  agreed  upon  
Ex.  D  borrows  from  C  P5,000  at  12%  interest.   2. Pecuniary  prejudice  to  one  of  the  parties  or  a  third  person  
 It   cannot   be   determined   whether   the   loan   is   payable   in   6   3. Rescission  must  be  based  on  a  case  provided  by  law  
months  or  one  year.   4. No  other  legal  remedy  
 It  must  be  assumed  that  the  period  agreed  upon  is  one  year   5. Party   asking   for   rescission   must   be   able   to   return   what   he   is  
which   results   in   greater   reciprocity,   since   D   can   use   the   obliged  to  restore  
money   for   one   year,   and   C   can   earn   interest   due   for   one   year   6. Object   of   the   contract   must   not   be   legally   in  the   possession   of   a  
rd
instead  of  just  6  months.   3  person  who  acquired  it  in  good  faith  
 A   contract   for   sale   is   generally   onerous   –   thus,   if   doubt   is   7. Period  for  filing  has  not  prescribed.  (De  Leon)  
between   a   suspensive   condition   or   a   suspensive   period   for   • Rescissible  contracts  are  valid,  but  may  be  terminated  upon  legal  grounds.  
the  payment  of  a  price,  the  doubt  shall  be  resolved  in  favor  of   o Rescissibility  predicated  not  on  breach  of  trust,  but  on  economic  
the  latter.  Gaite  v.  Fonacier   damage  as  a  result  of  inequitable  conduct  by  a  party.  
o Principal  object  of  the  contract  –  doubt  refers  to  the  principal  object   • Dilag  v.  CA  –  Contract  in  fraud  of  creditors  but  completely  simulated  is  void  
of   the   contract,   leaving   the   intention   of   the   parties   to   be   unknown,   ab  initio.  
then  the  contract  shall  be  null  and  void.  
Art.  1381  –  Cases  of  Rescissible  Contracts  
Ex.   S   sold   to   B   his   land.   S   has   many   lands,   and   it   cannot   be  
The  following  contracts  are  rescissible:  
determined  which  land  was  intended.  
 This  contract  is  null  and  void.   (1)   Those   which   are   entered   into   by   guardians   whenever   the   wards   whom   they  
  represent  suffer  lesion  by  more  than  one-­‐fourth  of  the  value  of  the  things  which  are  
  the  object  thereof;  
Art.  1379  –  Rules  of  Court  Applicable  
The   principles   of   interpretation   stated   in   Rule   123   of   the   Rules   of   Court   shall   (2)   Those   agreed   upon   in   representation   of   absentees,   if   the   latter   suffer   the   lesion  
likewise  be  observed  in  the  construction  of  contracts.  (n)       stated  in  the  preceding  number;  

(3)   Those   undertaken   in   fraud   of   creditors   when   the   latter   cannot   in   any   other  
• It  is  now  contained  in  Rule  130.  
manner  collect  the  claims  due  them;  
• The  sections  are  reproduced  in  the  book.  
(4)   Those   which   refer   to   things   under   litigation   if   they   have   been   entered   into   by  
Chapter  6:  Rescissible  Contracts   the  defendant  without  the  knowledge  and  approval  of  the  litigants  or  of  competent  
judicial  authority;  
Art.  1380  –  Rescissible  Contracts  Defined  
(5)  All  other  contracts  specially  declared  by  law  to  be  subject  to  rescission.  (1291a)  
Contracts   validly   agreed   upon   may   be   rescinded   in   the   cases   established   by   law.  
(1290)  
• Entered   into   by   guardians   whenever   the   wards   whom   they   represent   suffer  
lesion  by  more  than  one-­‐fourth  of  the  value  of  the  things  which  are  the  object  
• Rescissible   Contracts   are   those   validly   agreed   upon   because   al   the  
thereof.  
essential   elements   exist,   and   therefore,   legally   effective,   but   in   the   cases  
o Lesion  –  economic  damage.  
established   by   law,   the   remedy   of   rescission   is   granted   in   the   interest   of  
o Act   of   ownership   by   guardian   on   behalf   of   his   ward,   with   respect   to  
equity.  
ward’s  property,  without  court  approval  is  void.  
83  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o What   is   contemplated   here   is   a   transaction   with   court   approval   –   Debtor   collateralized   his   property   to   secure   such  

which  is  valid.   loan  
o If   by   guardian’s   act   of   ownership   however,   causes   ward   to   suffer   • Failure   of   debtor   to   recognize/implement   the  
economic  damage  –  more  than  one-­‐fourth  of  the  value  of  the  things  of   stipulated   right   of   first   refusal   of   the   creditor   will  
the  object  of  the  contract  –  the  contract  can  be  rescinded.   make   any   sale   of   the   property   to   a   third   person  
• Those  agreed  upon  in  representation  of  absentees,  if  the  latter  suffer  the  lesion   rescissible  
stated  in  the  preceding  number.   • All  other  contracts  specially  declared  by  law  to  be  subject  to  rescission  
o Provisional   absence   –   person   disappears   from   his   domicile,  
whereabouts  unknown,  without  leaving  an  agent  –  judge  can  appoint   Art.  1382  –  Payments  Made  in  State  of  Insolvency  
an   administrator   at   the   instance   of   an   interested   party,   relative,   or   Payments   made   in   a   state   of   insolvency   for   obligations   to   whose   fulfillment   the  
friend.   debtor  could  not  be  compelled  at  the  time  they  were  effected,  are  also  rescissible.  
o How  is  absence  declared  –  court  may  declare  a  person  absent  when:   (1292)  
 Absence  for  more  than  two  years  without  news  
 Absence  for  five  years  (if  person  has  left  administrator)  
• Insolvency   –   when   a   debtor   has   liabilities   in   excess   of   his   assets   and   can   barely  
o Same  rule  as  in  the  previous  number  applies  
pay  off  his  debts.  
• Those   undertaken   in   fraud   of   creditors   when   the   latter   cannot   in   any   other  
• If  he  pay  a  creditor  whose  credit  is  not  yet  due,  such  payment  can  be  rescinded  
manner  collect  the  claims  due  them.  
• Prior  judicial  declaration  of  insolvency  not  required.  
o Contract  entered  to  in  bad  faith.  
o Designed  to  evade  the  due  obligations  in  favor  of  creditors,  who  have  
no  other  way  of  collecting  their  debts.   Art.  1383  –  Nature  of  Action  for  Rescission  
o Bobis  v.  Provincial  Sheriff  of  Camarines  Norte  –  it  is  essential  to  prove   The  action  for  rescission  is  subsidiary;  it  cannot  be  instituted  except  when  the  party  
that  both  contracting  parties  have  acted  maliciously  and  with  fraud  in   suffering   damage   has   no   other   legal   means   to   obtain   reparation   for   the   same.  
order  to  prejudice  creditors.   (1294)  
 This  refers  only  to  actual  creditors  of  the  debtor  
 Marsman   Investment   Ltd   v..   Philippine   Abaca   Development   • Action   for   rescission   can   only   be   made   in   a   proper   and   direct   action   filed   for  
Company   –   plaintiff   corporations   had   ceased   to   be   the   that  purpose,  and  not  on  a  mere  motion  incidental  to  another  case.  
creditors   of   transferer   PADCO   as   of   1959,   and   were   • Air   France   v.   CA   –   Action   for   rescission   may   not   be   raised   or   set   up   in   a  
thereafter  deprived  of  any  interest  in  assailing  the  validity  of   summary   proceeding   through   a   motion,   but   in   a   an   independent   civil   action  
the  transfer  of  its  properties  to  Marsman.   and  only  after  a  full  blown  trial.  
• Those  which  refer  to  things  under  litigation  if  they  have  been  entered  into  by   • It   must   also   be   the   last   remedy.   Other   means   to   claim   reparation   must   be  
the   defendant   without   the   knowledge   and   approval   of   the   litigants   or   of   availed  of  first  –  included  here  is  the  filing  of  a  court  case.  
competent  judicial  authority   • Khe   Hong   Cheng   v.   CA   –   presuppositions   for   an   accion   pauliana,   or   action   for  
Ex.   In   a   suit   for   replevin   wherein   plaintiff   seeks   to   recover   personal   rescission  that  highlight  the  point  that  it  has  to  be  the  last  remedy.  
property  from  the  defendant   1. A  judgment  
 Defendant   cannot   in   bad   faith   sell   the   property   being   2. Issuance   by   trial   court   of   a   writ   of   execution   for   satisfaction   of   the  
liquidated  to  any  third  person   judgment  
 If   he   does,   and   the   third   person   is   in   bad   faith   as   well,   such   3. Failure  of  sheriff  to  enforce  and  satisfy  court’s  judgment  
contract  is  rescissible  
 Litonjua  v.  LR  Corporation     Art.  1384  –  Extent  of  Rescission  
• Creditor  lent  money  to  debtor   Rescission  shall  be  only  to  the  extent  necessary  to  cover  the  damages  caused.  (n)  

84  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Rescission  presupposes  a  valid  contract.   Art.  1387  –  When  Alienation  Presumed  in  Fraud  of  Creditors  
o It   need   not   be   rescinded   totally   –   rescission   shall   only   be   up   to   the   All   contracts   by   virtue   of   which   the   debtor   alienates   property   by   gratuitous   title   are  
extent  needed  to  cover  the  damage.   presumed  to  have  been  entered  into  in  fraud  of  creditors,  when  the  donor  did  not  
• Recall   :   Rescission   is   based   on   economic   damage   as   a   result   of   inequitable   reserve  sufficient  property  to  pay  all  debts  contracted  before  the  donation.  
conduct.  
Alienations   by   onerous   title   are   also   presumed   fraudulent   when   made   by   persons  
Art.  1385  –  Rescission  Creates  Obligation  of  Mutual  Restitution   against   whom   some   judgment   has   been   issued.   The   decision   or   attachment   need  
Rescission  creates  the  obligation  to  return  the  things  which  were  the  object  of  the   not  refer  to  the  property  alienated,  and  need  not  have  been  obtained  by  the  party  
contract,  together  with  their  fruits,  and  the  price  with  its  interest;  consequently,  it   seeking  the  rescission.  
can  be  carried  out  only  when  he  who  demands  rescission  can  return  whatever  he  
may  be  obliged  to  restore.   In  addition  to  these  presumptions,  the  design  to  defraud  creditors  may  be  proved  in  
any  other  manner  recognized  by  the  law  of  evidence.  (1297a)  
Neither   shall   rescission   take   place   when   the   things   which   are   the   object   of   the  
contract  are  legally  in  the  possession  of  third  persons  who  did  not  act  in  bad  faith.   • This  article  provides  rebuttable  presumptions.  
o It   creates   the   presumption   that   acts   have   been   done   in   fraud   of  
In   this   case,   indemnity  for  damages  may   be  demanded  from  the  person  causing  the   creditors  
loss.  (1295)   o However,  all  these  presumptions  may  be  rebutted  by  strong  evidence  
that  the  contract  was  not  in  fraud  of  creditors.  
• Objective  of  restitution  is  to  restore  their  parties  to  their  original  (pre-­‐contract)   • First   –   debtor   alienates   property   by   gratuitous   title,   when   donor   did   not  
position.   reserve  sufficient  property  to  pay  all  debts  contracted  before  such  donation  
• Upon  rescission,  parties  must  return:   o Ex.  B  owes  a  total  of  P30,000  to  several  creditors  
1. The  object  of  the  contract   o He  has  P60,000  in  the  bank  
2. Fruits  and  interests  of  such  object,  if  any   o He  donates  P55,000  to  X  –  donation  is  presumed  to  be  fraudulent  
• If  object  cannot  be  restored  because  of  loss  –  damages  may  be  claimed.   o Maturity  of  debts  immaterial  
• Rescission  cannot  take  place  if  the  object  of  the  contract  is  legally  in  possession   • Second   –   Alienation   by   onerous   title   is   made   by   persons   against   whom   some  
of  a  third  party  in  good  faith.   judgment  has  been  issued  
o Good  faith  is  presumed  unless  contrary  evidence  is  adduced.   o This  refers  to  a  person  against  whom  a  writ  of  attachment  has  already  
been  issued  
Art.  1386  –  Contracts  Approved  by  the  Courts   o Mere   alienation   during   pendency   of   suit   does   not   create   the  
Rescission   referred   to   in   Nos.   1   and   2   of   Article   1381   shall   not   take   place   with   presumption  
respect  to  contracts  approved  by  the  courts.  (1296a)   o Alienation  need  not  refer  to  property  attached  
Ex.  A  obtains  a  writ  of  attachment  against  debtor  B,  with  respect  to  a  
• Numbers  1  and  2:   property  in  Mandaluyong.  
o Guardian  with  respect  to  ward’s  property    If  B  sells  his  property  in  Laguna  the  presumption  arises,  even  
o Administrator  –  absentee   if  it  is  not  the  property  attached  
• Contracts   entered   into   by   these   people,   once   judicially   approved,   cannot   be  
subject  of  rescission.     Art.  1388  –  Liability  of  Purchaser  in  Bad  Faith  
o Approval  implies  that  the  contract  was  justified  already  in  the  eyes  of   Whoever   acquires   in   bad   faith   the   things   alienated   in   fraud   of   creditors,   shall  
the  court.   indemnify   the   latter   for   damages   suffered   by   them   on   account   of   the   alienation,  
  whenever,  due  to  any  cause,  it  should  be  impossible  for  him  to  return  them.  
85  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
If  there  are  two  or  more  alienations,  the  first  acquirer  shall  be  liable  first,  and  so  on   These   contracts   are   binding,   unless   they   are   annulled   by   a   proper   action   in   court.  
successively.  (1298a)   They  are  susceptible  of  ratification.  (n)  

• Buyer  who  knows  that  conveyance  has  been  made  in  fraud  of  creditors  shall  be   • Voidable   or   annullable   contracts   –   those   which   possess   all   the   essential  
liable   for   damages   to   the   creditor,   should   it   be   impossible   to   return   the   requisites,  but  one  of  the  parties.  
property.   a. Is  incapable  of  giving  consent.  
• If  he  can,  he  has  obligation  to  return  what  has  been  transferred  to  him  in  bad   b. Has   his   consent   vitiated   by   mistake,   violence,   undue   influence   or  
faith.   fraud.  
• They  may  be  cured  by  the  aggrieved  party  –  ratification  
Art.  1389  –  Period  for  Filing  Action  for  Rescission   • Lim  Tay  v.  CA  –  annulment  operates  prospectively,  and  does  not  retroact.    
The  action  to  claim  rescission  must  be  commenced  within  four  years.  
Art.  1391  –  Period  for  Filing  Action  for  Annulment  
For   persons   under   guardianship   and   for   absentees,   the   period   of   four   years   shall   The  action  for  annulment  shall  be  brought  within  four  years.  
not   begin   until   the   termination   of   the   former's   incapacity,   or   until   the   domicile   of  
the  latter  is  known.  (1299)     This  period  shall  begin:  

In   cases   of   intimidation,   violence   or   undue   influence,   from   the   time   the   defect   of  
When  the  four  year  period  begins  :  
the  consent  ceases.  
• Generally,   when   the   aggrieved   party   has   unsuccessfully   exhausted   all  
possible   remedies   to   enforce   the   obligation   or   to   recover   what   has   been   In  case  of  mistake  or  fraud,  from  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  same.  
lost  
o Persons   under   guardianship   –   from   the   time   the   incapacity   And   when   the   action   refers   to   contracts   entered   into   by   minors   or   other  
terminates   incapacitated  persons,  from  the  time  the  guardianship  ceases.  (1301a)  
o For  absentees  –  from  the  time  he  learns  of  the  contract  
o Defrauded  creditors  –  from  the  time  the  fraud  is  discovered   • Prescriptive  period  to  annul  a  contract  is  four  years.  
o Things   under   litigation   –   from   the   time   of   knowledge   of   the   • Starting  point  depends  on  the  ground  invoked.  
transaction   1. Intimidation,  violence,  undue  influence  –  when  such  defect  ceases.  
Ex.   A   intimidates   B   with   bodily   harm   in   order   to   enter   into   a   lease  
Chapter  7:  Voidable  Contracts   contract.   The   moment   A   reforms   and   stops   the   threats,   the   four  
year  period  begins  counting.  
Art.  1390  –  Voidable  Contracts  Defined   2. Mistake  or  Fraud  –  from  the  discovery  of  such  defect  
The   following   contracts   are   voidable   or   annullable,   even   though   there   may   have   Ex.   A  fools  B  into  thinking  that  a  jewel  is  made  of  diamond,  when  in  
been  no  damage  to  the  contracting  parties:   fact   it   is   made   of   glass.   Once   B   discovers   the   fraud,   the   period  
begins  running.  
(1)  Those  where  one  of  the  parties  is  incapable  of  giving  consent  to  a  contract;   3. Contracts   entered   into   by   minors   or   other   incapacitated   persons   -­‐  
from  the  moment  guardianship  ends  
(2)   Those   where   the   consent   is   vitiated   by   mistake,   violence,   intimidation,   undue   Ex.   If   A’s   guardian   fraudulently   transfers   his   property   to   a  
influence  or  fraud.   third  party,  A  must  wait  until  the  guardianship  ceases  to  
file   the   case,   and   from   there,   the   period   will   begin  
running.  

86  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1392  –  Effect  of  Ratification   Art.  1395  –  Conformity  of  Guilty  Party  to  Ratification  Not  Required  
Ratification  extinguishes  the  action  to  annul  a  voidable  contract.  (1309a)   Ratification   does   not   require   the   conformity   of   the   contracting   party   who   has   no  
right  to  bring  the  action  for  annulment.  (1312)  
Art.  1393  –  Forms  of  Ratification  
Ratification  may  be  effected  expressly  or  tacitly.  It  is  understood  that  there  is  a  tacit   • Ratification  –  unilateral  act  
ratification   if,   with   knowledge   of   the   reason   which   renders   the   contract   voidable   • Consent  of  injuring  party  is  not  required.  
and   such   reason   having   ceased,   the   person   who   has   a   right   to   invoke   it   should  
execute  an  act  which  necessarily  implies  an  intention  to  waive  his  right.  (1311a)   Art.  1396  –  Retroactive  Effect  of  Ratification  
Ratification   cleanses   the   contract   from   all   its   defects   from   the   moment   it   was  
• Ratification  –  the  act  of  curing  the  defect  which  made  the  contract  annullable  –   constituted.  (1313)  
it  extinguishes  the  action  to  annul  
• May  be  express  or  tacit:   • Ratification  retroacts  to  the  day  the  contract  was  entered  into.  
A. Express  –  after  coercion  ceases,  A  tells  B  that  he  will  continue  to  pay  
• It  makes  the  contract  valid  from  its  inception,  subject  to  the  prior  rights  of  third  
the  lease  payments  
persons.  
B. Tacit  –  After  coercion  ceases,  A  merely  continues  to  pay  the  rentals  for  
o “prior”  –  means  prior  to  ratification  
the  property  
 Requisites:  
1. Knowledge  of  reason  which  renders  contrct  voidable   Art.  1397  –  Party  Entitled  to  Bring  an  Action  to  Annul  
2. Such  reason  ceases   The   action   for   the   annulment   of   contracts   may   be   instituted   by   all   who   are   thereby  
3. Injured   party   executes   an   act   which   implies   an   obliged  principally  or  subsidiarily.  However,  persons  who  are  capable  cannot  allege  
intention  to  waive  his  right   the   incapacity   of   those   with   whom   they   contracted;   nor   can   those   who   exerted  
o In   both   cases,   the   defect   is   cured   whuch   erases   the   infirmity   in   the   intimidation,   violence,   or   undue   influence,   or   employed   fraud,   or   caused   mistake  
contract.   base  their  action  upon  these  flaws  of  the  contract.  (1302a)  
• Yao  Ka  Sin  Trading  v.  CA  –  no  ratification  by  a  corporation  of  acts  performed  by  
an  officer  if  he  has  no  authority  from  such  corporation,  or  if  such  acts  are  not   • General   rule   –   only   parties   to   the   contract   may   bring   an   action   for   its  
later  validated.   annulment.  
• Requisites  for  capacity  to  annul:  
1. Must  be  interested  in  the  contract  
Art.  1394  –  Who  May  Ratify  
2. The  victim  is  the  one  who  must  assert  the  same  (in  other  words,  the  
Ratification  may  be  effected  by  the  guardian  of  the  incapacitated  person.  (n)  
person  who  caused  the  defect  cannot  be  the  one  to  bring  the  action  
for  annulment)  
• Guardian  –  takes  with  the  administration  of  person  and  properties  of  the  ward  
 Capacitated   persons   may   not   allege   the   incapacity   of   the  
• A  contract  entered  into  by  an  incapacitated  person  may  be  ratified  by:   other  party  in  order  to  annul  
A. Guardian      However,   in   case   the   incapacity   involved   is   minority,   the  
B. Injured  party  himself,  once  capacitated   capacitated   party   may   file   a   case   for   enforcement,   provided  
 No  longer  insane,  for  example   that  the  misrepresentation  of  majority  was  active  
 Reaches  age  of  majority    Users   of   intimidation,   etc   cannot   annul   the   contract   based   on  
• In   case   contract   is   voidable   on   ground   of   mistake,   etc   –   ratification   can   be   these  acts.    
made  by  party  whose  consent  is  vitiated.  
 

87  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• Exceptions:    However,   since   as   a   general   rule,   capacitated   persons   may  
1. A  person  who  is  not  a  party…may  exercise  an  action  for  the  nullity  of   not   allege   incapacity   in   order   to   annul.   A   may   only   recover  
the   contract   if   he   is   prejudiced   in   his   rights   with   respect   to   one   of   the   upon   an   action   for   annulment   filed   by   B   when   he   reaches  
contracting  parties…   majority  
2. …and   can   show   the   detriment   which   would   positively   result   to   him  
from  the  said  contract.  Banez  v.  CA   Art.  1400  –  Effect  of  Loss  of  Thing  to  be  Returned  
 Thus,  a  stranger  to  the  contract  must  show:   Whenever  the  person  obliged  by  the  decree  of  annulment  to  return  the  thing  can  
1. Prejudice  to  his  rights   not   do   so   because   it   has   been   lost   through   his   fault,   he   shall   return   the   fruits  
2. Detriment  that  would  result   received  and  the  value  of  the  thing  at  the  time  of  the  loss,  with  interest  from  the  
same  date.  (1307a)  
Art.  1398  –  Duty  of  Mutual  Restitution  upon  Annulment  
An   obligation   having   been   annulled,   the   contracting   parties   shall   restore   to   each   Effect  of  Loss  of  Thing  to  be  Returned:  
other   the   things   which   have   been   the   subject   matter   of   the   contract,   with   their  
fruits,  and  the  price  with  its  interest,  except  in  cases  provided  by  law.   • If  lost  without  the  fault  of  person  obliged:  
o No  more  obligation  to  return  such  thing.  
In   obligations   to   render   service,   the   value   thereof   shall   be   the   basis   for   damages.   o The  other  party  cannot  be  compelled  to  restore  what  he  had  received.  
(1303a)   • If  lost  through  fault  of  person  obliged:  
o Obligation  converted  into  a  claim  for  damages  
• Parties,  as  a  general  rule,  must  restore  to  each  other,  upon  annulment:   o Damages   –   value   of   the   thing   at   the   time   of   the   loss,   with   interest  
1. Subject  matter  of  the  contract,  with  fruits   from  the  same  date,  and  fruits  received  from  the  thing.  
2. Price  thereof,  with  legal  interest  
• Like  in  rescission,  the  purpose  is  to  restore  the  parties  to  their  original  position.   Ex.  S  sold  his  plow  and  carabao  to  B.  On  petition  of  S,  contract  was  
• In   personal   obligations,   where   service   had   already   been   rendered,   the   value   annulled.  However,  carabao  died  through  fault  of  B.  
thereof  with  interest  is  the  basis  for  damages.  
 B   must   pay   value   of   carabao   at   the   time   of   its   death,   with  
interest  from  the  same  date.  
Art.  1399  –  Restitution  by  an  Incapacitated  Person    If   carabao   had   given   birth,   the   baby   carabao   would   be  
When   the   defect   of   the   contract   consists   in   the   incapacity   of   one   of   the   parties,   the   delivered  to  S  as  a  fruit.  
incapacitated  person  is  not  obliged  to  make  any  restitution  except  insofar  as  he  has  
been  benefited  by  the  thing  or  price  received  by  him.  (1304)  
Art.  1401  –  Extinguishment  of  Action  for  Annulment  
The  action  for  annulment  of  contracts  shall  be  extinguished  when  the  thing  which  is  
• When   defect   consists   in   incapacity,   the  incapacitated  person  is  not  obliged  to  
the  object  thereof  is  lost  through  the  fraud  or  fault  of  the  person  who  has  a  right  to  
make  any  restitution  except  insofar  as  he  has  been  benefited  by  the  thing  or  
institute  the  proceedings.  
price  received  by  him.  
Ex.  A  loans  B,  a  minor,  money.     If   the   right   of   action   is   based   upon   the   incapacity   of   any   one   of   the   contracting  
parties,  the  loss  of  the  thing  shall  not  be  an  obstacle  to  the  success  of  the  action,  
 If   B   spends   it   uselessly,   A   cannot   recover   even   if   court  
unless  said  loss  took  place  through  the  fraud  or  fault  of  the  plaintiff.  (1314a)  
declares  the  obligation  annulled.  
 If   B   spends   it   on   things   beneficial   to   him,   such   as   tuition   for  
 
school,  A  may  recover.    

88  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Extinguishment  of  Action  for  Annulment:   subscribed   by   the   party   charged,   or   by   his   agent;   evidence,   therefore,   of   the  
agreement  cannot  be  received  without  the  writing,  or  a  secondary  evidence  of  its  
• No  one  can  come  to  court  with  unclean  hands.   contents:  
• If  the  person  who  had  a  right  to  institute  an  action  for  annulment  is  unable  to  
restore   the   thing   he   would   be   obliged   to   return,   because   such   thing   is   lost   (a)   An   agreement   that   by   its   terms   is   not   to   be   performed   within   a   year   from   the  
through  his  fault,  the  right  to  annul  is  extinguished.   making  thereof;  
o If  A  coerces  B  to  sell  him  a  car,  B  can  seek  annulment.  
o However,   if   B   loses   the   car   by   intentionally   destroying   it,   his   right   to   (b)  A  special  promise  to  answer  for  the  debt,  default,  or  miscarriage  of  another;  
file  the  action  would  be  extinguished.  
(c)  An  agreement  made  in  consideration  of  marriage,  other  than  a  mutual  promise  
• Right  of  action  based  on  incapacity  –  the  rule  is  the  same.  
to  marry;  
o Generally,  if  an  incapacitated  person  loses  the  object,  there  is  no  bar  
to  the  action  for  annulment.   (d)  An  agreement  for  the  sale  of  goods,  chattels  or  things  in  action,  at  a  price  not  
 This  is  because  he  is  only  obliged  to  restore  to  the  extent  of   less   than   five   hundred   pesos,   unless   the   buyer   accept   and   receive   part   of   such  
how  he  was  benefited.   goods  and  chattels,  or  the  evidences,  or  some  of  them,  of  such  things  in  action  or  
 If  the  object  was  lost,  he  could  not  have  benefited.   pay   at   the   time   some   part   of   the   purchase   money;   but   when   a   sale   is   made   by  
o However,  if  he  loses  it  through  his  own  fault,  the  case  for  annulment   auction   and   entry   is   made   by   the   auctioneer   in   his   sales   book,   at   the   time   of   the  
will  be  dismissed.   sale,   of   the   amount   and   kind   of   property   sold,   terms   of   sale,   price,   names   of   the  
purchasers   and   person   on   whose   account   the   sale   is   made,   it   is   a   sufficient  
Art.  1402  –  Effect  where  a  Party  Cannot  Restore  Object     memorandum;  
As   long   as   one   of   the   contracting   parties   does   not   restore   what   in   virtue   of   the  
decree   of   annulment   he   is   bound   to   return,   the   other   cannot   be   compelled   to   (e)   An   agreement   of   the   leasing   for   a   longer   period   than   one   year,   or   for   the   sale   of  
comply  with  what  is  incumbent  upon  him.  (1308)   real  property  or  of  an  interest  therein;  

• When  a  contract  is  annulled,  a  reciprocal  obligation  of  restitution  is  created.   (f)  A  representation  as  to  the  credit  of  a  third  person.  
• Return  by  one  party  of  what  he  is  obliged  to  restore  is  regarded  as  a  condition  
(3)  Those  where  both  parties  are  incapable  of  giving  consent  to  a  contract.  
to  the  fulfillment  of  the  other’s  obligation  to  return.  
• Thus,   if   a   party   cannot   return   what   he   has   received,   the   other   may   not   be  
Unenforceable  Contracts  :  
compelled  to  return  what  he  has  received.  
• Those   that   cannot   be   enforced   in   court   or   sued   upon   by   reason   of   certain  
Chapter  8:  Unenforceable  Contracts   defects  provided  by  law.    
o Even  if  they  have  all  the  requisites  for  perfection.  
Art.  1403  –  Uneforceable  Contracts  Defined   • Until  and  unless  they  are  ratified  according  to  law.  
The  following  contracts  are  unenforceable,  unless  they  are  ratified:   • Binding  force  –  none  until  they  are  ratified.  

(1)  Those  entered  into  in  the  name  of  another  person  by  one  who  has  been  given   Kinds  of  Unenforceable  Contracts  :  
no  authority  or  legal  representation,  or  who  has  acted  beyond  his  powers;  
1. Unauthorized   contracts   –   those   entered   into   in   the   name   of   another   by   one  
(2)   Those   that   do   not   comply   with   the   Statute   of   Frauds   as   set   forth   in   this   number.   without,  OR  acting  in  excess  of,  authority.  
In   the   following   cases   an   agreement   hereafter   made   shall   be   unenforceable   by   o Governed  by  Article  1317  
action,  unless  the  same,  or  some  note  or  memorandum,  thereof,  be  in  writing,  and   2. Those  that  do  not  comply  with  the  Statute  of  Frauds  
89  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
3. Those  where  both  parties  are  incapable  of  giving  consent  to  a  contract.   o The   defense   of   the   SoF   is   personal   to   the   parties   –   cannot   be  
interposed  by  strangers  to  the  contract  
The  Statute  of  Frauds  –  in  General:   o No  particular  form  of  language  or  instrument  needed  to  constitute  a  
memorandum  or  note  in  writing  under  the  SoF  
• Purpose:    Need  not  be  contained  in  a  single  document  
1. Prevent  fraud    2   or   more   writings   properly   connected   may   serve   as   the  
2. Guard  against  mistakes  by  honest  men   required  memorandum  
3. By   requiring   certain   agreements   that   are   susceptible   to   fraud   must   be    Ex.  Limketkai  Sons  Milling  Inc  V.  CA  
in  writing   • “While  there  was  no  written  contract  of  sale…  there  
4. For  certain  executory  contracts  to  be  enforceable  in  a  court  of  law,  the   are   abundant   notes   and   memoranda   extant   in   the  
only   evidence   that   can   prove   such   contract   is   a   written   proof   of   the   records   of   this   case   evidencing   the   elements   of   a  
agreement.   perfected  contract.  
• Application  (some  fundamental  principles  relative  to  the  Statute  of  Frauds)    
• Note   –   when   we   say   “applicable,”   it   means   that   such   contracts   must   be   The  Statute  of  Frauds  –  Agreements  within  its  Scope:    
reduced  to  writing.  If  “not  applicable,”  it’s  okay  that  it’s  not  in  writing  
o SoF  not  applicable  in  actions  that  are  not  for…   • Agreement  not  to  be  performed  within  one  year  from  the  making  thereof  
 Damages  because  of  violation  of  contract   Ex.   On   Oct   10,   2007,   S   entered   into   an   oral   contract   with   B   for   the  
 Specific  performance  of  a  contract.   construction   of   B’s   house   to   begin   on   October   20,   2008.   –   Such  
o SoF   applicable   only   to   executory   contracts   (that   is,   where   no   contract  must  be  in  writing  
performance  has  yet  to  be  made  by  either  party)    For   such   contract   to   fall   under   the   SoF,   it   must   appear   that  
 Not  to  contracts  which  are  totally  or  partially  performed   the   parties   intended   when   they   made   the   contract   that   it  
 Why?  –  Performance,  like  writing,  furnishes  reliable  evidence   should  not  be  performed  within  a  year.    
of  the  intention  of  the  parties  or  the  existence  of  the  contract   o If   a   contract   stipulates   that   a   certain   type   of   activity   shall   be  
 Ex.  Contract  of  sale  of  real  property  in  installment  not  within   commenced  within  the  year,  but  can  only  be  finished  after  one  year,  
the   Statute,   if   the   first   installment   has   already   been   paid.   –   the  SoF  will  apply.  
this  constitutes  partial  performance   Ex.   On   March   21,   2012,   A   enters   into   a   contract   with   B   that   B  
 Babao   v.   Perez   –   oral   contract   partially   performed   must   be   will   construct   a   skyscraper,   to   commence   on   June   30,   2012.  
proven  clearly  in  court.   Obviously,   such   contract   cannot   be   finished   by   March   2012,  
 Partial   performance   can   also   be   manifested   when   so  it  must  be  in  writing.  
improvements   are   made   on   property,   rentals   are   paid,   etc   –   o If   a   party   fully   paid   the   boulder   of   the   building   for   the   complete  
in   general,   acts   of   partial   performance   remove   the   contract   construction  of  the  same  six  months  after  the  making  of  the  contract,  
from  the  SoF   it  does  not  come  within  the  statute.  
o SoF   not   applicable   when   the   contract   is   admitted   expressly,   or    Babeo  v.  Perez  –  contracts  which  y  their  terms  are  not  to  be  
impliedly  by  the  failure  to  deny  specifically  its  existence.   performed   within   one   year   may   be   taken   out   of   the   statute  
o SoF  applicable  only  to  the  agreements  enumerate  therein   by  performance  of  one  party  thereto.  
o SoF   not   applicable   where   a   writing   does   not   express   the   true   • “All   that   is   required…is   complete   performance  
agreement  of  the  parties.   within   one   year   of   one   party,   however   many   years  
o It  does  not  declare  contracts  void.   elapse   before   agreement   is   performed   by   another  
o The  defense  of  the  SoF  may  be  waived.   party.”  

90  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• “…nothing   less   than   full   performance   by   one   party   oOther  examples  
will   suffice,   and   it   has   been   held   that   if   anything    Marriage  settlements  
remains   to   be   done   after   expiration   of   the   year,    Donations  propter  nuptias  
besides  the  mere  payment  of  money,  the  statute  will   • Agreement  for  sale  of  goods,  at  a  price  not  less  that  P500.  
apply.”   Ex.  S  and  B  mutually  promised  to  sell  and  buy  a  piano  worth  P12,000.  
• Promise  to  answer  for  the  debt,  default,  or  miscarriage  of  another    This  agreement  must  be  in  writing  to  be  enforceable  against  
Ex.  D  owes  C  P  10,000,  with  G  as  guarantor.   either  party  
 G  promises  to  answer  for  the  debt  of  D  in  case  D  fails.    Unless  there  is  already  delivery  or  partial/full  payment.  
 This  agreement  (between  G  and  D)  is  unenforceable  unless  it   • Agreement  for  leasing  for  a  longer  period  than  one  year.  
is  in  writing  signed  by  G.   Ex.  R  agreed  to  lease  his  house  to  E  for  two  years.  
o The  promise  here  is  merely  subsidiary  or  collateral  to  the  promise  of    Must  be  in  writing,  unless  partially  executed.  
another  (original  debtor,  D)   • Agreement  for  sale  of  real  property  or  of  an  interest  therein.  
o If   the   promise   is   an   original   or   independent   one,   the   promise   is   not   Ex.  B  orally  sold  his  land  or  his  right  of  usufruct  in  said  land  to  B.  
within  the  SoF  and  thus  may  be  proven  by  oral  evidence.    Such  agreement  is  unenforceable,  unless  it  has  been  partially  
o “Special  promise”  –  express  and  tacit  promises  in  fact  made.   executed.  
 Does   not   apply   in   cases   where   duties   are   created   by   law   • Representation  as  to  the  credit  of  a  third  person    
without  any  promissory  assent.   Ex.  D  is  seeking  a  loan  from  C.    
o “Debt,   default,   miscarriage”   –   includes   all   legal   obligations   under    T   represents   to   C   that   D   is   solvent   and   has   a   good   credit  
which  a  person  can  come,  contractual  or  non-­‐contractual,  requiring  a   reputation.  
money  payment  or  any  other  kind  of  performance.    Such  representation  must  be  in  writing.    
o If  obligation  is  joint  –  no  special  promise  
 “one   is   not   considered   as   promising…within   the   meaning   of   Art.  1404  –  Rules  Governing  Unauthorized  Contracts  
the   statute…   where   his   performance   will   also   extinguish   the   Unauthorized  contracts  are  governed  by  Article  1317  and  the  principles  of  agency  in  
promisor’s  own  debt.”   Title  X  of  this  Book.  
o If   obligation   is   solidary   –   depends   on   whether   or   not   the   promisor  
knew  that  only  one  of  the  solidary  debtors  would  truly  be  benefited   Art.  1405  –  Modes  of  Ratification  under  Statutes  of  Fraud  
by  payment.   Contracts  infringing  the  Statute  of  Frauds,  referred  to  in  No.  2  of  Article  1403,  are  
 “But   if   one   of   several   promisors   is   to   have   the   purchased   ratified   by   the   failure   to   object   to   the   presentation   of   oral   evidence   to   prove   the  
goods  or  the  borrowed  money,  the  others  lending  their  credit   same,  or  by  the  acceptance  of  benefit  under  them.  
as  security,  the  latter  are  “answering  for  the  debt  of  another  
within  the  statute.”   Modes  of  Ratification  under  the  SoF  :  
• Agreement  in  consideration  of  marriage  other  than  promise  to  marry  
Ex.  M  agrees  to  build  a  house  worth  P1M  for  W,  if  W  marries  M.   • Failure  to  object  to  the  presentation  of  oral  evidence  to  prove  the  contract  
 Applicable  even  when  promise  to  build  the  house  is  made  by   o This  amounts  to  a  waiver  of  the  SoF.  
a  third  person  to  W.   o Makes  the  contract  as  binding  as  if  it  had  been  reduced  to  writing.  
o Mutual  promise  to  marry  between  M  and  W  need  not  be  in  writing.   o Limketkai   Sons   Milling   v.   CA   –   contacts   infringing   the   SoF   are   ratified  
 Note  –  law  states  no  period  to  performance,  unlike  number  1   when   the   defense   fails   to   object,   or   asks   questions   on   cross-­‐
 An   oral   mutual   promise   to   marry   may   be   proved   by   parol   examination.”  
evidence,   even   if   marriage   is   to   be   celebrated   beyond   one    “as  no  timely  objection  or  protest  was  made  to  the  admission  
year   of  the  testimony  of  the  plaintiff  with  respect  to  the  contract…  

91  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
[defendants]   tacitly   waived   there   right   to   have   it   stricken   o They  are  not  parties  to  the  contract.  
out.”  
• Acceptance  of  benefits  under  the  contract.    
o In  this  case,  the  contract  is  no  longer  executory.  
Ex.   A   sold   to   G   a   particular   real   property,   and   A   benefited   from   the  
Chapter  9:  Void  and  Inexistent  Contracts  
transaction  by  already  obtaining  the  purchase  price  .  
Articles   1409   and   1422   provide   for   the   instances   where   contracts   are  
 Contract  of  sale  can  be  enforced,  even  if  not  in  writing.  
deemed  void  or  inexistent.  It  must  be  noted  that  where  contracts  are  divisible  and  
the  illegal  terms  can  be  separated,  the  legal  ones  may  be  enforced  (1420).  
Art.  1406  –  Right  of  a  Party  where  Contract  Enforceable    The  defense  against  the  nullity  of  void  contracts  does  not  prescribe  (1410)  
When  a  contract  is  enforceable  under  the  Statute  of  Frauds,  and  a   public  document   rd
and   this   defense   may   even   be   raised   by   a   3   person   provided   that   his   interest   is  
is   necessary   for   its   registration   in   the   Registry   of   Deeds,   the   parties   may   avail   directly  affected  (1421).    
themselves  of  the  right  under  Article  1357.   Usually,   when   parties   enter   into   a   contract   that   is   contrary   to   law,   the  
parties   are   not   in   good   faith.   Thus,   Articles   1411   to   1419   talk   about   pari   delicto.  
• When  the  agreements  in  the  SoF  are  in  writing  and  thus  enforceable,  and  the   Generally,  parties  who  are  in  pari  delicto  may  not  recover  what  has  been  given  nor  
law   requires   that   such   document   should   be   transformed   into   a   pbulic   compel   the   other   to   comply   with   what   has   been   agreed   upon   (1411   -­‐1412)  
document  for  registration.   However,  the  law  provides  some  exceptions  to  this  rule  and  gives  instances  when  
• Contracting   parties   may   compel   each   other   to   observe   the   form   once   the   recovery  may  be  made  (1413  –  1419).    
contract  has  been  perfected.    
 Art.  1409  –  Instances  of  void  or  inexistent  contracts  
Art.  1407  –  When  Uneforceable  Contract  becomes  Voidable   The  following  contracts  are  inexistent  and  void  from  the  beginning:  
In   a   contract   where   both   parties   are   incapable   of   giving   consent,   express   or   implied  
ratification  by  the  parent,  or  guardian,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  one  of  the  contracting   (1)   Those   whose   cause,   object   or   purpose   is   contrary   to   law,   morals,   good   customs,  
parties   shall   give   the   contract   the   same   effect   as   if   only   one   of   them   were   public  order  or  public  policy;  
incapacitated.   (2)  Those  which  are  absolutely  simulated  or  fictitious;  
(3)  Those  whose  cause  or  object  did  not  exist  at  the  time  of  the  transaction;  
If   ratification   is   made   by   the   parents   or   guardians,   as   the   case   may   be,   of   both   (4)  Those  whose  object  is  outside  the  commerce  of  men;  
contracting  parties,  the  contract  shall  be  validated  from  the  inception.   (5)  Those  which  contemplate  an  impossible  service;  
(6)  Those  where  the  intention  of  the  parties  relative  to  the  principal  object  of  the  
• If  both  parties  have  no  guardian,  for  example,  then  it  is  unenforceable.   contract  cannot  be  ascertained;  
• If   there   is   one   guardian,   or   if   one   of   the   parties   upon   gaining   capacity   ratiies   it,   (7)  Those  expressly  prohibited  or  declared  void  by  law.  
it  becomes  voidable.  
• If  ratification  is  made  by  guardians,  or  by  both  parties  upon  attaining  capacity,   These   contracts   cannot   be   ratified.   Neither   can   the   right   to   set   up   the   defense   of  
this  bevcomed  valid.   illegality  be  waived.  
 
Art.  1408  –  Right  of  Third  Persons  to  Assail  an  Unforceable  Contract   What  are  void  and  inexistent  contracts?  
Unenforceable  contracts  cannot  be  assailed  by  third  persons.    
• Void   Contracts   –   those   which,   because   of   certain   defects   generally  
• Third  persons  cannot  assail  unenforceable  contracts.   produce  no  effect  at  all.  It  is  no  contract  at  all.  
o They  cannot  be  executed  anyway.  

92  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Exception   –   see   Art   1411-­‐1412   where   illegal   contracts   may   protect   a   party   was   held   as   absolutely   simulated   and   therefore  
produce  effects  where  parties  are  not  of  equal  guilt.   null  and  void.  (See  Art.  1345  and  1346  for  more  examples)  
• Inexistent   Contracts   –   agreements   which   lack   one   or   some   or   all   of   the   3. Contracts  without  cause  or  object  
elements   or   do   not   comply   with   formalities   which   are   essential   for   the   • The  phrase  ”did  not  exist  at  the  time  of  the  transaction”  does  not  
existence  of  contracts.   apply   to   a   future   thing   which   may   legally   be   the   object   of   a  
contract  (De  Leon).  
Characteristics  of  a  void  or  inexistent  contract:   • See  Art.  1347,  1352,  and  1353  for  examples  and  comments.  
4. Contracts  whose  object  is  outside  the  commerce  of  men  
1. Generally  produces  no  effect  
• See  comments  and  examples  under  Art.  1347  and  1348.  
2. It  cannot  be  ratified  (Art  1409,  Par  2)  
5. Contracts  which  contemplate  an  impossible  service  
3. The  right  to  set  up  the  defense  of  illegality  cannot  be  waived  
• See  comments  and  examples  under  Art.  1347  and  1348  
4. The   action   or   defense   for   the   declaration   of   its   inexistence   does   not  
6. Contracts  where  the  intention  of  the  parties  relative  to  the  object  cannot  
prescribe  (Art.  1410)  
rd be  ascertained  
5. The  defense  of  illegality  is  not  available  to  3  persons  whose  interest  are  
• See  comments  and  examples  under  Art.  1378,  par.  2  
not  directly  affected  (Art.  1421)  
7. Contracts  expressly  prohibited  or  declared  void  by  law  
6. It  cannot  give  rise  to  a  valid  contract  (Art.  1422)  
Ex.  
Instances  of  void  or  inexistent  contracts:   a. A   stipulation   prohibiting   a   mortgagor   to   sell   property  
mortgaged   is   void   for   being   contrary   to   the   express  
1. Contracts  whose  cause,  object  or  purpose  is  contrary  to  law,  etc.   provision  of  Art.  2130  of  the  Civil  Code  
• De  Leon  v.  CA  –  A  contract  whose  consideration  is  the  termination   b. Contracts  upon  future  inheritance  except  those  expressly  
of  the  marriage  by  the  parties  is  void  for  being  contrary  to  law  and   authorized  by  law  (Art.  1347)  
Filipino  morals  and  public  policy.   c. Sale  of  property  between  husband  and  wife  except  when  
• Prudential  bank  v.  Panis  –  Mortgage  contract  entered  into  by  the   there  is  separation  of  property  (Art.  1490)  
grantee   within   the   prohibited   period     provided   by   the   Public   Land   d. Donation  between  spouses  (Art.  87,  FC)  
Act  is  null  and  void.  
The  defect  in  a  void  contract  is  permanent  and  incurable:  
• Maharlika   Publishing   Co.   v.   Tagle   –A   contract   of   sale   in   a   public  
beidding   entered   into   by   a   wife   acting   in   behalf   of   her   husband,   • Chavez  v.  PCGG  –  A  void  agreement  will  not  be  rendered  operative  by  the  
an  influential  public  official,  was  declared  void  for  being  violative   parties’  alleged  partial  or  full  performance  of  their  respective  prestations.  
of  public  policy/order.   It  produces  no  legal  effect.  
• Cui   v.   Arellano   University   –   A   contract   that   provides   a   refund   of   • Arsenal  v.  IAC  –  Neither  can  an  infirmity  be  cured  by  equity.  
scholarship  grant  as  a  precondition  to  a  student’s  transfer  is  void   • Acierto  v.  De  Los  Santos  –  The  pari  delicto  doctrine  may  not  be  invoked  in  
for  being  contrary  to  public  policy  and  morals.   void  contracts  that  run  contrary  to  state  policy.  
a. Public   Policy   –   court   must   find   that   the   contract   • 19   Am.   Jur.   802   –   it   is   generally   considered   that   as   between   parties   to   a  
contravenes   some   established   interest   of   society,   or   contract,  validity  cannot  be  given  to  it  by  estoppel    if  it  is  prohibited  by  law  
inconsistent  with  sound  policy  and  good  morals  or  tends   or  against  public  policy.  
to   undermine   the   security   of   individual   rights.   (See   Art.   • Eugenio   v.   Perfido   –   the   mere   lapse   of   time   cannot   give   efficacy   to  
1306  and  1416  for  more  examples)   contracts  that  are  null  and  void.  
2. Contracts  which  are  absolutely  simulated  or  fictitious.    
• Gardner   v.   CA   –   a   contract   purporting   a   sale   of   land   was   really    
without   consideration   and   was   actually   intended   merely   to  
93  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1410  –  Action  or  Defense  is  Imprescriptible   A  has  no  action  against  B  if  B  does  not  give  the  car  even  if  the  
The  action  or  defense  for  the  declaration  of  the  inexistence  of  a  contract  does  not   former  succeeded  in  kidnapping  X.  The  same  rule  applies  if  B  
prescribe.   complies  and  A  does  not.  

Both   A   and   B   will   be   prosecuted   and   the   car   will   be  


• There   is   no   need   to   judicially   file   an   action   to   make   the   contract   void.   A   confiscated   in   favour   of   the   government   when   kidnapping   is  
case   is   filed   merely   to   declare   that   the   contract,   which   is   void,   is   in   fact   committed.  
void.    
Ex.   For  a  consideration  of    ₱2,000,000,  B  will  construct  A’s  house  in  3   • Where  only  one  party  is  guilty  –  the  same  rule  as  above  will  apply  against  
days.   This   is   void   for   being   impossible.   There   is   no   need   to   file   a   the  guilty  party  but  the  innocent  party  (1)  may  claim  what  he  has  given  and  
case.  It  is  void.  However,  A  may  file  a  case  to  have  it  declared  void   (2)  shall  not  be  bound  to  comply  with  his  promise    
if  A  has  already  paid  the    ₱2,000,000    
• Doctrine  of  Laches  does  not  apply.     Articles  1411  and  1412  do  not  apply  to  inexistent  contracts:  
• DBP   v.   CA   –   restitution   should   generally   apply   in   void   contracts   if   both  
parties  have  no  fault  or  are  not  guilty.   • Modina   v.   CA   –   An   inexistent   contract   has   absolutely   no   consideration   at  
all,   or   there   is   total   absence   of   consent,   or   there   is   no   object.   Thus,   pari  
Art.  1411  –  Rules  where  Contract  is  Illegal  and  Act  is  Criminal  Offense   delicto   will   not   apply   because   these   contracts   have   considerations   or  
objects,  but  are  illegal.  Simulated  Contract  is  an  example.  
When   the   nullity   proceeds   from   the   illegality   of   the   cause   or   object   of   the   contract,  
and   the   act   constitutes   a   criminal   offense,   both   parties   being   in   pari   delicto,   they  
shall   have   no   action   against   each   other,   and   both   shall   be   prosecuted.   Moreover,   Art.  1412  –  Rules  where  Contract  is  Illegal  but  Act  is  not  Criminal  Offense  
the  provisions  of  the  Penal  Code  relative  to  the  disposal  of  effects  or  instruments  of   If   the   act   in   which   the   unlawful   or   forbidden   cause   consists   does   not   constitute   a  
a  crime  shall  be  applicable  to  the  things  or  the  price  of  the  contract.   criminal  offense,  the  following  rules  shall  be  observed:  

This   rule   shall   be   applicable   when   only   one   of   the   parties   is   guilty;   but   the   innocent   (1)   When   the   fault   is   on   the   part   of   both   contracting   parties,   neither   may   recover  
one   may   claim   what   he   has   given,   and   shall   not   be   bound   to   comply   with   his   what   he   has   given   by   virtue   of   the   contract,   or   demand   the   performance   of   the  
promise.  (1305)   other's  undertaking;  

(2)  When  only  one  of  the  contracting  parties  is  at  fault,  he  cannot  recover  what  he  
NOTE:   Articles   1411   and   1412   embody   the   general   principle   that   the   law   refuse  
has   given   by   reason   of   the   contract,   or   ask   for   the   fulfillment   of   what   has   been  
remedy   when   parties   are   in   pari   delicto.   Some   exceptions   to   this   rule   are   contained  
promised   him.   The   other,   who   is   not   at   fault,   may   demand   the   return   of   what   he  
in  Articles  1413  to  1419.  
has  given  without  any  obligation  to  comply  his  promise.  (1306)  
Rules  where  contract  is  illegal  and  the  act  constitutes  an  illegal  offense:  
• Where  both  parties  are  in  pari  delicto  (NPC)   Rules  where  the  contract  is  illegal  but  the  act  does  not  constitute  a  criminal  offense:  
a. The  parties  shall  have  no  action  against  each  other.   • Where  both  parties  are  in  pari  delicto  
b. Both  shall  be  prosecuted.   1. Neither   party   may   recover   what   he   has   given   by   virtue   of   the  
c. The  things  or  the  price  of  the  contract,  as  effects  or  instruments   contract.  
of  the  crime  shall  be  confiscated  in  favour  of  the  Government.   2. Neither   party   may   demand   the   performance   of   the   other’s  
undertaking.  
Ex.   A   and   B   enter   into   a   contract   where   A   will   kidnap   X   and   bring   • Where  only  one  party  is  guilty  
him  to  B.  In  return,  B  will  give  the  car  used  to  kidnap  X  to  A.     1. The  guilty  party  loses  what  he  has  given  by  reason  of  the  contract.  

94  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
2. The   guilty   party   cannot   ask   for   the   fulfilment   of   the   other’s   Art.  1415  –  Recovery  by  an  Incapacitated  Person  
undertaking.   Where   one   of   the   parties   to   an   illegal   contract   is   incapable   of   giving   consent,   the  
3. The  innocent  party  may  demand  the  return  of  what  he  has  given.   courts   may,   if   the   interest   of   justice   so   demands   allow   recovery   of   money   or  
4. The   innocent   party   cannot   be   compelled   to   comply   with   his   property  delivered  by  the  incapacitated  person.  
promise.  
• This  rule  is  within  the  discretion  of  the  court  hence  it  may  issue  an  order  
Art.  1413  –  Recovery  of  Usurious  Interest   allowing  or  disallowing  recover  of  money.  
Interest  paid  in  excess  of  the  interest  allowed  by  the  usury  laws  may  be  recovered  
by  the  debtor,  with  interest  thereon  from  the  date  of  the  payment.   Ex.   A,  a  minor,  enters  into  a  contract  with  B  for  the  purchase  of  illegal  drugs  
worth   ₱10,000.   The   court   may   allow   the   minor   to   recover   the   ₱10,000  
• Payment  of  usurious  interest  is  void.   pesos  if  it  finds  that  the  interest  of  justice  so  demands.  
• Angel  Jose  v.  Chelda  Enterprise  –  the  phrase  “interest  paid  in  excess  of  the  
interest  allowed  by  law”  means  the  whole  interest  paid.   Art.  1416  –  Recovery  where  Contract  is  Not  Illegal  per  se  
Ex.   In   a   loan   of   ₱1,000,   with   interest   of   20%   per   annum   (w/c   is   a   When   the   agreement   is   not   illegal   per   se   but   is   merely   prohibited,   and   the  
usurious   rate)   or   ₱200   per   year,   if   the   borrower   pays   said   ₱200,   prohibition   by   the   law   is   designated   for   the   protection   of   the   plaintiff,   he   may,   if  
the   whole   ₱200   is   the   usurious   interest.   The   borrower   may   public  policy  is  thereby  enhanced,  recover  what  he  has  paid  or  delivered.  
recover  the  whole  ₱200  and  not  just  the  part  which  is  in  excess  of  
the  interest  allowed  by  law.   When  is  recovery  permitted?  
1. The  agreement  is  not  illegal  per  se  but  is  merely  prohibited  
Art.  1414  –  Recovery  where  Contract  Entered  Into  for  Illegal  Purpose   2. The  prohibition  is  designed  for  the  protection  of  the  plaintiff  
When  money  is  paid  or  property  delivered  for  an  illegal  purpose,  the  contract  may   3. Public  policy  would  be  enhanced  by  allowing  the  plaintiff  to  recover  what  
be  repudiated  by  one  of  the  parties  before  the  purpose  has  been  accomplished,  or   he  has  paid  or  delivered.  
before  any  damage  has  been  caused  to  a  third  person.  In  such  case,  the  courts  may,  
if  the  public  interest  will  thus  be  subserved,  allow  the  party  repudiating  the  contract   Ex.   Ras  v.  Sua  –  The  Supreme  Court  allowed  repossession  of  a  certain  land  to  
to  recover  the  money  or  property.   the   owner   who   acquired   the   same   pursuant   to   a   law   designed   to   give   land  
to  the  landless  even  when  the  said  owner  leased,  in  violation  of  the  spirit  
Recovery  where  contract  entered  into  for  illegal  purpose:   of  the  law,  the  said  land  to  another  person  who  later  refused  to  return  the  
1. The  contract  is  for  an  illegal  purpose.   same  despite  demand  of  the  owner  and  even  after  the  former  violated  the  
2. The   contract   is   repudiated   before   the   purpose   has   been   accomplished   or   lease  agreement  on  the  ground  of  pari  delicto  
before  any  damage  has  been  caused  to  a  third  person.  
3. The   court   considers   that   public   interest   will   be   subserved   by   allowing   Art.  1417  –  Recovery  of  Amount  Paid  in  Excess  of  Ceiling  Price  
recover.   When   the   price   of   any   article   or   commodity   is   determined   by   statute,   or   by  
Ex.   De   leon   v.   Court   of   Appeals   –   the   Supreme   Court   allowed   the   authority   of   law,   any   person   paying   any   amount   in   excess   of   the   maximum   price  
recovery   of   ₱380,   000   pesos   paid   by   the   husband’s   mother   who   allowed  may  recover  such  excess.  
resisted  the  wife’s  attempt  to  enforce  the  other  provisions  of  the  
void   contract   (as   its   consideration   is   the   termination   of   marital   • It   is   illegal   to   charge   a   price   higher   than   the   statutory   ceiling.   Any   payment  
status  between  the  husband  and  the  wife).   in  excess  of  such  may  be  recovered.  
 
 

95  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1418  –  Recovery  of  Additional  Compensation   Ex.   An  annual  subscription  to  a  weekly  magazine  where  X  pays  ₱1,000  is  a  
When   the   law   fixes,   or   authorizes   the   fixing   of   the   maximum   number   of   hours   of   divisible  obligation  (for  the  publisher)  but  is  an  indivisible  contract  of  
labor,  and  a  contract  is  entered  into  whereby  a  laborer  undertakes  to  work  longer   subscription.    
than   the   maximum   thus   fixed,   he   may   demand   additional   compensation   for   service      
rendered  beyond  the  time  limit.     If  the  agreement  is  that  the  publisher  will  deliver  magazine  every  week  
and  X  will  pay  ₱20  upon  delivery,  the  contract  is  divisible.  
 
• If   a   contract   provides   that   an   employee   shall   work   only   for   8   hours   at   a  
certain   legal   rate,   any   work   done   beyond   the   8   hour   period   should   be   paid   Art.  1421  –  Persons  Entitled  to  Raise  Defense  of  Illegality  or  Nullity  
for  extra  time.   The  defense  of  illegality  of  contract  is  not  available  to  third  persons  whose  interests  
• Articles  1418  and  1419  are  general  provisions  on  labor.  The  Labor  Code  of   are  not  directly  affected.  
the   Philippines   (PD.   442)   provides   for   the   specific   rights   and   remedies   of  
employees.   • General   Rule   –   Only   parties   to   the   void   contract   can   raise   the   defense   of  
illegality   or   nullity   because   contracts   are   mutual   obligations   between   the  
Art.  1419  –  Recovery  of  Amount  of  Wage  Less  than  Minimum  Fixed   parties.  
rd
When  the  law  sets,  or  authorizes  the  setting  of  a  minimum  wage  for  laborers,  and  a   o Exception   –   3   persons   are   may   avail   the   defense   of   illegality   or  
contract   is   agreed   upon   by   which   a   laborer   accepts   a   lower   wage,   he   shall   be   set   up   its   nullity   as   long   as   his   interest   is   directly   affected   by   the  
entitled  to  recover  the  deficiency.   contract.  

Ex.   A  sold  a  parcel  of  land,  which  he  does  not  own,  to  B.  X,  the  owner  of  
• If   an   employee   receives   less   than   the   minimum   wage   rate,   s/he   can   still  
the  land  which  is  encroached  by  said  illegal  sale,  may  go  to  court  and  
recover  the  deficiency  with  legal  interest  (PD.  442).  
seek  nullification  of  the  contract.    

Art.  1420  –  Effect  of  Illegality  where  Contract  is  Indivisible/Divisible  


Art.  1422  –  Void  Contract  Cannot  be  Novated  
In   case   of   a   divisible   contract,   if   the   illegal   terms   can   be   separated   from   the   legal  
A  contract   which   is   the   direct   result   of   a   previous   illegal   contract,   is   also   void   and  
ones,  the  latter  may  be  enforced.  
inexistent.    

Effects  of  illegality  where  contract  is  in/divisible:  


• A   subsequent   contract   which   proceeds   from   a   void   contract   is   likewise  
1. When  the  consideration  is  entire  and  single,  the  whole  contract  is  void  and  
void.  
unenforceable  
2. Where  contract  is  divisible  or  severable,  the  illegal  ones  can  be  separated   Ex.   A   contract   of   repurchase   is   dependent   of   the   validity   of   the   original  
from  the  legal  portions,  the  latter  may  be  enforced  subject  to  the  intention   contract   of   sale.   If   the   latter   is   void,   then   there   is   no   right   of  
of  the  parties.     repurchase.  
Ex.   Pactum  commisorium  is  void  but  the  loan  agreement  is  valid  
  Usurious  rate  is  illegal  but  the  loan  is  valid.    
 
Divisible  contracts  distinguished  from  divisible  obligation:    
• Divisible   contracts   refer   to   divisibility   of   cause   while   divisibility   of  
obligation  refer  to  susceptibility  to  partial  fulfilment.      
 

96  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Title  III  –  NATURAL  OBLIGATIONS   • If   a   third   person   pays   the   prescribed   debt   of   the   debtor   without   his  
knowledge   or   against   his   will,   the   latter   is   not   legally   bound   to   pay   him  
 
(Art.   1236,   par.   2).   But   the   debtor   cannot   recover   what   he   has   paid   in   case  
he  voluntarily  reimburses  the  third  person.  
Art.  1423  –  Concept  of  Natural  Obligations  
Obligations  are  civil  or  natural.  Civil  obligations  give  a  right  of  action  to  compel  their   Ex.   A   debt   has   already   prescribed   but   X,   a   third   person,   pays   the   debt,   and  
performance.   Natural   obligations,   not   being   based   on   positive   law   but   on   equity   later  on,  the  original  debtor  pays  X,  such  payment  shall  be  considered  valid  
and   natural   law,   do   not   grant   a   right   of   action   to   enforce   their   performance,   but   and  original  debtor  cannot  recover  such  amount  from  the  creditor  on  the  
after  voluntary  fulfillment  by  the  obligor,  they  authorize  the  retention  of  what  has   ground  that  X  should  not  have  paid  him.  
been   delivered   or   rendered   by   reason   thereof.   Some   natural   obligations   are   set  
forth  in  the  following  articles.   Art.  1426  –  Restitution  by  Minor  After  Annulment  of  Contract  
When  a  minor  between  eighteen  and  twenty-­‐one  years  of  age  who  has  entered  into  
Concept  of  Natural  Obligations:   a   contract   without   the   consent   of   the   parent   or   guardian,   after   the   annulment   of  
• These   obligations   rest   upon   morality   and   are   recognized   in   leading   civil   the  contract  voluntarily  returns  the  whole  thing  or  price  received,  notwithstanding  
codes.     the   fact   the   he   has   not   been   benefited   thereby,   there   is   no   right   to   demand   the  
• It  is  based  on  equity  and  natural  law.   thing  or  price  thus  returned.  

Civil  Obligations  and  Natural  Obligations  distinguished:  


• When   a   contract   is   annulled,   a   minor   is   not   legally   obliged   to   make  
restitution   except   insofar   as   he   has   been   benefited   (Art.   1399).   But   if   he  
1. Civil   obligations   arise   from   law,   contracts,   quasi   contracts,   delicts,   and  
nevertheless   returns   the   thing   or   price   although   he   has   not   been  
quasi-­‐delicts,  while  natural  obligations  are  based  on  equity  and  natural  law  
benefited,  he  cannot  recover.    
2. The  former  gives  a  right  of  action  to  compel  performance  while  the  latter  
do  not  grant  such  right  of  action.   • A  “minor”  pursuant  to  RA  6809  means  below  18  years.  

Ex.   If  a  minor  sold  his  car  for  ₱100,000  without  consent  of  his  parent  but  the  
Art.  1424  –  Performance  After  Civil  Obligation  has  Prescribed   minor  lost  ₱30,000  due  to  negligence  but  was  able  to  deposit  the  rest  in  a  
When  a  right  to  sue  upon  a  civil  obligation  has  lapsed  by  extinctive  prescription,  the   bank,   he   is   legally   obliged   to   return   only   ₱70,000   in   case   the   contract   is  
obligor  who  voluntarily  performs  the  contract  cannot  recover  what  he  has  delivered   later  annulled.  However,  if  he  returns  the  whole  ₱100,000  amount,  there  is  
or  the  value  of  the  service  he  has  rendered.   no  right  to  demand  the  same.    

Ex.   If  a  debtor,  despite  the  lapse  of  the  prescriptive  period  and  knowing  that   Art.  1427  –  Delivery  by  Minor  of  Money  or  Fungible  Thing  
the   debt   had   already   prescribed,   pays   the   creditor,   such   debtor   can   no   When   a   minor   between   eighteen   and   twenty-­‐one   years   of   age,   who   has   entered  
longer  recover  such  payment.   into   a   contract   without   the   consent   of   the   parent   or   guardian,   voluntarily   pays   a  
sum  of  money  or  delivers  a  fungible  thing  in  fulfillment  of  the  obligation,  there  shall  
 
be  no  right  to  recover  the  same  from  the  obligee  who  has  spent  or  consumed  it  in  
good  faith.  (1160A)  
Art.  1425  –  Reimbursement  of  Third  Person  for  Prescribed  Debt  
When  without  the  knowledge  or  against  the  will  of  the  debtor,  a  third  person  pays  a  
• After   annulment,   the   parties   are   generally   obliged   to   make   mutual  
debt  which  the  obligor  is  not  legally  bound  to  pay  because  the  action  thereon  has  
restitution   (Art.   1398).   However,   the   obligee   who   spent   or   consumed   in  
prescribed,  but  the  debtor  later  voluntarily  reimburses  the  third  person,  the  obligor  
good   faith   the   money   or   consumable   thing   voluntarily   paid   or   delivered   by  
cannot  recover  what  he  has  paid.  
the  minor,  is  not  bound  to  make  restitution.  
97  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
• This   article   refers   not   only   to   fungible   things   but   also   to   things   that   are   therefore   void   as   such   should   be   wholly   hand-­‐written   by   the   testator.   If  
non-­‐consumable.   despite  this,  N’s  heir,  Y,  still  voluntarily  gives  the  legacy  of  the  ab-­‐roller  to  J,  
it  shall  be  valid  and  cannot  be  revoked  anymore.  
Art.  1428  –  Performance  After  Action  to  Enforce  Civil  Obligation  Failed  
 
When,   after   an   action   to   enforce   a   civil   obligation   has   failed   the   defendant  
voluntarily   performs   the   obligation,   he   cannot   demand   the   return   of   what   he   has  
delivered  or  the  payment  of  the  value  of  the  service  he  has  rendered.   Title  IV  –  ESTOPPEL  
 
Ex.   A  is  indebted  to  B  for  ₱50,000  and  a  civil  suit  is  filed  to  collect  the  amount  
but   such   is   dismissed,   A   is   not   legally   obliged   to   pay   the   said   amount   Art.  1431  –  Estoppel  Defined  
because   he   won.   However,   if   he   voluntarily   makes   payment,   he   can   no   Through  estoppel  an  admission  or  representation  is  rendered  conclusive  upon  the  
longer  recover  such  payment.     person  making  it,  and  cannot  be  denied  or  disproved  as  against  the  person  relying  
thereon.  
Art.  1429  –  Payment  by  Heir  of  Debt  Exceeding  Value  of  Property  Inherited  
When  a  testate  or  intestate  heir  voluntarily  pays  a  debt  of  the  decedent  exceeding   General   Rule   –   Doctrine   of   Estoppel   applies   to   any   particular   case   and   its  
the  value  of  the  property  which  he  received  by  will  or  by  the  law  of  intestacy  from   applicability  depends  largely  on  the  special  circumstances  of  the  case  (Beronilla  
the   estate   of   the   deceased,   the   payment   is   valid   and   cannot   be   rescinded   by   the   v.   GSIS)   after   careful   consideration   of   the   material   facts   in   order   to   avoid  
payer.   injustice  (Kalalo  v.  Luz).  

• The   heir   is   not   liable   beyond   the   value   of   the   property   he   received   from   Exceptions  (G-­‐P-­‐Q):  
the  decedent  (Art.  1311,  par.  1).  But  if  he  pays  the  difference  voluntarily,   1. Estoppel   is   not   applicable   against   the   government   suing   in   its  
payment  is  valid  and  cannot  be  rescinded  by  him.     capacity  as  sovereign  or  asserting  governmental  rights  
 It   follows   that   the   government   cannot   be   estopped   by  
Ex.     A   is   indebted   to   X   for   ₱10,000.   A   later   dies,   with   B   as   his   heir   who   is   the  mistake  and  errors  of  its  officers  (Collector  of  Internal  
entitled   only   to   ₱5,000   from   the   estate   of   A.   If   B   voluntarily   pays   X   Revenue  v.  McGrath).  
P10,000,  B  can  no  longer  recover  such  an  amount.   2. If   law   and   public   policy   will   be   violated,   there   is   no   estoppel  
(Republic  v.  Go  Bon  Lee).  
Art.  1430  –  Payment  of  Legacy  After  Will  has  been  Declared  Void   3. Estoppel  does  not  apply  to  questions  of  law,  as  it  applies  only  to  
When  a  will  is  declared  void  because  it  has  not  been  executed  in  accordance  with   questions  of  fact  
the  formalities  required  by  law,  but  one  of  the  intestate  heirs,  after  the  settlement    In  Kalalo  v.  Luz,  if  the  act,  conduct,  or  misrepresentation  
of   the   debts   of   the   deceased,   pays   a   legacy   in   compliance   with   a   clause   in   the   of   party   sought   to   be   estopped   is   due   to   ignorance  
defective  will,  the  payment  is  effective  and  irrevocable.     founded  on  an  innocent  mistake,  estoppels  will  not  arise.  
 
• Legacy   –   the   act   of   disposition   by   the   testator   in   separating   from   the   • Estoppel  is  characterized  as  harsh  and  odious,  and  not  favoured  in  law.  It  
inheritance  for  definite  purposes,  things,  rights  or  a  definite  portion  of  his   can  only  be  sustained  by  clear  and  convincing  evidence.  
property.    Its  purpose  is  to  reward  friends,  servants,  and  others  for  services    
they  rendered,  etc.    
 
Ex.   N  provided  in  his  holographic  will  that  his  ab-­‐roller  shall  go  to  his  friend  J.    
Later,   the   holographic   will   turns   out   to   be   partly   type-­‐written   and  
98  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  1432  –  Application  of  Estoppel   Art.  1434  –  Sale  by  Person  not  the  Owner  
The   principles   of   estoppel   are   hereby   adopted   insofar   as   they   are   not   in   conflict   When  a  person  who  is  not  the  owner  of  a  thing  sells  or  alienates  and  delivers  it,  and  
with   the   provisions   of   this   Code,   the   Code   of   Commerce,   the   Rules   of   Court   and   later   the   seller   or   grantor   acquires   title   thereto,   such   title   passes   by   operation   of  
special  laws.   law  to  the  buyer  or  grantee.  
 
Art.  1433  –  Kinds  of  Estoppel   Ex.   A,   who   without   authority   of   the   owner,   sold   B’s   car   to   C.   This   sale   is  
Estoppel  may  be  in  pais  or  by  deed.   unenforceable  because  A  is  not  the  owner.  If  later  on  A  buys  the  car  of  B,  A  
can  no  longer  claim  the  property  as  his  own  on  the  ground  that  when  he  
Kinds  of  Estoppel:   sold  it  to  C,  he  was  not  the  owner  of  the  same.  
1. Estoppel   by   Deed   –   A   bar   which   precludes   one   party   to   a   deed   and   his  
privies  from  asserting  as  against  the  other  party  and  his  privies  any  right  or   Art.  1435  –  Sale  by  a  Person  Representing  Another  
title  in  derogation  of  the  deed,  or  from  denying  the  truth  of  any  material   If  a  person  in  representation  of  another  sells  or  alienates  a  thing,  the  former  cannot  
facts  asserted  in  it.   subsequently  set  up  his  own  title  as  against  the  buyer  or  grantee.  
• It   is   technical   in   nature   and   such   an   estoppel   may   conclude   a  
party  without  reference  to  the  moral  equities  of  his  conduct.     Ex.   A  constituted  B  as  his  agent  to  sell  a  car  and  the  car  was  in  fact  sold  by  B.  A  
• It  is  generally  limited  to  an  action  on  the  deed  itself;  in  a  collateral   cannot  later  on  claim  that  he  was  the  owner  to  invalidate  the  transaction.  
action,  there  is  ordinarily  no  estoppel  (28  Am  Jur  2d  602  –  603)  
• Requisites:  (RKIA)   Art.  1436  –  Lessee  or  Bailee  Estopped  from  Asserting  Title  
1. There   must   have   been   a   representation   or   concealment   A  lessee  or  a  bailee  is  estopped  from  asserting  title  to  the  thing  leased  or  received,  
of  material  facts   as  against  the  lessor  or  bailor.  
2. The   representation   must   have   been   with   knowledge   of  
the  facts   • Both   the   lessee   and   the   bailee   are   not   the   owner.   They   merely   enjoy  
3. The  party  to  whom  it  was  made  must  have  been  ignorant   possession  of  the  property  or  thing  leased  or  loaned.  
of  the  truth  of  the  matter    
4. It  must  have  been  made  with  the  intention  that  the  other  
Art.  1437  –  Estoppel  in  Contracts  where  One  Party  is  Mislead  
party  would  act  upon  it  
When  in  a  contract  between  third  persons  concerning  immovable  property,  one  of  
2. Equitable   Estoppel   or   Estoppel   in   pais   –   situation   where   the   party   is  
them   is   misled   by   a   person   with   respect   to   the   ownership   or   real   right   over   the   real  
denied   the   right   to   plead   or   prove   a   fact   because   of   his   own   act   or  
estate,   the   latter   is   precluded   from   asserting   his   legal   title   or   interest   therein,  
omission  
provided  all  these  requisites  are  present:  
• Rests   on   the   facts   and   circumstance   of   the   case   in   which   it   is  
urged   (1)   There   must   be   fraudulent   representation   or   wrongful   concealment   of   facts  
• Requisites:  (CIK)   known  to  the  party  estopped;  
1. Conduct   amounting   to   false   representation   or   (2)   The   party   precluded   must   intend   that   the   other   should   act   upon   the   facts   as  
concealment   of   material   facts   or   at   least   calculated   to   misrepresented;  
convey   the   impression   that   the   party   subsequently   (3)  The  party  misled  must  have  been  unaware  of  the  true  facts;  and  
attempts  to  assert   (4)  The  party  defrauded  must  have  acted  in  accordance  with  the  misrepresentation.  
2. Intent,   or   at   least   expectation   that   this   conduct   shall   be  
acted  upon,  or  at  least  influenced  by  the  other  party   Ex.   A   leased   the   apartment   of   B.   Said   contract   of   lease   gave   A   preferential  
3. Knowledge,  actual  or  constructive,  of  the  actual  facts   right  to  buy  the  apartment  in  case  B  decides  to  sell.    

99  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
A  approaches  X  and  misrepresented  that  the  former  has  already  exercised  
his   preferential   right   to   buy   and   that   another   person,   Y,   is   interested   in  
Title  V  –  TRUSTS  
 What  is  a  Trust?  
buying   although   in   fact   there   is   none.   A   proposes   a   scheme   where   X   will  
purchase  said  apartment  from  A  and  then  sell  the  same  to  Y  for  a  higher  
• Trust  in  its  technical  legal  sense,  it  is  the  right  enforceable  solely  in  equity,  
price.   Because   A   is   a   great   broker,   X   agrees   to   purchase.   B,   the   owner  
to  the  beneficial  enjoyment  of  property,  the  legal  title  of  which  is  vested  in  
ratified  the  sale.  
another.  
Later  on,  A  cannot  assert  a  claim  on  the  property  contending  that  the  sale   • It  is  a  fiduciary  relationship  with  respect  to  property,  subjecting  the  person  
is  unenforceable  for  not  having  the  consent  of  the  true  owner,  B.   holding  it  to  deal  with  the  property  for  the  benefit  of  another  

Characteristic  of  a  Trust:    


Art.  1438  –  Estoppel  where  Personal  Property  is  Pledged  
One  who  has  allowed  another  to  assume  apparent  ownership  of  personal  property   1. Fiduciary  
for   the   purpose   of   making   any   transfer   of   it,   cannot,   if   he   received   the   sum   for   2. Created  by  law  or  agreement  
which   a   pledge   has   been   constituted,   set   up   his   own   title   to   defeat   the   pledge   of   3. Where  the  legal  title  is  held  by  one,  the  equitable  title  or  beneficial  title  is  
the  property,  made  by  the  other  to  a  pledgee  who  received  the  same  in  good  faith   held  by  another  
and  for  value.  
Kinds  of  Trust:  
Ex.   P   owns   a   BMW   but   does   not   want   to   be   known   as   the   owner.   He   tells  
everybody   that   X   is   the   owner   and   even   gives   X   authority   to   sell,   TRUST  
encumber,  or  alienate  said  BMW.  X  knows  this  and  goes  along.     EXPRESS   IMPLIED  
• Intention   is   expressly   present;   the   • Intention   is   not   expressly   present,  
Later,  P  instructs  X  to  pledge  the  BMW  as  collateral  for  a  loan  from  Y.  The   intent   is   created   by   the   direct   and   but  it  is  deducible  from  the  nature  
money   goes   to   P.   On   due   date,   Y   warned   X   of   foreclosure   in   case   of   non   positive   acts   of   the   parties,   some   of  the  transaction  (resulting  trust);  
payment.  P  cannot  resist  the  foreclosure  by  claiming  that  the  pledge  of  the   writing   or   deed   or   will   or   words   the  law  may  also  induce  the  intent  
BMW  is  invalid  because  X  is  not  the  actual  owner.  P  is  estopped.   evidencing   the   intention   to   create   a   in   the   transaction   and   thus,   this  
trust.   kind   of   trust   works   by   operation   of  
Art.  1439  –  Between  Parties  and  Successors  in  Interest   • No  form  is  required  for  the  words.   law  (constructive  trust).  
Estoppel   is   effective   only   as   between   the   parties   thereto   or   their   successors   in   • Trusts   over   immovable   property   • May  be  barred  by  laches.  
interest.     cannot  be  proved  by  oral  evidence.   • May  be  proved  by  oral  evidence.  
   
• Estoppel   does   not   operate   in   favour   nor   against   a   stranger   (persons   who   Prescription:   2  kinds:  
are   neither   parties   not   privies   to   the   transaction   out   of   which   the   estoppel   GR:   The   trustee   cannot   acquire   the   1. Resulting  Trust:  
arose).   thing  in  trust  by  prescription   o Intent   is   presumed   to   be  
• Castrillo   v.   CA   –   The   SC   did   not   permit   the   heirs   to   assail   the   validity   of   EXC:   contemplated  by  the  parties.  
estoppel   because   it   is   only   the   person   against   whom   it   may   be   invoked   1. The   trustee   has   performed   o Imprescriptible,  as  long  as  the  
who  is  allowed  to  assail  it.     unequivocal  acts  of  repudiation   trustee  has  not  repudiated  the  
2. Such  acts  were  made  known  to  the   trust.  
  beneficiary   2. Constructive  trust:  
3. The   evidence   thereon   us   clear   and   o No   intention   presumed   from  
conclusive   any   of   the   acts   of   the   parties,  

100  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
  but   is   a   mere   construction   of   Kinds  of  Trust:  
Acceptance  of  Trust   equity.   1. Express  Trust  –  those  which  are  created  by  the  direct  and  positive  acts  of  
A. Trustee:   Not   necessary,   unless   the   o Prescription  may  supervene.   the  parties,  by  some  writing  or  deed,  or  will,  or  by  words  either  expressly  
appointment   of   such   trustee   is   o Substantially   an   appropriate   or  impliedly  evincing  an  intention  to  create  a  trust.    
material   and   is   provided   in   the   remedy   against   unjust   2. Implied  Trust  –  those  which,  without  being  expressed,  are  deducible  from  
instrument  constituting  the  trust.  In   enrichment.   the  nature  of  the  transaction  as  matters  of  intent,  or  which  are  
case   the   trustee   refuses   to   accept,     superinduced  on  the  transaction  by  operation  of  law  as  matters  of  equity,  
the  court  will  appoint  a  trustee   • Examples   of   implied   trust   in   the   independently  of  the  particular  intention  to  create  a  trust;  two  kinds:  
  provisions  below  are  not  exclusive.   a. Resulting  Trust  –  a  trust  raised  by  implication  of  law  and  
B. Beneficiary:   It   is   necessary.   Such   • Also,  even  if  a  trust  takes  the  form   presumed  always  to  have  been  contemplated  by  the  parties,  the  
acceptance   will   be   presumed   in   of   any   of   the   provisions   under   intention  as  to  which  is  to  be  found  in  the  nature    of  their  
cases   where   the   trust   imposes   no   implied   trust,   it   will   be   considered   transaction,  but  not  expressed  in  the  deed  or  instrument  of  
onerous   condition   to   the   an  express  trust  if  there  is  express   conveyance.    
beneficiary.   intention  of  the  trustor  to  create  a   o Simply,  it  is  imposed  by  law  to  carry  out  the  actual  or  
  trust.   presumed  intent  of  the  parties,  where  the  express  trust  
  fails.    
  o Articles  1448  –  1455  are  Resulting  trusts.  
b. Constructive  Trust  –  trusts  arising  from  the  construction  of  law,  or  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   arising  by  operation  of  law.  It  is  established  by  law,  regardless  of  
intention  of  parties,  in  order  to  prevent  fraud,  oppression  or  
unjust  enrichment.  
Art.  1440  –  Trustor,  Trustee  and  Beneficiary  
A   person   who   establishes   a   trust   is   called   the   trustor;   one   in   whom   confidence   is   Rules  on  Prescription  of  Express  Trust:  
reposed   as   regards   property   for   the   benefit   of   another   person   is   known   as   the   • Express  trusts  do  not  prescribe  because  possession  of  trustee  is  not  
trustee;  and  the  person  for  whose  benefit  the  trust  has  been  created  is  referred  to   adverse.  Thus:  
as  the  beneficiary.   o A  trustee  cannot  acquire  by  prescription  the  ownership  of  
property  entrusted  to  him  
• Trustor  –  person  who  establishes  a  trust   o There  is  no  prescription  on  an  action  to  compel  a  trustee  to  
• Trustee  –  person  in  whom  confidence  is  reposed  for  the  benefit  of  another   convey  property  registered  in  his  name  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  
person   the  beneficiary  
• Beneficiary   –   person   for   whose   benefit   the   trust   has   been   created.   Also   o No  prescription  in  an  action  to  recover  property  held  by  a  person  
called  cestui  que  trust   in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  another  
o Property  held  in  trust  can  be  recovered  by  the  beneficiary  
Art.  1441  –  Kinds  of  Trusts   regardless  of  the  laps  of  time    
Trusts  are  either  express  or  implied.  Express  trusts  are  created  by  the  intention  of   • However,  acquisitive  prescription  may  bar  the  action  of  the  beneficiary  
the  trustor  or  of  the  parties.  Implied  trusts  come  into  being  by  operation  of  law.   against  the  trustee  in  an  express  trust  for  the  recovery  of  the  property  held  
in  trust  where:  
  o The  trustee  has  performed  unequivocal  acts  of  repudiation  
  amounting  to  an  ouster  of  the  beneficiary  
 

101  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Such  positive  acts  of  repudiation  have  been  made  known  to  the   Art.  1445  –  When  Trustee  Declines  Designation  
beneficiary   No   trust   shall   fail   because   the   trustee   appointed   declines   the   designation,   unless  
o The  evidence  thereon  is  clear  and  conclusive   the  contrary  should  appear  in  the  instrument  constituting  the  trust.  
Rules  on  Prescription  of  Implied  Trust:  
• For  Resulting  Trust,  imprescriptibility  may  apply  as  long  as  the  trustee  has   • In  case  of  refusal  to  accept  the  trust  by  the  trustee,  the  court  will  appoint  a  
not  repudiated  the  trust.   trustee.  
• Constructive  Trust  prescribes.     • If   the   appointment   of   the   trustee   is   a   material   provision,   the   trustor   can  
provide  that  a  refusal  of  the  trustee  to  accept  the  trust  shall  result  in  the  
• The  enforcement  of  both  may,  however,  be  barred  by  laches.  
failure  or  nullification  of  the  same.  
Art.  1442  –  Application  of  the  Principles  of  the  General  Law  of  Trusts  
The   principles   of   the   general   law   of   trusts,   insofar   as   they   are   not   in   conflict   with  
Art.  1446  –  Acceptance  by  the  Beneficiary  
Acceptance   by   the   beneficiary   is   necessary.   Nevertheless,   if   the   trust   imposes   no  
this   Code,   the   Code   of   Commerce,   the   Rules   of   Court   and   special   laws   are   hereby  
onerous  condition  upon  the  beneficiary,  his  acceptance  shall  be  presumed,  if  there  
adopted.      
is  no  proof  to  the  contrary.    

Chapter  2:  Express  Trusts   • If   there   is   no   onerous   condition,   the   law   presumes   acceptance   unless  
there  is  proof  to  the  contrary.  
Art.  1443  –  Immovable  Cannot  be  Proven  by  Parol  Evidence   o Thus,   when   the   beneficiary   is   required   to   perform   something   to  
No  express  trusts  concerning  an  immovable  or  any  interest  therein  may  be  proved   make   the   trust   effective,   there   is   an   onerous   condition.  
by  parol  evidence.   Beneficiary  needs  to  accept.  
o If   there   is   no   such   condition,   the   trust   is   a   liberality   or   gratuity  
• Parole  evidence  refers  to  oral  evidence   and  acceptance  is  presumed.    
• Pascual  v.  Meneses  –  To  prove  an  express  trust  over  immovable  properties    This  presumption  is  rebuttable  by  proof  to  the  contrary.  
or   any   interest   therein,   there   must   be   a   showing   of   some   document  
proving  the  same.   Chapter  3:  Implied  Trusts  
• Ramos   v.   Ramos   –   A   trust   may   be   proven   by   clear,   satisfactory,   and  
convincing  evidence.   Art.  1447  –  Application  of  Implied  Trusts  Enumerated  
The   enumeration   of   the   following   cases   of   implied   trust   does   not   exclude   others  
Art.  1444  –  No  Words  Required   established  by  the  general  law  of  trust,  but  the  limitation  laid  down  in  Article  1442  
No   particular   words   are   required   for   the   creation   of   an   express   trust,   it   being   shall  be  applicable.  
sufficient  that  a  trust  is  clearly  intended.  
• The  situations  giving  rise  to  implied  trust  provided  under  this  chapter  are  
• Cuaycong   v.   Cuaycong   –   No   form   is   required,   for   as   long   as   the   intent   to   not  exclusive.  
establish   trust   is   very   clear   from   the   proofs,   whether   by   some   writing   or   • Even  if  the  situation  falls  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  it  will  
deed  or  will  or  by  words.     be   considered   an   express   trust   if   there   is   an   express   intention   of   the  
trustor  to  create  a  trust.  
  • An  implied  trust  is  not  created  when  the  purpose  is  to  evade  the  law.  
 

102  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
o Saltiga  v.  CA  –  trust  will  not  be  created  when  for  the  purpose  of   of  the  debt,  a  trust  arises  by  operation  of  law  in  favor  of  the  person  to  whom  the  
evading   the   law   prohibiting   one   from   taking   real   property,   he   money  is  loaned  or  for  whom  its  is  paid.  The  latter  may  redeem  the  property  and  
rd
takes  conveyance  thereof  in  the  name  of  a  3  person.   compel  a  conveyance  thereof  to  him.  
• The  principles  of  general  law  of  trust,  in  so  far  as  they  are  not  contrary  to  
the   Civil   Code,   Code   of   Commerce,   Rules   of   Court,   and   special   laws   are   Ex.   A  wants  to  buy  land   from  B  but   A   has   no   money.   So  A  asks   C   to  pay   for   the  
applicable  as  limitations  to  implied  trust.   land.  The  land  is  then  given  in  C’s  name.  This  is  supposed  to  be  C’s  security  
o Policarpio   v.   CA   –   an   implied   trust   is   created   when   a   until  the  debt  of  A  is  paid.  Here,  an  implied  trust  is  created.  C  is  a  trustee  
representative   is   tasked   to   negotiate   the   sale   of   an   apartment   on   and   the   beneficiary   is   A.   When   A   has   the   money,   he   may   redeem   the  
behalf   of   the   tenants.   When   such   representative   buys   the   property  from  C  and  compel  a  conveyance  to  A  
apartment   for   himself   to   the   detriment   of   the   tenants,   the  
implied  trust  is  breached.   NOTE:     This   is   not   the   same   as   mortgage.   Mortgage   is   when   A   borrows   money  
from  C  and  A  later  buys  land  in  his  own  name.  A  then  executes  a  mortgage  
Art.  1448  –  When  a  Third  Party  Pays  for  a  Property     on  the  land  in  favor  of  C.  This  is  not  an  implied  trust.  
There   is   an   implied   trust   when   property   is   sold,   and   the   legal   estate   is   granted   to  
one  party  but  the  price  is  paid  by  another  for  the  purpose  of  having  the  beneficial   Art.  1451  –  When  Land  Passes  by  Succession  
interest   of   the   property.   The   former   is   the   trustee,   while   the   latter   is   the   When   land   passes   by   succession   to   any   person   and   he   causes   the   legal   title   to   be  
beneficiary.   However,   if   the   person   to   whom   the   title   is   conveyed   is   a   child,   put   in   the   name   of   another,   a   trust   is   established   by   implication   of   law   for   the  
legitimate   or   illegitimate,   of   the   one   paying   the   price   of   the   sale,   no   trust   is   implied   benefit  of  the  true  owner.  
by  law,  it  being  disputably  presumed  that  there  is  a  gift  in  favor  of  the  child.  
Ex.   B  is  the  only  compulsory  heir  of  M  who  dies.  After  payment  of  the  debts  of  
Ex.   A  sold  his  share  of  stock  to  B.  While  it  is  in  the  name  of  B,  it  is  X  who  pays   M,  the  net  estate  will  go  to  B.  However,  if  B  causes  the  title  to  the  estate  to  
for  the  stocks  such  that  X  is  the  one  who  receives  the  dividends.  There  is   be  placed  in  the  name  of  X,  an  implied  trust  is  created  for  the  benefit  of  B.    
an  implied  trust;  B  is  the  trustee  and  X  is  the  beneficiary.    
Art.  1452  –  When  Legal  Title  is  Named  after  One  of  Many  Purchasers  
If  B  is  the  legitimate  or  illegitimate  child  of  X,  no  trust  is  implied  by  law,  it   If   two   or   more   persons   agree   to   purchase   property   and   by   common   consent   the  
being  disputably  presumed  that  a  gift  has  been  made  to  B  by  X.     legal  title  is  taken  in  the  name  of  one  of  them  for  the  benefit  of  all,  a  trust  is  created  
by  force  of  law  in  favor  of  the  others  in  proportion  to  the  interest  of  each.  
Art.  1449  –  When  a  Donation  is  Made  but  Donee  has  Partial  Interest  
There  is  also  an  implied  trust  when  a  donation  is  made  to  a  person  but  it  appears   Ex.     A,   B   and   C   are   co-­‐owners   of   a   particular   land   with   a   clubhouse   in   equal  
that   although   the   legal   estate   is   transmitted   to   the   donee,   he   nevertheless   is   either   parts   but,   by   agreement   of   all   of   them,   the   whole   of   the   property   is  
to  have  no  beneficial  interest  or  only  a  part  thereof.   registered   under   the   name   only   of   C.   In   this   case,   C   is   the   trustee   of   the  
respective  1/3  shares  of  A  and  B.  C  is  the  trustee  for  the  other  co-­‐owners.  
Ex.   A  donated  to  B  a  lot  and  the  apartment  on  it.  Despite  this,  B  still  has  to  pay   Thus  when  the  clubhouse  is  rented,  C  is  obliged  to  make  proper  accounting  
rentals  to  for  the  apartment  to  A.  This  is  an  implied  trust  where  the  trustee   for  profit  sharing  as  he  is  merely  a  trustee.      
is  the  donee  and  the  beneficiary  is  the  donor.  
Art.  1453  –  When  Property  is  Conveyed  to  Hold  or  Transfer  
Art.  1450  –  When  a  Person  Acquires  Property  through  a  Loan   When   property   is   conveyed   to   a   person   in   reliance   upon   his   declared   intention   to  
If  the  price  of  a  sale  of  property  is  loaned  or  paid  by  one  person  for  the  benefit  of   hold   it   for,   or   transfer   it   to   another   or   the   grantor,   there   is   an   implied   trust   in   favor  
another  and  the  conveyance  is  made  to  the  lender  or  payor  to  secure  the  payment   of  the  person  whose  benefit  is  contemplated.  

103  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Ex.   A  told  B  (the  seller)  that  the  property  should  be  in  his  (A)  name  because  he   Art.  1457  –  May  be  Proved  by  Oral  Evidence  
shall   only   hold   it   for   the   benefit   of   X,   the   real   owner.   An   implied   trust   is   An  implied  trust  may  be  proved  by  oral  evidence.  
created  in  favour  of  X.    
• Because   it   is   deducible   from   the   nature   of   the   transaction   as   matters   of  
Art.  1454  –  When  Property  is  Conveyed  to  Fulfill  an  Obligation   intent  or  which  are  superinduced  on  the  transaction  by  operation  of  law,  
If  an  absolute  conveyance  of  property  is  made  in  order  to  secure  the  performance   independently  of  the  particular  intention  of  the  parties.    
of   an   obligation   of   the   grantor   toward   the   grantee,   a   trust   by   virtue   of   law   is  
established.   If   the   fulfillment   of   the   obligation   is   offered   by   the   grantor   when   it  
becomes  due,  he  may  demand  the  reconveyance  of  the  property  to  him.  
 
Title  XVII  –  EXTRA-­‐CONTRACTUAL  OBLIGATIONS  
Ex.     A   is   indebted   to   B.   A   conveyed   a   particular   property   to   B   to   secure   such      
indebtedness.   B   holds   the   property   only   in   trust   for   A.   B   is   the   trustee.  
Upon  payment  by  A,  he  can  demand  that  the  property  be  returned.     Chapter  1:  Quasi-­‐Contracts  
Art.  1455  –  When  Trust  Fund  is  Used  to  Purchase  Property  
When   any   trustee,   guardian   or   other   person   holding   a   fiduciary   relationship   uses      Art.  2142  –  Quasi-­‐Contracts  Defined  
trust  funds  for  the  purchase  of  property  and  causes  the  conveyance  to  be  made  to   Certain   lawful,   voluntary   and   unilateral   acts   give   rise   to   the   juridical   relation   of  
him  or  to  a  third  person,  a  trust  is  established  by  operation  of  law  in  favor  of   the   quasi-­‐contract   to   the   end   that   no   one   shall   be   unjustly   enriched   or   benefited   at   the  
person  to  whom  the  funds  belong.   expense  of  another.  (n)  

Ex.     X   created   a   trust   fund   for   the   benefit   of   A   of   which,   Y   is   the   trustee.   If   Y   • A  quasi-­‐contract  is  not  an  implied  contract.  
uses   the   fund   to   purchase   a   property   and   places   it   under   his   name   or   • It  is  not  properly  a  contract  at  all  because  there  is  no  meeting  of  minds.  
under   the   name   of   Z   (a   third   person),   an   implied   trust   is   created   and   the   • A   juridical   relation   is   created   by   a   quasi-­‐contract   so   that   nobody   shall  
trustee  is  either  X  or  Z  and  the  trust  is  in  favor  of  Z.     enrich  himself  at  the  expense  of  another.  

NOTE:   Acquisition   by   an   agent   inures   to   the   benefit   of   the   principal.   Severino   v.   Art.  2143  –  Other  Quasi-­‐Contracts  
Severino   The   provisions   for   quasi-­‐contracts   in   this   Chapter   do   not   exclude   other   quasi-­‐
contracts  which  may  come  within  the  purview  of  the  preceding  article.  (n)    
Art.  1456  –  When  Property  is  Acquired  through  Mistake  or  Fraud  
If   property   is   acquired   through   mistake   or   fraud,   the   person   obtaining   it   is,   by   force   • This   article   provides   that   the   number   of   quasi-­‐contracts   is   indefinite   and  
of  law,  considered  a  trustee  of  an  implied  trust  for  the  benefit  of  the  person  from   not  only  confined  to  the  two  kinds  specified  by  the  Civil  Code  in  Section  1  
whom  the  property  comes.   and  2  of  this  Chapter.    
 
Ex.     X   fraudulently   made   Y   sign   an   alleged   loan   agreement   which   actually   • Two  obligations  treated  in  the  chapter  devoted  to  Quasi-­‐contracts:  
turned  out  to  be  an  absolute  sale  of  X’s  property.  The  sale  is  voidable  and  a   1. Negotiorum   Gestio   –   the   voluntary   management   of   the   property   or  
trust   is   deemed   created   by   force   of   law.   The   trustee   is   X   and   is   merely   affairs  of  another  without  the  knowledge  or  consent  of  the  latter.  
holding  the  property  for  the  benefit  of  X.   2. Solutio   Indebiti   –   the   juridical   relation   which   is   created   when  
something  is  received  when  there  is  no  right  to  demand  it  and  it  was  
NOTE:   This  refers  to  mistake  by  a  third  person  and  fraud  is  extra-­‐contractual   unduly  delivered  through  mistake.  

104  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Section  1  –  Negotiorum  Gestio   The   courts   may,   however,   increase   or   moderate   the   indemnity   according   to   the  
circumstances  of  each  case.  (1889a)  
Art.  2144  –  Negotiorum  Gestio  Defined  and  Its  Exceptions   • An   officious   manager   is   in   a   sense   an   intruder   in   the   business   or   that  
Whoever  voluntarily  takes  charge  of  the  agency  or  management  of  the  business  or   property  of  the  owner.  
property  of  another,  without  any  power  from  the  latter,  is  obliged  to  continue  the  
• However,  if  his  intrusion  is  with  the  objective  of  preserving,  managing,  and  
same  until  the  termination  of  the  affair  and  its  incidents,  or  to  require  the  person  
taking  care  of  the  property  without  any  intent  to  gain,  a  quasi-­‐contract  is  
concerned   to   substitute   him,   if   the   owner   is   in   a   position   to   do   so.   This   juridical  
created.  
relation  does  not  arise  in  either  of  these  instances:  
• Ordinary   diligence   is   required   by   law;   once   quasi-­‐contract   is   created,   he  
(1)  When  the  property  or  business  is  not  neglected  or  abandoned;   cannot  escape  liability  if  the  owner  suffers  damages  due  to  negligence  or  
(2)  If  in  fact  the  manager  has  been  tacitly  authorized  by  the  owner.   fault.  

In   the   first   case,   the   provisions   of   Articles   1317,   1403,   No.   1,   and   1404   regarding   Art.  2146  –  Liability  of  Officious  Manager  upon  Delegation  
unauthorized  contracts  shall  govern.   If   the   officious   manager   delegates   to   another   person   all   or   some   of   his   duties,   he  
shall  be  liable  for  the  acts  of  the  delegate,  without  prejudice  to  the  direct  obligation  
In   the   second   case,   the   rules   on   agency   in   Title   X   of   this   Book   shall   be   applicable.   of  the  latter  toward  the  owner  of  the  business.  
(1888a)  
The   responsibility   of   two   or   more   officious   managers   shall   be   solidary,   unless   the  
• Negotiorum  Gestio  –  a  quasi-­‐contract  which  should  not  be  performed  for   management   was   assumed   to   save   the   thing   or   business   from   imminent   danger.  
profit   (1890a)  
• Circumstances   under   which   one   may   undertake   to   carry   out   a   business  
matter  for  another:   • The  liability  of  two  or  more  officious  managers  is  solidary;  the  owner  may  
1. They  relate  to  determined  things  or  affairs,  and  that  there  be  no   seek  full  payment  of  damages  from  anyone  of  them.  
administrator   or   representative   of   the   owner   who   is   charged   with  
the  management  thereof.   Art.  2147  –  When  Officious  Manager  shall  be  Liable  for  Fortuitous  Event  
2. That   it   be   foreign   to   all   idea   of   express   or   tacit   mandate   on   the   The  officious  manager  shall  be  liable  for  any  fortuitous  event:  
part  of  the  owner,  for  it  very  often  may  happen  even  without  his  
knowledge.   (1)   If   he   undertakes   risky   operations   which   the   owner   was   not   accustomed   to  
3. That   the   actor   be   inspired   by   the   beneficent   idea   of   averting   embark  upon;  
losses   and   damages   to   the   owner   or   to   the   interested   party   (2)  If  he  has  preferred  his  own  interest  to  that  of  the  owner;  
through  abandonment  of  the  things  that  belong  to  him  or  of  the   (3)  If  he  fails  to  return  the  property  or  business  after  demand  by  the  owner;  
business  in  which  he  may  be  interested,  that  is,  the  administration   (4)  If  he  assumed  the  management  in  bad  faith.  (1891a)  
is  not  for  profit.  
Art.  2148  –  Liability  for  Fortuitous  Event  as  to  Manager’s  Capacity    
Art.  2145  –  Diligence  Required  of  an  Officious  Manager   Except   when   the   management   was   assumed   to   save   property   or   business   from  
The  officious  manager  shall  perform  his  duties  with  all  the  diligence  of  a  good  father   imminent  danger,  the  officious  manager  shall  be  liable  for  fortuitous  events:  
of   a   family,   and   pay   the   damages   which   through   his   fault   or   negligence   may   be  
(1)  If  he  is  manifestly  unfit  to  carry  on  the  management;  
suffered  by  the  owner  of  the  property  or  business  under  management.  
(2)  If  by  his  intervention  he  prevented  a  more  competent  person  from  taking  up  the  
management.  (n)  

105  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
General  Rule  –  No  person  shall  be  liable  in  case  of  fortuitous  event.     Art.  2150  –  Officious  Manager  Entitled  to  Reimbursement  
Exception  –  (1)  ARTICLE  2147   Although   the   officious   management   may   not   have   been   expressly   ratified,   the  
1. First   case:   The   business   is   simply   providing   a   warehouse   for   owner  of  the  property  or  business  who  enjoys  the  advantages  of  the  same  shall  be  
dolls,  the  officious  manger  stored  highly  flammable  materials   liable   for   obligations   incurred   in   his   interest,   and   shall   reimburse   the   officious  
2. Second   case:   same   business,   but   the   officious   manager   also   manager   for   the   necessary   and   useful   expenses   and   for   the   damages   which   the  
stored   some   of   his   goods   in   the   warehouse.   During   a   flood,   latter  may  have  suffered  in  the  performance  of  his  duties.  
he   chose   to   save   his   goods   first   before   that   of   the   owner,   the  
officious  manager  will  be  liable  for  the  loss   The  same  obligation  shall  be  incumbent  upon  him  when  the  management  had  for  
3. Third  case:  same  business,  but  the  officious  manager  did  not   its  purpose  the  prevention  of  an  imminent  and  manifest  loss,  although  no  benefit  
return   the   warehouse   despite   demand   by   owner.   The   may  have  been  derived.  (1893)  
warehouse  is  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  and  so  the  officious  
manager   will   be   held   liable   for   his   act   of   unduly   retaining   Art.  2151  –  Reimbursement  when  there  is  No  Benefit  or  Danger  
what  is  not  his.   Even   though   the   owner   did   not   derive   any   benefit   and   there   has   been   no   imminent  
4. Fourth   case:   same   business,   but   the   officious   manager   took   and  manifest  danger  to  the  property  or  business,  the  owner  is  liable  as  under  the  
over  in  bad  faith  such  as  when  he  does  so  to  get  the  clients  of   first  paragraph  of  the  preceding  article,  provided:  
the   owner   for   his   (officious   manager’s)   own   warehousing  
business.   (1)  The  officious  manager  has  acted  in  good  faith,  and  
(2)  ARTICLE  2148   (2)  The  property  or  business  is  intact,  ready  to  be  returned  to  the  owner.  (n)  
1. First   case:   A   farmer   takes   over   a   Nuclear   Power   plant    
business  of  another   General  Rule  –  Reimbursement  is  required  when  (Art.  2150):  
2. Second   case:   Such   farmer   prevents   another   person   who   is   a   1. When  owner  is  benefited  by  officious  management  of  property  or  business  
nuclear   scientist   from   taking   over   the   Nuclear   Power   plant   Ex.   The   manager   pays   taxes   on   the   property   so   that   it   will   not   be  
business.   foreclosed,   owner   must   reimburse   payment   made   by   officious  
o EXC  to  2148:  When   management   was   assumed   to   manager.  
save   property   or   business   from   imminent   danger   2. When  officious  management  is  made  to  prevent  loss  
such  as  when  the  farmer  enters  the  Nuclear  Plant  in   Ex.   A  is  the   neighbor  of   B.   One   day,   B’s  kitchen   was   on   fire.  A   entered  
order  to  avert  a  meltdown.   the   house   and   extinguished   the   fire   using   his   (A’s)   fire  
  extinguisher.  B  is  obliged  to  reimburse  A  for  the  fire  price  of  the  
  fire  extinguisher  used.    
  Exception:   Benefit   or   imminent   danger   is   not   required   when   the   manager  
Art.  2149  –  Ratification  of  Owner  results  to  Agency   acted   in   good   faith   and   the   business   is   intact,   ready   to   be   returned   to   the  
The   ratification   of   the   management   by   the   owner   of   the   business   produces   the   owner  (Art.  2151).  
effects   of   an   express   agency,   even   if   the   business   may   not   have   been   successful.  
(1892a)   Art.  2152  –Officious  Manager  as  to  Contracts  with  Third  Persons  
The   officious   manager   is   personally   liable   for   contracts   which   he   has   entered   into  
• When   the   owner   ratifies   management,   the   manager   becomes   the   agent   with  third  persons,  even  though  he  acted  in  the  name  of  the  owner,  and  there  shall  
and  all  the  defects  made  by  the  latter  are  cured.   be  no  right  of  action  between  the  owner  and  third  persons.  These  provisions  shall  
  not  apply:  

(1)  If  the  owner  has  expressly  or  tacitly  ratified  the  management,  or  

106  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
(2)  When  the  contract  refers  to  things  pertaining  to  the  owner  of  the  business.  (n)   • Prescriptive  period  is  6  years.  

rd
 General  Rule  -­‐-­‐  Officious  manager  is  liable  for  contracts  entered  with  3  persons.   Art.  2155  –  Applicable  to  Doubtful  or  Difficult  Question  of  Law  
Thus,  when  the  manager  buys  a  photocopying  machine,  he  is  liable.   Payment  by  reason  of  a  mistake  in  the  construction  or  application  of  a  doubtful  or  
difficult  question  of  law  may  come  within  the  scope  of  the  preceding  article.  (n)  
Exceptions   –   (1)   When   the   owner   ratifies   management   in   which   case  
manager   becomes   agent   and   (2)   When   the   contract   refers   to   things   Genearal  Rule  –  Solutio  Indebiti  involves  only  a  mistake  of  fact  
pertaining   to   the   business.   Thus,   where   the   owner   is   engaged   in  
photocopying   business,   the   purchase   of   photocopying   machine   must   be   Exception  –  A  mistake  of  law  is  allowed  if  the  mistake  is  brought  about  by  
shouldered  by  the  owner.     the  construction  or  application  of  a  doubtful  or  difficult  question  of  law  

• Puyat  v.  Manila  –  There  is  solutio  indebiti  when  tax  is  paid  by  mistake  due  
Art.  2154  –  The  management  is  extinguished:   to   complicated   correlation   and   application   of   various   municipal   and  
(1)  When  the  owner  repudiates  it  or  puts  an  end  thereto;   national  laws.  Voluntariness  is  incompatible  with  protest  and  mistake.  
(2)   When   the   officious   manager   withdraws   from   the   management,   subject   to   the  
provisions  of  Article  2144;  
Art.  2156  –  Doubt  on  whether  the  Debt  was  Due  
(3)   By   the   death,   civil   interdiction,   insanity   or   insolvency   of   the   owner   or   the  
If  the  payer  was  in  doubt  whether  the  debt  was  due,  he  may  recover  if  he  proves  
officious  manager.  (n)  
that  it  was  not  due.  (n)  
 
Ex.     A   debtor   can   recover   what   he   has   paid   prior   to   the   due   date   provided   that  
1. Benedicto   v.   Board   of   Administrators   –   The   PCGG   may   not   lawfully  
the   demand   for   reimbursement   is   not   made   after   the   debt   has   become  
intervene   and   participate   in   the   management   of   a   private   mass   media  
due.  
where  the  owner  demands  the  return  of  the  same.    
2. The   officious   manager   can   withdraw   from   the   property   only   after  
substitution,   otherwise   he   may   only   withdraw   upon   termination   of   the   Art.  2157  –  Solidary  Responsibility  of  Two  or  More  Payees  
affair  and  its  incidents  pursuant  to  Article  2144.   The   responsibility   of   two   or   more   payees,   when   there   has   been   payment   of   what   is  
3. Death,   civil   interdiction,   insanity   or   insolvency   incapacitates   the   officious   not  due,  is  solidary.  (n)  
manager  or  owner.    
Ex.     A  owes  B  and  C  ₱2,000  who  are  solidary  creditors.  A  pays  B  ₱2,000  before  
Section  2  –  Solutio  Indebiti   due   date.   A   can   recover   from   B   or   C   the   amount   he   has   paid   (even   if   C   has  
not   yet   received   his   share   of   the   ₱2,000)   provided   demand   is   made   before  
debt  becomes  due.  
Art.  2154  –  Solutio  Indebiti  Defined  
If   something   is   received   when   there   is   no   right   to   demand   it,   and   it   was   unduly   Art.  2158  –  Property  or  Money  Delivered  Belongs  to  Third  Person  
delivered  through  mistake,  the  obligation  to  return  it  arises.  (1895)   When   the   property   delivered   or   money   paid   belongs   to   a   third   person,   the   payee  
shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  article  1984.  (n)  
• Requisites  (N-­‐M):  
o That  he  who  paid  was  not  under  obligation  to  do  so   Art.  2159  –  Acceptance  of  Undue  Payment  in  Bad  Faith  
o That  payment  was  made  by  reason  of  an  essential  mistake  of  fact  
• Principles   of   equity   cannot   be   applied   if   there   is   a   provision   of   law  
specifically  applicable  to  a  case.  
107  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Whoever   in   bad   faith   accepts   an   undue   payment,   shall   pay   legal   interest   if   a   sum   of   Ex.   A   is   indebted   to   B   in   the   amount   of   ₱1,000.   It   is   an   oral   contract   which  
money  is  involved,  or  shall  be  liable  for  fruits  received  or  which  should  have  been   prescribes   in   6   years.   X   is   the   guarantor   of   the   loan   and   is   liable   to   pay   the  
received  if  the  thing  produces  fruits.   ₱1,000  only  when  B  has  exhausted  all  means  to  collect  from  A.    
th
He   shall   furthermore   be   answerable   for   any   loss   or   impairment   of   the   thing   from   Believing  that  he  is  principally  liable,  X  pays  on  the  5  year  and  B  accepts  
any   cause,   and   for   damages   to   the   person   who   delivered   the   thing,   until   it   is   the  payment  in  good  faith.  After  the  lapse  of  the  6  year  prescriptive  period,  
recovered.  (1896a)   X  may  not  recover  from  B  what  he  has  paid  by  mistake.  Instead,  X  can  only  
recover  from  A  the  ₱1,000  who  was  the  original  debtor.    
Ex.   If   the   creditor   knows   that   payment   is   not   yet   due,   yet   he   accepted   such  
without  informing  the  debtor  that  it  is  not  yet  due,  he  is  therefore  in  bad   Art.  2163  –  Presumed  Mistake  
faith  and  shall  be  liable  for  interest  from  the  time  he  accepts  payment  up   It   is   presumed   that   there   was   a   mistake   in   the   payment   if   something   which   had  
to  the  time  he  returns  it  upon  demand  of  the  debtor.   never   been   due   or   had   already   been   paid   was   delivered;   but   he   from   whom   the  
return  is  claimed  may  prove  that  the  delivery  was  made  out  of  liberality  or  for  any  
Art.  2160  –  Acceptance  of  Undue  Payment  in  Good  Faith   other  just  cause.  (1901)    
He  who  in  good  faith  accepts  an  undue  payment  of  a  thing  certain  and  determinate  
shall  only  be  responsible  for  the  impairment  or  loss  of  the  same  or  its  accessories   Ex.     The   person   to   whom   the   payment   has   been   made   can   show   that   such  
and  accessions  insofar  as  he  has  thereby  been  benefited.  If  he  has  alienated  it,  he   payment   is   a   gift   or   a   donation   by   showing   the   proper   evidence   like   a   valid  
shall  return  the  price  or  assign  the  action  to  collect  the  sum.  (1897)   deed  of  donation.  

Ex.   A   is   obliged   to   give   B   a   house   on   Dec.   1.   Believing   it   was   due   on   July,   A   Section  3  –  Other  Quasi-­‐Contracts  
delivered   the   house.   B   likewise   did   not   know   that   the   house   is   only   due   on  
Dec.  1  and  accepted  it.  On  Sept.,  the  house  was  rented  but  the  kitchen  was   Art.  2164  –  Support  Given  by  a  Stranger  
accidently  burned.  On  Nov.,  A  discovered  that  the  delivery  was  not  yet  due   When,  without  the  knowledge  of  the  person  obliged  to  give  support,  it  is  given  by  a  
and  demandable  for  its  return.  B  can  return  the  house  and  pay  the  amount   stranger,  the  latter  shall  have  a  right  to  claim  the  same  from  the  former,  unless  it  
of  the  Kitchen  which  has  been  impaired,  because  B  has  been  benefited  by   appears  that  he  gave  it  out  of  piety  and  without  intention  of  being  repaid.  (1894a)  
the  house  when  it  had  been  rented.  
This  is  under  Article  206  of  the  Family  Code:  
 
• When,  without  the  knowledge  of  the  person  obliged  to  give  support,  it  is  
Art.  2161  –  Reimbursement  for  Improvements  and  Expenses   given  by  a  stranger,  the  latter  shall  have  a  right  to  claim  the  same  from  the  
As   regards   the   reimbursement   for   improvements   and   expenses   incurred   by   him   former,   unless   it   appears   that   he   gave   it   without   the   intention   of   being  
who   unduly   received   the   thing,   the   provisions   of   Title   V   of   Book   II   shall   govern.   reimbursed.  
(1898)   • De   Marcaida   v.   Redfern   –   For   one   to   recover   under   this,   it   must   be   alleged  
and  proved  that:  
Art.  2162  –  Exemption  from  Obligation  to  Restore   1. Support   has   been   furnished   a   dependent   of   one   bound   to   give  
He  shall  be  exempt  from  the  obligation  to  restore  who,  believing  in  good  faith  that   support  but  who  fails  to  do  so  
the   payment   was   being   made   of   a   legitimate   and   subsisting   claim,   destroyed   the   2. The  support  was  supplied  by  a  stranger  
document,  or  allowed  the  action  to  prescribe,  or  gave  up  the  pledges,  or  cancelled   3. The   support   was   given   without   the   knowledge   of   the   person  
the  guaranties  for  his  right.  He  who  paid  unduly  may  proceed  only  against  the  true   charged  with  the  duty  
debtor  or  the  guarantors  with  regard  to  whom  the  action  is  still  effective.  (1899)  
108  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  2165  –  Funeral  Expenses  Borne  by  a  Third  Person   refuses   to   support   or   fails   to   give   support   to   the   child   when   urgently  
When   funeral   expenses   are   borne   by   a   third   person,   without   the   knowledge   of   needed.  
those   relatives   who   were   obliged   to   give   support   to   the   deceased,   said   relatives  
shall  reimburse  the  third  person,  should  the  latter  claim  reimbursement.  (1894a)   Art.  2167  –  Services  Given  by  a  Physician  in  an  Accident  
When  through  an  accident  or  other  cause  a  person  is  injured  or  becomes  seriously  
The  following  are  obliged  to  support  each  other:   ill,   and   he   is   treated   or   helped   while   he   is   not   in   a   condition   to   give   consent   to   a  
1. Spouses   contract,  he  shall  be  liable  to  pay  for  the  services  of  the  physician  or  other  person  
2. Legitimate  ascendants  and  descendants   aiding  him,  unless  the  service  has  been  rendered  out  of  pure  generosity.  
3. Parents   and   their   legitimate   children,   and   the   legitimate   and   illegitimate  
children  of  the  latter   Ex.     X   was   a   victim   of   a   hit-­‐and-­‐run   incident   and   is   seriously   injured.   He   is  
4. Parents  and  their  illegitimate  children,  and  the  legitimate  and  illegitimate   brought   to   the   hospital   and   needs   operation.   However   he   is   in   a   coma   and  
children  of  the  latter   cannot   give   consent.   Dr.   House   nevertheless   treats   his   injuries   lest   it  
5. Legitimate  brothers  and  sisters,  whether  full  or  half  blood   becomes  more  serious.  When  X  recovers,  he  has  the  obligation  to  pay  Dr.  
House  unless  the  latter  does  not  want  to  be  paid.    
Whenever   two   or   more   persons   are   obliged   to   give   support,   the   liability   shall  
devolve  upon  the  following  persons  in  the  following  order:   Art.  2168  –  Property  is  Saved  from  Fire,  Flood,  Storm  or  Calamity  
1. Spouses   When   during   a   fire,   flood,   storm,   or   other   calamity,   property   is   saved   from  
2. Descendants  in  the  nearest  degree   destruction   by   another   person   without   the   knowledge   of   the   owner,   the   latter   is  
3. Ascendants  in  the  nearest  degree   bound  to  pay  the  former  just  compensation.  
4. Brothers  and  sisters  
Ex.   During  Ondoy,  The  village  where  X’s  house  is  located  began  flooding.  X  was  
Ex.     A  was  the  son  of  X  and  Y.  A  died.  Z  shouldered  the  cost  of  the  funeral.  If  Z  did  
abroad  during  the  typhoon.  When  the  flood  reached  X’s  house,  Y  pushed  
this   as   an   act   of   charity,   X   and   Y   need   not   reimburse   him.   Otherwise,   Z   can  
the   car   of   the   former   to   higher   grounds   such   that   it   was   saved   from  
demand  payment  from  X  and  Y.  
destruction.   X   is   bound   to   pay   Y   just   compensation   unless   Y   does   not  
wasn’t  to  accept  it.  
Art.  2166  –  Support  Given  to  an  Orphan,  Insane  or  Indigent  Person  
When   the   person   obliged   to   support   an   orphan,   or   an   insane   or   other   indigent  
Art.  2169  –  Government  Work  regarding  Health  and  Safety  Regulations  
person  unjustly  refuses  to  give  support  to  the  latter,  any  third  person  may  furnish  
When   the   government,   upon   the   failure   of   any   person   to   comply   with   health   or  
support   to   the   needy   individual,   with   right   of   reimbursement   from   the   person  
safety  regulations  concerning  property,  undertakes  to  do  the  necessary  work,  even  
obliged   to   give   support.   The   provisions   of   this   article   apply   when   the   father   or  
over  his  objection,  he  shall  be  liable  to  pay  the  expenses.  
mother  of  a  child  under  eighteen  years  of  age  unjustly  refuses  to  support  him.  
Ex.   An   ordinance   requires   residents   to   segregate   trash   into   recyclable   and  
This  has  been  adopted  by  Article  207  of  the  Family  Code:  
non-­‐recyclable.  Mr.  X  refuses  to  comply  with  this  ordinance  and  throws  all  
When   the   person   obliged   to   support   another   unjustly   refuses   or   fails   to   his   trash   in   one   plastic   bag.   The   city   government   may   segregate   his   trash  
give   support   when   urgently   needed   by   the   latter,   any   third   person   may   and  provide  him  with  two  trash  cans  at  his  own  expense.  
furnish  support  of  the  needy  individual  with  a  right  of  reimbursement  from  
 
the   person   obliged   to   give   support.   This   article   shall   apply   particularly  
when  the  father  or  the  mother  of  a  child  under  the  age  of  majority  unjustly    

109  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 

Art.  2170  –  Rules  of  Co-­‐Ownership  in  Accident  or  Fortuitous  Event   Article   1237.   Whoever   pays   on   behalf   of   the   debtor   without   the   knowledge   or  
When   by   accident   or   other   fortuitous   event,   movables   separately   pertaining   to   two   against   the   will   of   the   latter   cannot   compel   the   creditor   to   subrogate   him   in   his  
or   more   persons   are   commingled   or   confused,   the   rules   on   co-­‐ownership   shall   be   rights,  such  as  those  arising  from  a  mortgage,  guaranty  or  penalty.    
applicable.  
Art.  2174  –  Measures  for  Protection  Against  Lawlessness  
Ex.   Brothers   X   and   Y   each   bought   a   black   32Gb   Ipad3.   Upon   reaching   their   When   in   a   small   community   a   nationality   of   the   inhabitants   of   age   decide   upon   a  
home   and   after   opening   the   boxes,   a   magnitude   8.7   earthquake   hit   their   measure  for  protection  against  lawlessness,  fire,  flood,  storm  or  other  calamity,  any  
locality.   Luckily   both   of   them   survived   but   their   home   was   completely   one   who   objects   to   the   plan   and   refuses   to   contribute   to   the   expenses   but   is  
destroyed.   In   the   rubble,   they   found   two   Ipad3’s   but   not   knowing   which   benefited   by   the   project   as   executed   shall   be   liable   to   pay   his   share   of   said  
belongs  to  whom,  the  rules  on  co-­‐ownership  will  apply.     expenses.  

Art.  2171  –  Finder  of  Lost  Property   Ex.   People   of   Barrio   X   decided   to   engage   in   a   security   force   to   protect   their  
The  rights  and  obligations  of  the  finder  of  lost  personal  property  shall  be  governed   community.   For   this   reason,   the   people   of   X   agreed   to   contribute   for   the  
by  Articles  719  and  720.   expenses   of   this   security   force.   Mr.   K   however   refused   to   make   any  
contribution.   In   the   event   the   security   force   apprehends   robbers   intending  
to  rob  the  house  of  Mr.  K,  he  should  pay  his  share  in  the  expenses  for  the  
Article   719.   Whoever   finds   a   movable,   which   is   not   treasure,   must   return   it   to   its  
community’s  engagement  of  the  security  force  to  protect  the  people.    
previous  possessor.  

Article  720.  If  the  owner  should  appear  in  time,  he  shall  be  obliged  to  pay  as  reward   Art.  2175  –  Person  Paying  for  Taxes  of  Another  
to  the  finder,  1/10  of  the  sum  or  of  the  price  of  the  thing  found.   Any   person   who   is   constrained   to   pay   the   taxes   of   another   shall   be   entitled   to  
reimbursement  from  the  latter.  
 
Ex.   X   who   pays   the   real   estate   taxes   of   G   (whose   land   will   be   forfeited   if   he  
Art.  2172  –  Right  to  Reimbursement  of  Possessor  in  Good  Faith   fails  to  pay  taxes)  must  be  reimbursed  by  the  latter.  
The   right   of   every   possessor   in   good   faith   to   reimbursement   for   necessary   and  
useful  expenses  is  governed  by  Article  546.      
Art.  2173  –  Third  Person  Paying  a  Debt  
When   a   third   person,   without   the   knowledge   of   the   debtor,   pays   the   debt,   the  
rights  of  the  former  are  governed  by  Articles  1236  and  1237.  

Article   1236.   The   creditor   is   not   bound   to   accept   payment   or   performance   by   a  


third  person  who  has  no  interest  in  the  fulfilment  of  the  obligation,  unless  there  is  a  
stipulation  to  the  contrary.  Whoever  pays  for  another  may  demand  from  the  debtor  
what  he  has  paid,  except  that  if  he  paid  without  the  knowledge  or  against  the  will  of  
the  debtor,  he  can  recover  only  insofar  as  the  payment  has  been  beneficial  to  the  
debtor.  

110  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1139  –  Lapse  of  Time  
CODAL  MEMORY  AID   Art.  1140  –  Prescription  of  Movables  
 
Art.  1141  –  Prescription  of  Immovables  
TITLE.  IV.  –  PRESCRIPTION   Art.  1142  –  Prescription  of  Mortgages  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions   Art.  1143  –  Rights  Not  Extinguished  by  Prescription  
Art.  1106  –  Prescription  Defined   Art.  1144  –  10  Years  
Art.  1107  –  Acquisition  by  Capable  Persons  and  Minors   Art.  1145  –  6  Years  
Art.  1108  –  Persons  Exempt  from  Prescription     Art.  1146  –  4  Years  
Art.  1109  –  Between  Husband  and  Wife,  Children  and  Guardian   Art.  1147  –  1  Year  
Art.  1110  –  Married  Woman  
Art.  1148  –  Code  of  Commerce  and  Special  Laws  
Art.  1111  –  Co-­‐Proprietor  or  Co-­‐owner  
Art.  1149  –  No  Fixed  Period  =  5  Years  
Art.  1112  –  Renunciation   Art.  1150  –  Prescription  for  All  Kinds  of  Actions  
Art.  1113  –  Subjects  of  Prescription   Art.  1151  –  Prescription  for  Actions  regarding  Payment  
Art.  1114  –  Right  to  Enforce  Prescription   Art.  1152  –  Prescription  of  Actions  declared  by  Judgment  
Art.  1115  –  Special  Laws   Art.  1153  –  Prescription  for  Accounting  
Art.  1116  –  Transition   Art.  1154  –  Fortuitous  Event  
Chapter  2:  Prescription  of  Ownership  and  Other  Real  Rights  
Art.  1155  –  Interruption  of  Prescription  for  Actions  
Art.  1117  –  Acquisitive  Prescription  
 
Art.  1118  –  Possession  
TITLE.  I.  -­‐  OBLIGATIONS  
Art.  1119  –  Possession  through  License  or  Tolerance  
Chapter  1:  General  Provisions  
Art.  1120  –  Interruption  
Art.  1156  –  Definition  
Art.  1121  –  Natural  Interruption  
Art.  1157  –  Sources  of  Obligations  
Art.  1122  –  One  Year  or  Less  
Art.  1158  –  Obligations  from  Law  
Art.  1123  –  Civil  Interruption  
Art.  1159  –  Obligations  from  Contracts  
Art.  1124  –  Judicial  Summons  
Art.  1160  –  Obligations  from  Quasi  Contracts  
Art.  1125  –  Possessor’s  Recognition  of  Owner’s  Right  
Art.  1161  –  Obligations  from  Crimes  or  Delicts  
Art.  1126  –  Titles  
Art.  1162  –  Obligations  from  Quasi-­‐delicts  
Art.  1127  –  Good  Faith  
Chapter  2:  Nature  and  Effect  of  Obligations  
Art.  1128  –  Other  Conditions  of  Good  Faith  
Art.  1163  –  Required  Diligence  
Art.  1129  –  Just  Title  
Art.  1164  –  Right  Over  Fruits  
Art.  1130  –  True  and  Valid  Title  
Art.  1165  –  Delivery  of  a  Determinate  or  Indeterminate  Thing  
Art.  1131  –  Just  Title  Must  Be  Proved  
Art.  1166  –  Accessories    
Art.  1132  –  Acquisition  of  Movables  or  Personal  Property    
Art.  1167  –  Obligation  To  Do  
Art.  1133  –  Movables  from  Crime  
Art.  1168  –  Obligation  Not  To  Do  
Art.  1134  –  Acquisition  of  Immovables  
Art.  1169  –  Delay  
Art.  1135  –  Mistake  in  Area  
Art.  1170  –  Sources  of  Liabilities    
Art.  1136  –  Wartime  
Art.  1171  –  Responsibility  from  Fraud  
Art.  1137  –  Extraordinary  Prescription  of  Immovables  
Art.  1172  –  Responsibility  from  Negligence  
Art.  1138  –  Computation  of  Prescription  
Art.  1173  –  Fault  or  Negligence  
 
Art.  1174  –  Fortuitous  Events  
Chapter  3:  Prescription  of  Actions  
111  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1175  –  Usurious  Transactions   Art.  1207  –  Solidary  Obligations  
Art.  1176  –  Presumption  in  Payment   Art.  1208  –  Joint  Obligations  
Art.  1177  –  Rights  of  the  Creditor   Art.  1209  –  When  Division  is  Impossible  
Art.  1178  –  Transmissibility     Art.  1210  –  Indivisibility  and  Solidarity  
Chapter  3:  Different  Kinds  of  Obligations     Art.  1211  –  Not  Bound  in  the  Same  Manner  
SECTION  1.  -­‐  Pure  and  Conditional  Obligations   Art.  1212  –  Acts  of  Solidary  Creditors  
Art.  1179  –  Pure  Obligations   Art.  1213  –  Mutual  Trust  among  Solidary  Creditors  
Art.  1180  –  Payment  Depends  on  Debtor’s  Means   Art.  1214  –  Judicial  or  Extrajudicial  Demand  by  a  Solidary  Creditor  
Art.  1181  –  Conditional  Obligations   Art.  1215  –  Extinguishment  by  a  Solidary  Creditor  
Art.  1182  –  Potestative  and  Casual  Conditions   Art.  1216  –  Rights  of  Creditor  Against  Solidary  Debtors  
Art.  1183  –  Void  Conditions   Art.  1217  –  Payment  by  Solidary  Debtors  
Art.  1184  –  Positive  Condition   Art.  1218  –  When  Payment  has  Prescribed  or  become  Illegal  
Art.  1185  –  Negative  Condition   Art.  1219  –  Remission  of  a  Solidary  Debtor’s  Liability  
Art.  1186  –  Constructive  Fulfillment   Art.  1220  –  Remission  of  the  Whole  Obligation  
Art.  1187  –  Retroactive  Effects  of  the  Fulfillment  of  a  Suspensive   Art.   1221   –   Loss   or   Impossibility   of   Prestation   in   Relation   to  
Condition   Solidary  Debtors  
Art.  1188  –  Rights  Pending  Fulfillment  of  Suspensive  Condition   Art.  1222  –  Solidary  Debtor’s  Defenses  
Art.   1189   –   Loss,   Deterioration   or   Improvement   Pending   the   SECTION  5.  -­‐  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations  
Condition   Art.   1223   –   Nature   and   Effect   of   Divisible   and   Indivisible  
Art.  1190  –  Effects  of  Fulfillment  of  Resolutory  Condition   Obligations  
Art.  1191  –  Remedies  in  Reciprocal  Obligations   Art.  1224  –  Liabilities  in  Joint  Indivisible  Obligations  
Art.  1192  –  Breach  by  Both  Parties   Art.  1225  –  Divisible  and  Indivisible  Obligations  
SECTION  2.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Period   SECTION  6.  -­‐  Obligations  with  a  Penal  Clause  
Art.  1193  –  Obligations  with  a  Period   Art.  1226  –  Penalties  
Art.   1194   –   Loss,   Deterioration   or   Improvement   before   Day   Art.  1227  –  Penalty  and  Fulfillment  
Certain   Art.  1228  –  Proof  is  Not  Necessary  
Art.  1195  –  Debtor  May  Recover  Payment   Art.  1229  –  Court  Intervention  
Art.  1196  –  Period  Benefits  Both  Creditor  and  Debtor   Art.  1230  –  Nullity  of  the  Penal  Clause  
Art.  1197  –  Court  May  Fix  a  Period   Chapter  4:  Extinguishment  of  Obligations  
Art.  1198  –  When  Debtor  Cannot  Make  Use  of  the  Period   GENERAL  PROVISIONS  
SECTION  3.  -­‐  Alternative  Obligations   Art.  1231  –  Modes  of  Extinguishment  
Art.  1199  –  Alternative  Obligations   SECTION  1.  -­‐  Payment  or  Performance  
Art.  1200  –  Debtor’s  Right  of  Choice   Art.  1232  –  Payment  Defined  
Art.  1201  –  Choice  Communicated   Art.  1233  –  Payment  must  be  Complete  
Art.  1202  –  Only  One  Choice  is  Practicable   Art.  1234  –  Substantial  Performance  
Art.  1203  –  Debtor  Cannot  Choose  due  to  Creditor’s  Acts   Art.  1235  –  Creditor  Accepts  Incompleteness  or  Irregularity  
Art.  1204  –  Through  Debtor’s  Fault,  All  Choices  are  Lost   Art.  1236  –  Payment  by  a  Third  Person  
Art.  1205  –  Choice  Given  to  Creditor   Art.  1237  –  No  Subrogation  
Art.  1206  –  Facultative  Obligations   Art.  1238  –  Donation  
SECTION  4.  –  Joint  and  Solidary  Obligations   Art.  1239  –  Payment  by  an  Incapacitated  Person    

112  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1240  –  To  Whom  Payment  Should  be  Made   Art.  1274  –  Accessory  Obligation  of  Pledge  
Art.  1241  –  Payment  to  Incapacitated  or  Third  Persons   SECTION  4.  -­‐  Confusion  or  Merger  of  Rights  
Art.  1242  –  Payment  to  Possessor  of  Credit   Art.  1275  –  When  Obligation  is  Extinguished  
Art.  1243  –  Judicial  Order  to  Retain  the  Debt   Art.  1276  –  Effect  on  Guarantors    
Art.  1244  –  Creditor  Cannot  be  Compelled  to  Receive  a  Different  Thing   Art.  1277  –  Confusion  in  Joint  Obligations  
Art.  1245  –  Dation  in  Payment   SECTION  5.  -­‐  Compensation  
Art.  1246  –  Delivery  of  a  Generic  Thing   Art.  1278  –  Compensation  Defined  
Art.  1247  –  Extrajudicial  Expenses   Art.  1279  –  Requisites  of  Compensation  
Art.  1248  –  Partial  Receipt  and  Payment     Art.  1280  –  Set-­‐up  by  Guarantor  
Art.  1249  –  Currency   Art.  1281  –  Total  or  Partial  Compensation  
Art.  1250  –  Inflation  or  Deflation   Art.  1282  –  Debts  Not  Due  
Art.  1251  –  Place  of  Payment   Art.  1283  –  Claim  for  Damages  
SUBSECTION  1.  -­‐  Application  of  Payments   Art.  1284  –  Voidable  Debts  
Art.  1252  –  Application  of  Payments   Art.  1285  –  Assignment  of  the  Creditor’s  Rights  to  a  Third  Person  
Art.  1253  –  Interest   Art.  1286  –  Different  Places  
Art.  1254  –  Most  Onerous  Debt   Art.  1287  –  No  Compensation  
SUBSECTION  2.  -­‐  Payment  by  Cession   Art.  1288  –  Civil  Liability    
Art.  1255  –  Cession   Art.  1289  –  Several  Debts  
SUBSECTION  3.  –  Tender  of  Payment  and  Consignation     Art.  1290  –  By  Operation  of  Law  
Art.  1256  –  Tender  of  Payment  and  Consignment   SECTION  6.  -­‐  Novation  
Art.  1257  –  Announcement   Art.  1291  –  Kinds  of  Novation  
Art.  1258  –  Consignation  Process   Art.  1292  –  Express  and  Implied  Novation  
Art.  1259  –  Expenses  Borne  by  the  Creditor   Art.  1293  –  Substituting  a  New  Debtor  
Art.  1260  –  Judicial  Declaration   Art.  1294  –  Insolvency  of  the  New  Debtor  in  Expromision  
Art.  1261  –  Creditor  Authorizes  Debtor  to  Withdraw   Art.  1295  –  Insolvency  of  the  New  Debtor  in  Delegacion  
SECTION  2.  -­‐  Loss  of  the  Thing  Due   Art.  1296  –  Effect  on  Accessory  Obligations  
Art.  1262  –  Loss   Art.  1297  –  New  Obligation  is  Void  
Art.  1263  –  Loss  of  a  Generic  Thing   Art.  1298  –  Original  Obligation  was  Void  
Art.  1264  –  Partial  Loss   Art.  1299  –  Subject  to  a  Suspensive  or  Resolutory  Condition  
Art.  1265  –  Loss  of  Thing  in  the  Possession  of  the  Debtor   Art.  1300  –  Legal  or  Conventional  Subrogation  
Art.  1266  –  Legal  or  Physical  Impossibility   Art.  1301  –  Conventional  Subrogation  
Art.  1267  –  Difficult  Beyond  Contemplation   Art.  1302  –  When  Legal  Subrogation  is  Presumed  
Art.  1268  –  Proceeds  from  a  Criminal  Offense   Art.  1303  –  Rights  Transferred  Upon  Subrogation  
Art.  1269  –  Creditor’s  Right  of  Action   Art.  1304  –  Partial  Payment  and  Preference  
SECTION  3.  -­‐  Condonation  or  Remission  of  the  Debt   Title  II  –  CONTRACTS  
Art.  1270  –  Condonation  Defined   Chapter  1:  General  Provisions  
Art.  1271  –  Delivery  of  a  Credit  to  the  Debtor   Art.  1305  –  Contracts  Defined  
Art.   1272   –   Presumption   when   Credit   is   in   the   Possession   of   the   Art.  1306  –  Guarantee  of  Freedom  to  Contract  
Debtor   Art.  1307  –  Innominate  Contracts  
Art.  1273  –  Extinguishment  of  Accessory  Obligations   Art.  1308  –  Mutuality  of  Contracts  

113  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1309  –  Determination  of  Performance  by  a  Third  Person   Art.  1346  –  Absolute  and  Relative  Simulation  of  Contracts  
Art.  1310  –  When  Determination  is  Inequitable   Section  2  –  Object  of  Contracts  
Art.  1311  –  Stipulation  Pour  Atrui   Art.  1347  –  Object  of  a  Contract  
Art.  1312  –  Contracts  Creating  Real  Rights  Bind  Third  Persons   Art.  1348  –  Impossible  Things  or  Services  
Art.  1313  –  Right  of  Creditors  to  Impugn  Fraudulent  Contracts   Art.  1349  –  Quantity  Need  Not  be  Determinate  
Art.  1314  –  Liability  of  Third  Persons  Responsible  for  Breach  of  Contract   Section  3  –  Cause  of  Contracts  
Art.  1315  –  Perfection  of  Contracts  and  Implied  Terms   Art.  1350  –  Cause  Defined  
Art.  1316  –  Real  Contracts  are  Perfected  upon  Delivery   Art.  1351  –  Motive  Defined  
Art.  1317  –  Unauthorized  Contracts  are  Unenforceable   Art.  1352  –  Absence  of  Cause  
Chapter  2:  Essential  Requisites  of  Contracts   Art.  1353  –  False  Cause  
General  Provisions   Art.  1354  –  Cause  Presumed  to  Exist  and  Lawful  
Art.  1318  –  Elements  of  a  Contract   Art.  1355  –  Lesion  Defined  
Section  1  –  Consent   Chapter  3:  Form  of  Contracts  
Art.  1319  –  Consent  Defined   Art.  1356  –  Form  of  Contracts  
Art.  1320  -­‐  Acceptance   Art.  1357  –  Form  for  the  Convenience  of  the  Parties  
Art.  1321  –  Offerer  Fixes  Manner,  Time  and  Place  of  Acceptance   Art.  1358  –  Contracts  Which  Must  Appear  in  a  Public  Document  
Art.  1322  –  Communication  of  Acceptance  to  Agent   Chapter  4:  Reformation  of  Instruments  
Art.  1323  –  When  Offer  Becomes  Ineffective   Art.  1359  -­‐  Reformation  
Art.  1324  –  Contract  of  Option,  Option  Period,  Option  Money   Art.  1360  –  Principles  of  the  General  Law  on  Reformation  
Art.  1325  –  Business  Advertisements   Art.  1361  –  Mutual  Mistake  as  Basis  of  Reformation  
Art.  1326  –  Advertisements  for  Bidders   Art.  1362  –Mistaken,  Fraud  and  Inequitable  Conduct  
Art.  1327  –  Persons  who  Cannot  Give  Consent   Art.  1363  –  Concealment  of  Mistake  by  the  Other  Party  
Art.  1328  –  Lucid  Intervals,  Drunkenness,  Hypnotic  Spell   Art.  1364  –Ignorance,  etc.  on  the  Part  of  Third  Person  
Art.  1329  –  Incapacity  Subject  to  Modifications   Art.  1365  –  Mortgage  or  Pledge  Stated  as  a  Sale  
Art.  1330  –  Characteristics  of  Consent   Art.  1366  –Cases  when  Reformation  Not  Allowed  
Art.  1331  –  Mistake  or  Error   Art.  1367  –  Party  who  Brought  Action  to  Enforce  Cannot  Reform  
Art.  1332  –  Burden  of  Proof  in  case  of  Fraud  or  Mistake   Art.  1368  –  Party  Entitled  to  Reformation  
Art.  1333  –  Knowledge  of  Risk   Art.  1369  –  Procedure  for  Reformation  
Art.  1334  –  Mistake  of  Law  May  Vitiate  Consent   Chapter  5:  Interpretation  of  Contracts  
Art.  1335  –  Violence  or  Force   Art.  1370  –  Interpretation  of  Contracts  Defined  
Art.  1336  –  Violence  or  Intimidation  by  a  Third  Person   Art.  1371  –  Contemporaneous  and  Subsequent  Acts  Determine  Intent  
Art.  1337  –  Undue  Influence   Art.  1372  –  Special  Intent  Prevails  Over  General  Intent  
Art.  1338  –  Causal  Fraud   Art.  1373  –  Interpretation  of  Stipulation  with  Several  Meanings  
Art.  1339  –  Fraud  by  Concealment   Art.  1374  –  Interpretation  of  Various  Stipulations  
Art.  1340  –  Usual  Exaggerations  in  Trade   Art.  1375  –  Interpretation  of  Words  with  Different  Significations  
Art.  1341  –  Expert  Opinion   Art.  1376  –  Usage  or  Custom  as  Aid  in  Interpretation  
Art.  1342  –  Fraud  by  a  Third  Person   Art.  1377  –  Interpretation  of  Obscure  Words  
Art.  1343  –  Misrepresentation  Made  in  Good  Faith   Art.  1378  –  Rules  in  Case  Doubts  are  Impossible  to  Settle  
Art.  1344  –  Causal  Fraud  may  make  a  Contract  Voidable   Art.  1379  –  Rules  of  Court  Applicable  
Art.  1345  –  Simulation  of  a  Contract   Chapter  6:  Rescissible  Contracts  

114  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1380  –  Rescissible  Contracts  Defined   Art.  1417  –  Recovery  of  Amount  Paid  in  Excess  of  Ceiling  Price  
Art.  1381  –  Cases  of  Rescissible  Contracts   Art.  1418  –  Recovery  of  Additional  Compensation  
Art.  1382  –  Payments  Made  in  State  of  Insolvency   Art.  1419  –  Recovery  of  Amount  of  Wage  Less  than  Minimum  Fixed  
Art.  1383  –  Nature  of  Action  for  Rescission   Art.  1420  –  Effect  of  Illegality  where  Contract  is  Indivisible/Divisible  
Art.  1384  –  Extent  of  Rescission   Art.  1421  –  Persons  Entitled  to  Raise  Defense  of  Illegality  or  Nullity  
Art.  1385  –  Rescission  Creates  Obligation  of  Mutual  Restitution   Art.  1422  –  Void  Contract  Cannot  be  Novated  
Art.  1386  –  Contracts  Approved  by  the  Courts    
Art.  1387  –  When  Alienation  Presumed  in  Fraud  of  Creditors   Title  III  –  NATURAL  OBLIGATIONS  
Art.  1388  –  Liability  of  Purchaser  in  Bad  Faith   Art.  1423  –  Concept  of  Natural  Obligations  
Art.  1389  –  Period  for  Filing  Action  for  Rescission   Art.  1424  –  Performance  After  Civil  Obligation  has  Prescribed  
Chapter  7:  Voidable  Contracts   Art.  1425  –  Reimbursement  of  Third  Person  for  Prescribed  Debt  
Art.  1390  –  Voidable  Contracts  Defined   Art.  1426  –  Restitution  by  Minor  After  Annulment  of  Contract  
Art.  1391  –  Period  for  Filing  Action  for  Annulment   Art.  1427  –  Delivery  by  Minor  of  Money  or  Fungible  Thing  
Art.  1392  –  Effect  of  Ratification   Art.  1428  –  Performance  After  Action  to  Enforce  Civil  Obligation  Failed  
Art.  1393  –  Forms  of  Ratification   Art.  1429  –  Payment  by  Heir  of  Debt  Exceeding  Value  of  Property  Inherited  
Art.  1394  –  Who  May  Ratify   Art.  1430  –  Payment  of  Legacy  After  Will  has  been  Declared  Void  
Art.  1395  –  Conformity  of  Guilty  Party  to  Ratification  Not  Required    
Art.  1396  –  Retroactive  Effect  of  Ratification   Title  IV  –  ESTOPPEL  
Art.  1397  –  Party  Entitled  to  Bring  an  Action  to  Annul   Art.  1431  –  Estoppel  Defined  
Art.  1398  –  Duty  of  Mutual  Restitution  upon  Annulment   Art.  1432  –  Application  of  Estoppel  
Art.  1399  –  Restitution  by  an  Incapacitated  Person   Art.  1433  –  Kinds  of  Estoppel  
Art.  1400  –  Effect  of  Loss  of  Thing  to  be  Returned   Art.  1434  –  Sale  by  Person  not  the  Owner  
Art.  1401  –  Extinguishment  of  Action  for  Annulment   Art.  1435  –  Sale  by  a  Person  Representing  Another  
Art.  1402  –  Effect  where  a  Party  Cannot  Restore  Object   Art.  1436  –  Lessee  or  Bailee  Estopped  from  Asserting  Title  
Chapter  8:  Unenforceable  Contracts   Art.  1437  –  Estoppel  in  Contracts  where  One  Party  is  Mislead  
Art.  1403  –  Unenforceable  Contracts  Defined   Art.  1438  –  Estoppel  where  Personal  Property  is  Pledged  
Art.  1404  –  Rules  Governing  Unauthorized  Contracts   Art.  1439  –  Between  Parties  and  Successors  in  Interest  
Art.  1405  –  Modes  of  Ratification  under  Statutes  of  Fraud    
Art.  1406  –  Right  of  a  Party  where  Contract  Enforceable   Title  V  –  TRUSTS  
Art.  1407  –  When  Uneforceable  Contract  becomes  Voidable   Chapter  1:  General  Provisions  
Art.  1408  –  Right  of  Third  Persons  to  Assail  an  Unforceable  Contract   Art.  1440  –  Trustor,  Trustee  and  Beneficiary  
Chapter  9:  Void  and  Inexistent  Contracts   Art.  1441  –  Forms  of  Trusts  
Art.  1409  –  Void  Contracts  Defined   Art.  1442  –  Application  of  the  Principles  of  the  General  Law  of  Trusts  
Art.  1410  –  Action  or  Defense  is  Imprescriptible   Chapter  2:  Express  Trusts  
Art.  1411  –  Rules  where  Contract  is  Illegal  and  Act  is  Criminal  Offense   Art.  1443  –  Immovable  Cannot  be  Proven  by  Parol  Evidence  
Art.  1412  –  Rules  where  Contract  is  Illegal  but  Act  is  not  Criminal  Offense   Art.  1444  –  No  Words  Required  
Art.  1413  –  Recovery  of  Usurious  Interest   Art.  1445  –  When  Trustee  Declines  Designation  
Art.  1414  –  Recovery  where  Contract  Entered  Into  for  Illegal  Purpose   Art.  1446  –  Acceptance  by  the  Beneficiary  
Art.  1415  –  Recovery  by  an  Incapacitated  Person   Chapter  3:  Implied  Trusts  
Art.  1416  –  Recovery  where  Contract  is  Not  Illegal  per  se   Art.  1447  –  Application  of  Implied  Trusts  Enumerated  
115  
OBLIGATIONS  AND  CONTRACTS  REVIEWER   ATTY.  MEL  STA.  MARIA   CROMBONDS  2011-­‐2012  
 
Art.  1448  –  When  a  Third  Party  Pays  for  a  Property   Art.  2167  –  Services  Given  by  a  Physician  in  an  Accident  
Art.  1449  –  When  a  Donation  is  Made  but  Donee  has  Partial  Interest   Art.  2168  –  Property  is  Saved  from  Fire,  Flood,  Storm  or  Calamity  
Art.  1450  –  When  a  Person  Acquires  Property  through  a  Loan   Art.  2169  –  Government  Work  regarding  Health  and  Safety  Regulations  
Art.  1451  –  When  Land  Passes  by  Succession   Art.  2170  –  Rules  of  Co-­‐Ownership  in  Accident  or  Fortuitous  Event  
Art.  1452  –  When  Legal  Title  is  Named  after  One  of  Many  Purchasers   Art.  2171  –  Finder  of  Lost  Property  
Art.  1453  –  When  Property  is  Conveyed  to  Hold  or  Transfer   Art.  2172  –  Right  to  Reimbursement  of  Possessor  in  Good  Faith  
Art.  1454  –  When  Property  is  Conveyed  to  Fulfill  an  Obligation   Art.  2173  –  Third  Person  Paying  a  Debt  
Art.  1455  –  When  Trust  Fund  is  Used  to  Purchase  Property   Art.  2174  –  Measures  for  Protection  Against  Lawlessness  
Art.  1456  –  When  Property  is  Acquired  through  Mistake  or  Fraud   Art.  2175  –  Person  Paying  for  Taxes  of  Another  
Art.  1457  –  May  be  Proved  by  Oral  Evidence  
 
 
Title  XVII  –  EXTRA-­‐CONTRACTUAL  OBLIGATIONS  
Chapter  1:  Quasi-­‐Contracts   SOURCES  
Art.  2142  –  Quasi-­‐Contracts  Defined   • Sta.  Maria,  Obligations  and  Contracts  (2003)  
Art.  2143  –  Other  Quasi-­‐Contracts   • De  Leon,  The  Law  on  Obligations  and  Contracts  (2008)  
Section  1  –  Negotiorum  Gestio   • Salanga  RA,  Obligations  and  Contracts  Reviewer  
Art.  2144  –  Negotiorum  Gestio  Defined  and  Its  Exceptions   • Civil  Law  Obligations  and  Contracts  Reviewer  
Art.  2145  –  Diligence  Required  of  an  Officious  Manager   • http://legal-­‐dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/  
Art.  2146  –  Liability  of  Officious  Manager  upon  Delegation    
Art.  2147  –  When  Officious  Manager  shall  be  Liable  for  Fortuitous  Event  
Art.  2148  –  Liability  for  Fortuitous  Event  as  to  Manager’s  Capacity  
Art.  2149  –  Ratification  of  Owner  results  to  Agency  
Art.  2150  –  Officious  Manager  Entitled  to  Reimbursement  
Art.  2151  –  Reimbursement  when  there  is  No  Benefit  or  Danger  
Art.  2152  –Officious  Manager  as  to  Contracts  with  Third  Persons  
Section  2  –  Solutio  Indebiti  
Art.  2154  –  Solutio  Indebiti  Defined  
Art.  2155  –  Applicable  to  Doubtful  or  Difficult  Question  of  Law  
Art.  2156  –  Doubt  on  whether  the  Debt  was  Due  
Art.  2157  –  Solidary  Responsibility  of  Two  or  More  Payees  
Art.  2158  –  Property  or  Money  Delivered  Belongs  to  Third  Person  
Art.  2159  –  Acceptance  of  Undue  Payment  in  Bad  Faith  
Art.  2160  –  Acceptance  of  Undue  Payment  in  Good  Faith  
Art.  2161  –  Reimbursement  for  Improvements  and  Expenses  
Art.  2162  –  Exemption  from  Obligation  to  Restore  
Art.  2163  –  Presumed  Mistake  
Section  3  –  Other  Quasi-­‐Contracts  
Art.  2164  –  Support  Given  by  a  Stranger  
Art.  2165  –  Funeral  Expenses  Borne  by  a  Third  Person  
Art.  2166  –  Support  Given  to  an  Orphan,  Insane  or  Indigent  Person  

116  

You might also like